118 files changed, 17 insertions, 15473 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9aa3c53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #68782 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/68782)
diff --git a/old/68782-0.txt b/old/68782-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 919318b..0000000
--- a/old/68782-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6696 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of The story of the Philippines, by
-Adeline Knapp
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: The story of the Philippines
-       for use in the schools of the Philippine Islands
-
-Author: Adeline Knapp
-
-Release Date: August 18, 2022 [eBook #68782]
-
-Language: English
-
-Produced by: Richard Tonsing and the Online Distributed Proofreading
-             Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from
-             images generously made available by The Internet Archive)
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE STORY OF THE
-PHILIPPINES ***
-
-
-[Illustration: THE WORLD ON MERCATOR’S PROJECTION.]
-
-
-
-
-                               THE STORY
-
-                                   OF
-
-                            THE PHILIPPINES
-
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  VIEW FROM THE CITY WALL, MANILA.
-]
-
-
-
-
-                               THE STORY
-                                   OF
-                            THE PHILIPPINES
-            FOR USE IN THE SCHOOLS OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS
-
-
-                                   BY
-
-                             ADELINE KNAPP
-
-                     Author of “How to Live,” etc.
-
-                        WITH MANY ILLUSTRATIONS
-
-[Illustration]
-
-                      SILVER, BURDETT AND COMPANY
-                   NEW YORK      BOSTON      CHICAGO
-
-
-
-
-                          COPYRIGHT, 1902, BY
-                      SILVER, BURDETT AND COMPANY
-
-
-
-
-                            PREFATORY NOTE.
-
-
-The history of the Philippine Islands is little known to its people
-to-day, for the records are few and not easy of access. Just at the
-present time this knowledge is especially necessary to the Filipino
-people. A knowledge of the conditions of the past is of the greatest
-importance to a people desirous of planning wisely and well for the
-future.
-
-“The Story of the Philippines” aims to teach Filipino young people the
-salient facts regarding the past of their country, and, besides this, it
-points out some of the things needful to the best growth and progress of
-the islands. Certain chapters are devoted to matters pertaining to
-geography, commerce, and government, directing attention to the main
-physical features of the country and the possibilities of its successful
-development, and touching upon lines of commercial and social
-advancement which lie just ahead. The book shows that the Filipinos have
-a past filled with the records of brave deeds and patient forbearance;
-that they have a beautiful country, rich in natural resources; and that
-the future development and prosperity of their islands depend largely
-upon themselves.
-
-The volume has been prepared in order to fill a definite educational
-need in the schools of the Philippine Islands, and as the first secular
-history of their land to be brought within reach of Filipino school
-children it should be of real value. But it is not only to the teachers
-and pupils in the schools that this book is useful; it should appeal to
-all who live in the Philippine Islands and all others who are interested
-in them.
-
-The author has had access to the best historical material available in
-the Philippines and in America. The book was written in the islands, and
-as nearly as possible from the standpoint of the people. It is
-impossible to name the many devoted friends of the islands—Filipinos and
-Americans—who have helped to make this book possible. No mere words of
-thanks can express the obligation of the author and publishers to them;
-but their aid was given in a spirit of desire to help in the education
-of Filipino young people. If the book does this, their reward will be
-commensurate with the great service they have rendered.
-
-
-
-
-                               CONTENTS.
-
-
-          CHAPTER.                                       PAGE.
-                I. THE DISCOVERY OF THE ISLANDS             13
-               II. EARLY SETTLEMENTS                        27
-              III. THE COUNTRY AND ITS PEOPLE               42
-               IV. EARLY TROUBLES                           52
-                V. BEGINNINGS OF STRIFE                     61
-               VI. COLONIAL WARS AND DIFFICULTIES           70
-              VII. THE SPANISH AND THE FILIPINOS            78
-             VIII. A NEW BEGINNING                          88
-               IX. TRADE IN THE PHILIPPINES                 99
-                X. THE ISLANDS UNDER ARANDIA’S RULE        109
-               XI. BRITISH OCCUPATION                      117
-              XII. TO THE END OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY    124
-             XIII. THE CONSTITUTION OF 1812                132
-              XIV. CHANGES IN THE ISLANDS                  142
-               XV. EFFORTS TO KEEP PEACE                   151
-              XVI. THE INSURRECTION AT CAVITE              162
-             XVII. THE UPRISING OF 1896                    177
-            XVIII. THE END OF SPANISH RULE                 191
-              XIX. THE BEGINNING OF AMERICAN OCCUPATION    203
-               XX. CIVIL GOVERNMENT FOR THE PHILIPPINES    212
-              XXI. PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE ARCHIPELAGO   221
-             XXII. THE FUTURE                              236
-
-
-
-
-                             ILLUSTRATIONS.
-
-
-                                                                   PAGE.
-
- VIEW FROM THE CITY WALL, MANILA                          _Frontispiece_
- KING CHARLES I.                                                      15
- IN THE STRAITS OF MAGELLAN                                           19
- MAP OF MAGELLAN’S ROUTE                                              20
- THE LANDING OF MAGELLAN                                              22
- THE TOMB OF MAGELLAN, ON THE ISLAND OF MACTAN                        24
- STATUE OF SEBASTIAN DEL CANO                                         29
- ANCIENT FORT COMMANDING CEBU HARBOR                                  32
- THE MONUMENT TO LEGASPI AT CEBU CITY                                 35
- LEGASPI SAILING TO MANILA                                            38
- ABORIGINES OF MINDANAO                                               44
- A MORO OF JOLÓ, IN THE SULU ARCHIPELAGO                              47
- ANCIENT ALPHABETS                                                    49
- NEGRITOS IN A PRAHU                                                  50
- PLAZA DE GOITI, MANILA                                               55
- CHINESE WAR JUNKS ATTACKING MANILA                                   57
- KING PHILIP II.                                                      63
- THE CITY WALL AND MOAT, MANILA                                       66
- A MEMBER OF THE GUIANGA TRIBE OF MINDANAO                            72
- WARRIORS OF MINDANAO                                                 73
- DUTCH SHIPS ATTACKING A CHINESE TRADING JUNK                         75
- FUERZA DEL PILAR, MINDANAO                                           81
- ST. LAZARUS HOSPITAL, MANILA                                         83
- A CHURCH AT MALATE                                                   90
- THE MANILA CATHEDRAL                                                 93
- AN OLD SPANISH FORT AT SIASSI                                        95
- THE ARRIVAL OF A SPANISH GALLEON                                    101
- THE SANTA LUCIA GATE, MANILA                                        104
- TAAL VOLCANO                                                        110
- IGORROTES                                                           113
- A STREET IN JOLÓ                                                    114
- ROYAL GATE AND SALLY PORT IN THE CITY WALL, MANILA                  119
- THE BRITISH ASSAULT ON THE WALLS OF MANILA                          121
- MONUMENT TO SIMON DE ANDA ON THE MALACON, MANILA                    127
- A MODERN WAR SHIP                                                   133
- KING FERDINAND VII.                                                 137
- A STREET IN MANILA                                                  139
- THE MAGELLAN MONUMENT, MANILA                                       143
- QUEEN CHRISTINA                                                     146
- MANILA BAY FROM THE CITY WALLS                                      148
- PIRATE FLEET ATTACKING A COAST TOWN                                 153
- THE PARIAN GATE                                                     155
- RUINS OF MANILA CATHEDRAL AFTER AN EARTHQUAKE                       157
- QUEEN ISABELLA II. AS A CHILD                                       158
- THE GROUNDS OF THE CAVITE ARSENAL                                   165
- PUMPING STATION, CARRIEDO WATERWORKS                                167
- THE BRIDGE OF SPAIN                                                 171
- FORT GENERAL WEYLER IN MINDANAO                                     178
- THE BRIDGE OF SAN JUAN DEL MONTE                                    182
- DUNGEON AT CAVITE                                                   185
- BIAC-NA-’BATO, WHERE THE TREATY WAS MADE                            195
- EMILIO AGUINALDO                                                    199
- ADMIRAL MONTOJO                                                     204
- GOVERNOR-GENERAL AUGUSTI                                            206
- THE FIRST AMERICAN FLAG RAISED IN MANILA                            209
- GOVERNOR WILLIAM H. TAFT                                            215
- GENERAL ADNA R. CHAFFEE                                             217
- MAYON VOLCANO                                                       225
- WEAVING JUSI                                                        227
- THE FALLS OF BOTOCAN IN LUZON                                       230
- A RIVER SCENE ON THE ISLAND OF LUZON                                233
- THE CAGAYAN DE ORO RIVER                                            238
- MANILA SCHOOLBOYS                                                   241
-
-                              COLORED MAPS
- THE WORLD                                          _Inside Front Cover_
- THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS                              _Inside Back Cover_
-
-
-
-
-                 KEY TO PRONUNCIATION OF PROPER NAMES.
-
-
-  a  as in _fat_.
-
-  ā  as in _fate_.
-
-  ä  as in _father_.
-
-  ȧ  as in _|ask_.
-
-  e  as in _pen_.
-
-  ē  as in _mete_.
-
-  ė  as in _her_.
-
-  i  as in _pin_.
-
-  ī  as in _pine_.
-
-  o  as in _not_.
-
-  oi as in _oil_, _boy_.
-
-  ou as in _pound_, _proud_.
-
-  ō  as in _note_.
-
-  ö  as in _move_.
-
-  u  as in _tub_.
-
-  ̤ū  as in _mute_.
-
-  ̇u  as in _pull_.
-
-A double dot under a vowel in an unaccented syllable indicates that its
-sound is almost that of the short _u_ in _but_, _tub_, etc.̤ū as ̤ä in
-_America_, ̤e in _prudent_, ̤i in _charity_, ̤o in _actor_, ̤ē in _the
-book_, ̤ū in _nature_.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                     THE STORY OF THE PHILIPPINES.
-
-
-
-
-                               Chapter I.
-                     THE DISCOVERY OF THE ISLANDS.
-
-
-When Christopher Columbus (kris´to fer kō-lum´bus) discovered America,
-in the year 1492, he set all Europe talking about the unknown lands that
-lay beyond seas.
-
-At that time little was known of geography. Most people believed that
-the world was flat, and that if a man were to reach the edge he could
-jump off into space. Some people thought, too, that this great, flat
-earth rested on the backs of four huge tortoises, and that the movements
-of these creatures caused earthquakes.
-
-Sailors believed that somewhere in the Atlantic Ocean Satan lived. When
-a ship was wrecked they thought that Satan had reached out an awful hand
-and dragged the ship down into the sea. Even learned captains believed
-this, and declared that they had seen ships drawn under in this manner.
-To them the great, dashing waves in a storm must have looked like huge
-hands, and so they made this mistake.
-
-The sea was full of terror to those sailors of long ago; yet they braved
-it. They went forth in frail little ships, such as a modern sailor would
-hardly risk a voyage in. Until a short time before Columbus’s day they
-even had no compass, but were guided by the winds and the stars. They
-made long voyages in their tiny ships, and little by little they began
-to see that those who said that the world is round, and not flat, must
-be right.
-
-In the year 1513, a little over twenty years after Columbus’s discovery,
-a Spanish captain named Balboa (bäl bō´ä) reached Central America. With
-his soldiers he crossed the Isthmus of Darien (dā rē ȧn´), and
-discovered the great ocean which washes the western coast of America.
-This ocean he named the “Southern Sea.”
-
-Men were in those days slowly groping their way across seas to the new
-lands. Of course, as soon as they knew of this ocean, they wanted to
-find a way to sail into it from the Atlantic Ocean. They knew that if
-they could do this they would have a shorter route from Europe to the
-famed “spice islands” which were believed to be in the South Seas.
-
-About this time there came to Spain a great soldier and sea-captain
-named Ferdinand Magellan (fêrd´ī nänd m̤a jel´̤an). He was a Portuguese
-noble, a clever man of much learning. While yet a very young man he
-became an officer in the Portuguese navy, and fought for his king in
-many far countries.
-
-During a war which Portugal waged in Africa, Magellan was badly wounded
-in one knee, so that he was ever after lame. On his return to Portugal
-from Africa, other captains of the king became jealous of his fame and
-tried to belittle all that he had done.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  KING CHARLES I.
-]
-
-They told the king untrue tales about him, and made the sovereign
-believe evil against him. Among other things, they said that he was
-pretending to suffer from a malady of which he had once been a victim,
-but of which he was really cured. They said that he did this because he
-did not wish to serve the king any longer. So they stirred up the king’s
-mind against the brave captain, and Magellan was very badly treated. At
-last, deeply hurt by the king’s unfairness, he left the country. He went
-to Spain, and became a subject of King Charles I.
-
-The king of Spain gave Magellan a warm welcome. He was glad to have him
-at court, and listened eagerly to what Magellan had to say about certain
-rich islands that lay in the Southern Sea. Many sailors from Spain and
-from Portugal had heard of these islands, and when they returned from
-their voyages to the Malay Peninsula in the East, they told how they had
-seen, in Malacca harbor, dusky traders from that unknown land. None of
-them knew, however, just where these islands lay.
-
-At last King Charles I. made a compact with Magellan. He made the
-captain a cavalier of Spain, and fitted out a fleet for him. Magellan
-pledged himself to spend ten years trying to find the southern islands
-for Spain, and the king gave to him and to his heirs the governorship of
-all islands that he might discover and conquer.
-
-It was on August 10, 1519, that Magellan’s fleet, flying the royal
-standard of Spain, left San Lucar de Barrameda (sän lö´cär dā bär rä
-mā´thä). There were five ships, _La Trinidad_ (lä trē´nē däth), _San
-Antonio_ (sän än tō´nē ō), _Victoria_ (vik tō´rē ä), _Santiago_ (sän tē
-ä´gō), and _Concepcion_ (kōn thep´thē ōn). They sailed southward, from
-San Lucar de Barrameda toward the Canary Islands, and on the 13th of
-December reached Rio de Janeiro (rē´ō dā zhä nā´rō).
-
-From there they went along down the eastern coast of South America,
-trying every opening which they thought might be a passage into the sea
-they sought. They lost a good deal of time sailing up the Rio de la
-Plata (rē´ō dā lä plä´tä), and at last had to come back to the Atlantic.
-By this time it was late in winter, and the weather was very cold.
-
-By now the officers and sailors on all save Magellan’s own ship had
-become rebellious. They were sure that no passage could be found into
-the Southern Sea, and they wanted to go back to Spain. This rebellion
-grew until Magellan had to put it down by the use of force. He was able
-to win over the sailors, but the officers still made trouble, and at
-last their revolt was so serious that the fleet could not go on until
-this matter was ended. One captain even made an attack on _La Trinidad_,
-the ship which Magellan commanded. Not until one of the rebellious
-captains, with a companion, was put ashore, another killed, and a third
-executed for mutiny, was order restored so that the fleet could continue
-the voyage.
-
-But the way was long and trying. The sailors began to lose courage
-again, and only the bravery and strong will of Magellan kept the fleet
-together. One ship, the _Santiago_, was wrecked in a great gale, and
-while off the coast of New Guinea (nö gin´nē) the crew and most of the
-officers of the _San Antonio_ mutinied. They put their captain in irons
-and sailed back to Spain.
-
-There they lodged a complaint against their captain and against
-Magellan. They accused the latter of great cruelty, and raised much ill
-feeling against him. Magellan’s wife and family were put into prison,
-and if the cavalier himself had been in Spain, it would have gone hard
-with him.
-
-But Magellan was very far from Spain. With the three remaining ships he
-was still sailing in search of a passage into the sea which Balboa had
-discovered. On the 28th day of October, 1520, the fleet reached the
-seaway now known as the Straits of Magellan, between Patagonia (pat ä
-gō´nē ä) and Tierra del Fuego (tē er´rä del fwā´gō).
-
-Hardly daring to hope that this was the passage they sought, they
-entered it and sailed on. Nearly a month later, on November 26, 1520,
-they passed out of the Straits and found themselves on the broad, blue
-Southern Sea. This sea was so quiet, so fair and beautiful, that
-Magellan at once named it the “Pacific,” or “peaceful,” Ocean.
-
-The longed for seaway was discovered, and they were the first to sail
-through it! We may be sure that the hearts of the little company were
-glad. There was no more doubt; no more grumbling; no more rebellion
-against their leader. They knew, at last, that he was a great captain,
-and they followed him willingly across the unknown sea. They were now
-full of hope for the success of their voyage. They were eager to reach
-the rich spice islands which they were sure lay before them, and the
-ships sailed bravely forward over the beautiful Pacific.
-
-On March 16, 1521, they came to the Ladrone (lä drōne´) Islands. To
-these Magellan gave the name Islas de las Velas (ēs läs dā läs vā´läs).
-It was Miguel de Legaspi (mē gā´el dā lā gäth´pē) who, when he visited
-them in 1564, called them the Ladrones. The expedition did not linger
-here, however, but soon sailed away toward the southwest, where the
-Spaniards hoped to find the spice islands which they sought.
-
-They held steadily to their westward course, and in due time reached
-Jomohol (hō mō hōl´), now called Malhon (mäl hōn´), in the Straits of
-Suragao (sö rä gä´ō), between Samar (säm´är) and Dinegat (dē nā gät´).
-Here they touched, but did not remain. They sailed on along the coast of
-Mindanao (mēn dä nä´ō), instead, and early in Easter week came to the
-mouth of the Butuan (bö tö än´) River.
-
-They were nearly out of food and water by this time, so they landed to
-see what supplies they could find. The chief of Butuan and his people
-were at first frightened by the sight of these white strangers. The
-Spaniards wore armor and carried firearms. They must have seemed strange
-to those simple people, who had never before seen such men or such
-weapons. The natives welcomed the strangers, and brought them fresh food
-and water. They helped the Spaniards to load these on their ships, and
-were in every way friendly.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  IN THE STRAITS OF MAGELLAN.
-]
-
-Afterwards Magellan claimed the country for King Charles I. of Spain,
-and raised the Spanish flag. The chief looked on during this act, and
-consented to it; but it is not likely that he knew what Magellan was
-doing. Then Magellan named the country the San Lazarus (sän lāth´är ůs)
-Isles.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  MAGELLAN’S ROUTE.
-
-  The Map shows the World as known about 1500.
-]
-
-Magellan learned from the Butuan people that a rich and fertile island
-called Cebu (sā´bö) lay to the north, and to this island he wished to
-go. The chief of Butuan then offered to go with him and show him the
-way; so, with the chief and some of his people, the fleet sailed to
-Cebu. They reached harbor there April 7, 1521.
-
-At first the Cebuans (sā´bö äns) were very unfriendly toward the
-strangers, and, but for the chief of Butuan, would have driven them
-away. He answered for the Spaniards, however. He told the king of Cebu
-that they wished to be friends, and at last the Spaniards were allowed
-to land.
-
-Magellan must have had the good gift of making friends, for he soon won
-over the king of Cebu just as he had won over the chief of Butuan. He
-and the king swore friendship, and each drank blood drawn from the
-breast of the other. This they did for a sign that thereafter they were
-to be brothers. Magellan also made a treaty with the king in the name of
-King Charles I. of Spain.
-
-There were a number of Spanish friars with the fleet. These at once
-began to teach the people, and before long the king was baptized as King
-Charles I. of Cebu. Many of his people were baptized also. Magellan then
-promised the Cebuans to help them in a war which they were having with
-the people of Mactan (mäk´tän), an island near Cebu. To keep this
-promise, Magellan crossed to Mactan with forty of his men in the evening
-of April 25th. He would not let any of the Cebuans go with him, as he
-wished to show them how quickly Spanish soldiers would defeat such a
-foe.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  _From a Painting in the Municipal School, Manila._
-
-  THE LANDING OF MAGELLAN.
-]
-
-The Spanish landed at night, and as soon as it was light the people of
-Mactan came down to the beach in great numbers. A fierce battle was
-fought, in which the Europeans, being greatly outnumbered, were
-defeated. One old Spanish account says that the Spanish soldiers sprang
-into the water and swam to the ships, leaving their leader on shore.
-Magellan was a skillful swordsman, and killed many of the enemy. At
-last, however, a savage, who fought with a huge club, struck him a blow
-that crushed both his helmet and his skull. He died, there by the sea,
-on the island of Mactan, and a monument to his memory now stands on the
-spot where it is supposed that he fell.
-
-On the right bank of the River Pasig (pä´sig), in Manila, near the
-bridge of Spain, is another monument in honor of this brave nobleman and
-soldier. Ferdinand Magellan ranks with the great sailors of the world.
-Not even Columbus was wiser or more skillful than he. The discovery of
-the passage between the two great oceans, and the long, dangerous
-journey across seas to these islands, are feats that make him worthy of
-a high and honorable place in the world’s history.
-
-After the death of Magellan, Captain Duarte Barbosa (dö är´tā bär
-bo´thä) took command of the fleet. The king of Cebu had not sworn
-friendship with him, however, and the chief of Butuan had gone back to
-his home, so the Spanish had no strong friend in the island. The king
-invited Barbosa and his men to a feast on the island, and at this feast
-the captain and twenty-six of his men were killed. The Cebuans offered
-to give up a Spanish sailor named Juan Serrano (hō än´ sā rä´nō) for two
-cannons from one of the ships, but the Spanish would not come inshore to
-bring the cannons and take their shipmate on board. They sailed away and
-left him to his fate.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  THE TOMB OF MAGELLAN, ON THE ISLAND OF MACTAN.
-]
-
-In all, thirty-two Spaniards were killed at Cebu. This left them so
-short of men that they could not get the three ships away. So, as the
-_Concepcion_ was the poorest of the three, they sunk her in Cebu harbor.
-After doing this they made haste to get away from the scene of their ill
-fortune. Captain Juan Caraballo (kär ä bäl´yō) was now made commander of
-the expedition, and with less than a hundred men all told, the two ships
-went on to Borneo.
-
-  _Summary._—Ferdinand Magellan, a Portuguese noble, leaving his own
-  country because of ill treatment, became a subject of Spain. King
-  Charles I. fitted out a fleet for him, and Magellan agreed to spend
-  ten years seeking for islands in the Southern Sea, to conquer for
-  Spain. On August 10, 1519, the fleet sailed from San Lucar de
-  Barrameda, southward. Magellan sailed down the eastern coast of South
-  America, seeking a passage into the ocean which Balboa had discovered
-  and named the Southern Sea. They had many hardships. One ship was
-  wrecked and one deserted; but on October 28, 1520, they reached the
-  passage now known as the Straits of Magellan. This passage is between
-  Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego. They sailed through the Straits, and
-  on November 26, 1520, entered the Southern Sea. Magellan named this
-  sea the Pacific Ocean. On March 16, 1521, the fleet reached the
-  Ladrone Islands. They did not remain long, but sailed toward the
-  southwest. They touched at Malhon, and went on along the coast of
-  Mindanao. They landed at the mouth of the Butuan River, and were well
-  received by the chief and his people. Magellan claimed the country for
-  Spain. The chief of Butuan went with the Spanish to Cebu. Magellan
-  swore friendship with the king of Cebu, and the latter was baptized.
-  Magellan, with forty Spaniards, offered to fight the people of Mactan,
-  who were at war with the Cebuans. Magellan was killed, however, and
-  the Spaniards were driven back. The new Spanish leader was killed,
-  with twenty-six of his men, at a feast given by the king of Cebu on
-  shore. The Spanish sunk one of their ships; and the other two, with
-  all the Spaniards left, sailed for Borneo.
-
-
-  _Questions._—What did people believe in the time of Columbus about the
-  shape of the earth? What did they think about the sea? What European
-  first saw the Pacific Ocean? How did he reach it? Who was Magellan?
-  How did he come to take service with the king of Spain? When did
-  Magellan’s fleet leave Spain? What course did it take? Tell when he
-  discovered the Straits. Where did Magellan go after entering the
-  Pacific? Give an account of his landing at Butuan. Where did he go
-  next? How did he die? What then became of the fleet?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                              Chapter II.
-                           EARLY SETTLEMENTS.
-
-
-In the month of September, 1522, a few weeks over three years after
-Magellan’s proud fleet sailed from San Lucar de Barrameda, in Spain, a
-single ship put into that port. She was seaworn and battered, with torn
-sails, and timbers warped and scarred by many a storm. The people hailed
-her with joy, and everywhere in Spain men were glad when they heard of
-her safe home-coming. This ship was the _Victoria_, commanded by Captain
-Juan Sebastian del Cano (sā bäs´tē än del kä´nō), a statue of whom now
-stands in the main hall of the Palacio in Manila. She was the only one
-left of the five ships that had gone out with Magellan three years
-before.
-
-But battered and scarred as she was, the _Victoria_ was a ship to be
-proud of. She had sailed clear around the world, and at that time no
-other ship had ever done such a thing. No wonder, then, that everybody
-was glad to see her, and was proud of her. The people were sorry when
-they learned of the sad fate of Magellan, but there were still brave
-captains and clever seamen in Spain, and these at once began making
-plans to go to the new-found San Lazarus Isles.
-
-One of the expeditions that were fitted out was lost; but in 1542 a
-second company left the city of Navidad (nä vē däth´) in Mexico, or New
-Spain, as that country was often called. This one was commanded by a
-Spanish nobleman named Ruy Lopez de Villalobos (rē lō peth´dā vēl yä
-lō’bos). After a long, hard journey the expedition reached the island
-now called Samar. The Spanish did not try to settle there, but Ruy Lopez
-named this island Isla Filipina, in honor of Prince Philip of Spain.
-
-That one little fact is of interest to us, because about a year later a
-certain Spanish gentleman who was writing a letter home from Mexico
-spoke of the whole group of islands as Las Islas Filipinas. This name
-was at once taken up in Spain. No one remembered that Magellan had named
-the islands San Lazarus, but every one called them Islas Filipinas; and
-so these Philippine Islands received a name which they have ever since
-kept.
-
-The Spanish gentleman who wrote that letter was Don Miguel Lopez de
-Legaspi. He was a nobleman of Spain, but for many years he lived in
-Mexico. He was one of the many great men who, in early times, made
-Spain’s name a proud one. He was a young man when he went to New Spain
-and began to practice law. He was an honest gentleman and an able
-statesman, and before many years he was made mayor of the City of
-Mexico. He seems to have been a truly religious man, wise and just; a
-man to trust, and one well able to lead other men. For such men there
-are always high places in the world. Legaspi was, moreover, a brave
-soldier and a skillful sailor.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  STATUE OF SEBASTIAN DEL CANO.
-
-  In the Palacio, Manila.
-]
-
-It is not strange, therefore, that the king of Spain should have known
-about him. The king at this time was Philip II., for whom, when he was
-prince, these islands were named. He came to the throne in 1555, and
-soon after was minded to send out an expedition to settle in the country
-named for him. He looked about for a man to command this expedition, and
-his choice fell upon Legaspi. So he made him general of the whole force.
-
-There were four ships and a frigate in the new fleet, and all were
-strongly armed and well stocked for the journey. The force of men
-numbered 400 soldiers and sailors, carefully chosen, and fit for the
-brave adventure before them.
-
-With the fleet there were also six friars of the Order of St. Augustine,
-and the leader of these was a man after Legaspi’s own heart. His name
-was Andres de Urdaneta (än´drās dā ur´dä nā´tä). He had been at one time
-a captain in King Charles’s navy, and had long wanted King Charles I. to
-send him on an expedition to the Pacific. But the king was weary of wars
-and longed for rest. Of his own accord he left the throne, to retire
-into private life; and Urdaneta took holy orders.
-
-When Philip II. was making ready his great expedition, he remembered his
-father’s friend Urdaneta, and chose him to go with Legaspi as captain of
-the spiritual forces of the fleet. These two men, Legaspi and Urdaneta,
-were warm friends. It is very fitting that in the monument on the Luneta
-in Manila, their figures should to-day stand side by side. When we see
-this monument, we should remember the brave journey these two men made
-together years ago, and the bright future which they hoped to secure for
-these islands.
-
-This new fleet sailed from Navidad, on the coast of Mexico, on the 21st
-day of November, 1564. The expedition was unlike the ones that had gone
-before it. It had for its aim the setting up of Spain’s rule in the
-islands, whereas the others had gone out to seek new lands and to
-conquer them. The men with Legaspi meant to stay in the islands and to
-make their homes there.
-
-Legaspi had been warned not to go first to Cebu. His advisers thought it
-would be better to settle on one of the other islands and slowly to make
-friends with the Cebuans before going to live among them. This, however,
-was not Legaspi’s plan. He knew that the Cebuans were the very people
-whom he must win over at first, if he hoped to have peace in his new
-home. You see, the Spaniards as yet knew nothing about the great island
-of Luzon. They had no knowledge of the size and nature of this new
-country, but thought the best part of it lay to the south.
-
-Legaspi sailed for Cebu, but when he began to draw near to the
-archipelago he sent one of his ships ahead to learn what sort of welcome
-the expedition might look for from the Cebuans. The commander of this
-ship brought back a gloomy report. The Cebuans had not been at all
-friendly. Instead, they had caught and killed one of the men of the
-landing crew from the ship, and would have killed the others had not the
-Spanish pulled off from shore and gone back to their ship.
-
-When this report was brought to Legaspi he was very sorry. He at once,
-however, made up his mind to go to Cebu and subdue the people. This he
-thought was his duty toward his king; so the fleet sailed to Cebu. It
-came safe into harbor, and the soldiers landed in front of the town of
-Cebu on the 27th day of April, 1565. The Spanish were amazed and
-delighted with the beauty and fruitfulness of the island. Weary with
-their long voyage, they would gladly have made friends with the people
-and been at peace in that lovely spot.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  ANCIENT FORT COMMANDING CEBU HARBOR.
-]
-
-The people, however, would not be friends. They had driven the Spanish
-from their shore once, and did not mean that the strangers should come
-back to live there. The chief, King Tupas (tö´päs), was a brave and
-warlike man, and with a large army he came down to the shore to beat off
-the newcomers. A fierce battle was fought there by the sea, but it did
-not last long. The spears and arrows of the Cebuans were of little use
-against Spanish armor, while the Spanish firearms did deadly work among
-the lightly-clad Cebuan warriors. After a few hours the Cebuans were
-forced back from the shore, and the Spanish held the town.
-
-Legaspi now set to work to win the liking of the Cebuans. He believed
-firmly that the king of Spain was by divine right the lawful ruler of
-these islands; but for himself, he meant to govern kindly and wisely in
-the name of the king. He could not do this until he had shown the people
-that he and his soldiers were their friends. To this task, therefore, he
-bent all his wisdom.
-
-So earnestly did the Spanish commander work to win over the people, that
-in a very few months the whole island was in a state of peace. A little
-later, Padre Urdaneta went back to Spain to report all that had been
-done. King Philip II. was much pleased with the friar’s report, and made
-Legaspi “governor-general of all the territory in the archipelago that
-he might conquer for Spain.”
-
-Matters now went very quietly with the natives for several years; but
-trouble came to the Spaniards from the outside. At this time there was
-great rivalry between Spain and Portugal in the discovery and settlement
-of new lands. In each of these countries there were many daring sailors
-and brave soldiers who liked nothing better than to go on wild
-adventures for their kings, to find and to claim new lands.
-
-So great was the rivalry between these two countries that Pope Alexander
-VI., soon after the discovery of America, made a decree dividing between
-them all the lands that might be discovered. The dividing line was the
-meridian of Cape Verde Island. By his decree the Pope gave all heathen
-lands discovered west of that line to Spain. All the lands that should
-be discovered east of the meridian he gave to Portugal. Under this
-ruling, as we may see by looking at a map, the Philippine Islands would
-have fallen to Portugal.
-
-Spain, however, claimed these islands by right of discovery, and was
-ready to uphold her claim by force of arms. This Legaspi had to do
-before he had been long in Cebu. An expedition of Portuguese came out
-against the Spanish, and, but for Legaspi’s brave defense of the island,
-would have taken it from them. The Portuguese were forced to retire,
-however, and though for years there was much trouble over the matter,
-Portugal never made good her claim to the Philippines.
-
-By 1570 Legaspi had made the town of Cebu a city and the seat of
-government. In the spring of this year a grandson of his, a young
-Spanish captain named Juan Salcedo (säl sā´dō), came from Mexico to help
-him in the islands. He was a very young man, but a good soldier, and
-wise beyond his years. His grandfather was glad, indeed, to have such a
-helper, and sent him out at the head of a strong force to visit all the
-islands.
-
-The Spanish had learned by this time about the island of Luzon that lay
-to the north, so Salcedo was ordered to go up there and see what it was
-like. He sailed from Cebu early in the summer, and made his way
-northward to the great bay of Manila. Here he found a town called
-Maynila by the people who lived there, and here he landed with his
-company of soldiers, all in full armor.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  THE MONUMENT TO LEGASPI AT CEBU CITY.
-]
-
-The people of Luzon had never before seen European soldiers. They
-thought that these were gods, and not men, and made haste to be friends
-with them. They could not understand the firearms which the soldiers
-carried, and were much afraid of them. They gave up their city at once,
-and brought food and fruits as offerings to the strange visitors.
-Salcedo spoke kindly to them, and when he had made them understand what
-he wanted, they all swore loyalty to Spain.
-
-But Soliman (sō lē´män), chief of Maynila, soon saw that these huge
-strangers were only men, after all. Then he was filled with sorrow to
-think that he had given up his city to them, and made up his mind to win
-it back. He gathered all his warriors and led them against the Spanish,
-but it was of no use. Salcedo’s forces were too strong for his army, and
-Soliman was defeated. He was driven out from his city again; but this
-time, rather than let the Spanish have it, he set fire to it and burned
-it down.
-
-Juan Salcedo now showed himself to be kind as well as brave. When he had
-taken Soliman prisoner, he did not punish him for breaking his oath of
-fealty to Spain. He forgave him freely, and let him take the oath again.
-Then he let him go on ruling his people in the name of the king of
-Spain.
-
-After this Salcedo passed on through Luzon, claiming the country for
-Philip II. He visited those parts now known as Laguna (lä gö´nä),
-Pangasinan (pän gäsē nän´), and the Camarines (cäm ä rē´nēs). He took
-the city of Cainta (kä ēn´tä), where a Moro chief ruled, and then went
-to what is now Ilocos Sur (ēl ō´cos sör). One of his captains, named
-Martin de Goiti (mär´tin dā go ē´tē), he left at Maynila with a small
-force to guard the camp. Goiti also conquered the people of Pampanga
-(päm pän´gä). Later Salcedo sent a messenger to his grandfather,
-Governor-General Legaspi, asking him to come at once to Maynila.
-
-During all the time that Salcedo was taking Maynila and bringing the
-country under the rule of Spain, Legaspi was busy in the Visayas (vis
-ä´yäs). He had been in the country five years or more, and had done much
-to make peace with the people. The chief of Cebu had accepted baptism,
-with many of the Cebuans, and one of his daughters was married to a
-Spaniard. There was great good feeling between the two races, and the
-Cebuans looked upon the Spanish as friends. Well pleased, therefore,
-with the way things were going in Cebu, Legaspi went on a tour through
-all the Visayan group.
-
-Legaspi was at Iloilo on the island of Panay (pän ī´) when this
-messenger found him and told him all that Salcedo had done in Luzon.
-Legaspi was much pleased at the news. He saw at once that Maynila was
-the place of all others on the islands in which to set up the
-government, and he made ready to go to Luzon. He could do this all the
-more easily because of the way he had managed things in the Visayas. All
-the native chiefs were still in power, and Legaspi left them to rule as
-they had always done, save that they now ruled in the name of the king
-of Spain. The governor-general was able, therefore, to leave behind him
-a quiet, orderly government, and to give his mind freely to the new work
-before him.
-
-The journey northward was made in safety, and early in March of the year
-1571, Legaspi and his party reached Cavite (kä vē´tā). Here they were
-met by the Tagal (tā´gäl) chief, Lacondola (lä con dō´lä), rajah or king
-of Tondo (ton´dō), who is sometimes also spoken of as Rajah Matanda (mä
-tän´dä) or the “old Rajah.”
-
-Lacondola welcomed Legaspi as the lawful ruler, and told him that he and
-his people were loyal to the king of Spain. The party then went on to
-Maynila, and here also Legaspi was greeted as the king’s representative.
-Soliman, the former king of Maynila, was never a really willing subject
-of Spain. But he was a nephew of Lacondola, and the old Rajah’s counsel
-had great weight with him; so he never rebelled against the new ruler.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  LEGASPI SAILING TO MANILA.
-]
-
-Legaspi now declared King Philip the overlord of that whole country, and
-made Maynila the capital. He changed the spelling of the name to
-_Manila_. This word is made up of two Tagal words—_may_, which means “to
-have,” and _nila_, a kind of tree that once grew thickly around the
-city—and _Maynila_ means that there were many nila trees there.
-
-Lacondola and Soliman joined forces with Martin de Goiti, to help
-strengthen the new rule in the islands. The country now known as
-Batangas (bä tän´gäs) Province was then ruled by several chiefs who were
-usually at war with the Tagals and other tribes. They and their people
-had come from Borneo and had intermarried with the Negritos (nā
-grē´tōs). They were great hunters and good fighters, but would not yield
-to the Spaniards; so, with the aid of other tribes, the Spaniards drove
-them from the country. There were other chiefs ruling in the districts
-about Manila Bay; but these showed themselves friendly to Spain, and
-were left in office, to govern in the name of the king.
-
-The work of putting the country in order now went on rapidly. In June,
-1571, Legaspi formed the City Council of Manila, and began to lay the
-foundation for a wise and just rule in these islands. He made a plan for
-Manila, and had the city laid out in squares and streets just as we see
-it to-day inside the walls. He also set the people to work building
-these walls for a defense against the wild tribes. The walls were
-nineteen years in building, and to-day, after more than three hundred
-years, they are still strong and beautiful, to show how well the Tagal
-people builded. The fort at the mouth of the Pasig River was also begun
-at this time.
-
-Governor-General Legaspi was a strong, wise ruler for this country. He
-was a man far ahead of his times and of his people, “a good man among
-men, and a great man among statesmen.” If his plans for the Philippines
-had been carried out, the history of the islands would be very different
-from what it is to-day. If those who came after him had been as wise and
-as kind as he, the Filipinos would have been a happy, contented people.
-
-But dark days came all too soon to the colony. On the 20th day of
-August, 1572, Legaspi died, worn out by the hard labors of his active,
-useful life. He was buried in the Augustine Chapel of San Fausto, in
-Manila, and another sort of rule soon began in the islands.
-
-  _Summary._—The _Victoria_, commanded by Juan Sebastian del Cano,
-  reached Spain in September, 1522. She was the first ship to sail
-  around the world. Twenty years later Ruy Lopez de Villalobos commanded
-  an expedition which went to Samar. He named this island “Isla
-  Filipina,” and later Legaspi gave the name “Islas Filipinas” to the
-  entire archipelago. Miguel de Legaspi commanded an expedition sent out
-  by King Philip II. to settle in the islands. With him came the
-  Augustine friar P. Urdaneta. This fleet left Navidad, Mexico, November
-  21, 1564. The Spanish went to Cebu, conquered the people, and then
-  began to make friends with them and to build up the government. Later
-  the Spanish had trouble with the Portuguese, who came to claim the
-  country, but were driven away. In 1570, Juan Salcedo came out. He went
-  to Luzon, took Maynila, and then sent a messenger to Legaspi to tell
-  him to come there. Legaspi was in the Visayas, pacifying the country,
-  but he at once went to Maynila. He was well received by Lacondola and
-  Soliman, and set up his capital in Maynila. He formed the City
-  Council, made a plan for the city, and had work begun on the walls. He
-  began a wise and humane rule in the islands, but died, in August,
-  1572, before he was able to carry out many of his plans.
-
-
-  _Questions._—When did the _Victoria_ return to Spain? What had she
-  done? How did the Islas Filipinas get their name? Who was Miguel de
-  Legaspi? Who was Urdaneta? When did Legaspi’s expedition start? Where
-  did it sail from? How was he received in Cebu? Who was Juan Salcedo?
-  Tell of his work in Luzon. When did Legaspi come to Manila? Who
-  received him? When was the City Council founded? What sort of man was
-  Legaspi? When did he die?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                              Chapter III.
-                      THE COUNTRY AND ITS PEOPLE.
-
-
-Before we go farther with this story of the Philippines, let us look,
-for a little while, at the country itself, and the people who live in
-it.
-
-Men who are wise in science tell us that there must have been in the
-Pacific Ocean, some thousands of years ago, a great body of land that
-has now sunk out of sight. We do not know when it sank; but after it did
-so there must have been, one after another, a great many volcanic
-eruptions that broke up the sunken continent into smaller tracts of
-land. Many of these eruptions took place under water, and with the
-overflow of lava the separate tracts grew larger.
-
-Later still this sunken land began slowly to rise from the sea. In some
-places this change is still going on. New islands have come up out of
-the sea within the memory of people who are still alive, and there have
-been, within modern times, great changes on some of the Philippine
-Islands. The whole group is of volcanic origin, but there are now very
-few active volcanoes left in the country. Of these Mayon (mī ōn´), in
-the southern part of Luzon, is the largest. This is said to be the most
-beautiful volcano in the world. Its form is a perfect cone. Taal (tä´äl)
-volcano, which is on an island in Lake Bombon (bôm´bôn), is also a
-famous volcano.
-
-There are over 1,200 islands in the archipelago, but we do not know
-exactly how many there are. They have never been counted. Some of them
-are hardly more than bits of rock showing above the sea, while Luzon,
-the largest, is 480 miles long.
-
-On all of the islands there are large mountains. Great peaks rise, in
-some cases to a height of 7,000 or 8,000 feet, covered to the very top
-with forests of mighty trees. The finest building timber in the world
-will some day come from these islands. Teak, ebony, mahogany, and cedar
-trees grow here, besides rubber and camphor trees, and many others for
-which there is great demand in all the markets of the world. Fine fruit
-trees of many sorts are also found. When there are good roads in the
-islands over which to haul logs, and modern mills and machinery to make
-them into lumber, the timber trade of the Philippines will be a great
-industry.
-
-There are now about eight millions of people in the Philippines. How
-many were here when the Spanish came we do not know. The larger part of
-the people in the islands are of the Malay (mā´lā) race. These were not
-the first dwellers in the country, but came from the Malay Peninsula,
-and it is likely that they had not been here more than two or three
-hundred years when the Spanish came. They are the people whose lives and
-acts make up most of what we call the “history” of the islands, and they
-are the people usually meant by the term “Filipinos.”
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  ABORIGINES OF MINDANAO.
-]
-
-Up in the mountains, living in nearly as wild a state as when the
-Spanish came, we still find the aborigines. This is a word which means
-the first dwellers in a country. It is thought that the first people who
-lived in the northern islands were the Aetas, or Negritos. A race called
-the Indonesians (in dō nā´sē äns) are the aborigines of the great island
-of Mindanao.
-
-The Negritos are dying out. They are a small, timid people, with thick
-lips and flat noses. Their hair is like curly wool. They hunt and fight
-with bows and arrows, and are very quick and active. Their chief food is
-fish, and the brown mountain rice which they plant and harvest. Even if
-taken when children and brought up in a city, they do not grow to like
-civilized life, but run away and go back to the mountains as soon as
-they have the chance.
-
-An important tribe of wild people in these islands are the Igorrotes (ig
-ō rō´tēs), of whom there are many on Luzon. The Igorrotes are the finest
-and strongest of all the wild tribes in the country. They are very
-brave, and are good fighters, using in warfare a short, broad knife,
-which they wield with deadly skill. They never submitted to the
-Spaniards, and were badly used by that people. The Spaniards always made
-war upon them, and at one time tried to put an end to all of the tribe
-in Luzon. They burned their villages and killed all who fell in their
-power. They could not conquer them, however, and the Igorrotes have
-always hated the Spanish fiercely.
-
-The civilized Filipino people spring from none of these wild tribes. As
-we have said, they are Malays, and came here from the great Malay
-Peninsula. The Malays, from earliest times, were a sea-going folk,
-daring sailors, and skillful in managing their boats. They went boldly
-to sea in tiny crafts, with only the stars to guide them, taking risks
-such as no Europeans dared to take. They overran the islands of the
-South Pacific, going even as far as the island of Madagascar. They
-settled in the Philippines, drove the natives back into the mountains,
-and made their homes along the coasts and on the rich plains. They had a
-written alphabet of their own when the Spanish came, and were far ahead,
-even then, of the native races.
-
-The Malays who settled in the island of Mindanao were converted to the
-Moslem faith by some Arabian missionaries who came to that island as
-early as the twelfth or thirteenth century. From Mindanao this religion
-was carried to the island of Sulu (sö l´ö), and it is now the faith of
-the people of the entire Sulu archipelago. The people who held to this
-religion were called Moros by the Spanish, and by this name they are
-still known.
-
-There are many tribes in the islands, both of the aborigines and of the
-Malay people. In early days these tribes were more separate than at
-present, and had little to do with one another, save when there was war
-among them. Each had its own language, and even now a great many
-dialects are spoken in the islands. This fact, among others, has helped
-to keep the tribes apart and to prevent them from becoming a strong,
-united people.
-
-We see, from what has been said, that the dwellers in the Philippine
-Islands are not strictly a people in the sense that the Spanish or the
-English are a people. Even the Malay folk in the islands have been, from
-the very first, split up into many tribes, having little in common.
-Under some methods of government these tribes might have been united;
-but Spanish rule was not of a sort to bind them together. Rather, it set
-tribes against one another, and used some to help conquer others. It did
-not draw them together in a strong national life such as has made the
-United States of America a great and powerful nation.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  A MORO OF JOLÓ, IN THE SULU ARCHIPELAGO.
-]
-
-The United States has been settled by people from many countries. These
-people have gone to America from nearly every nation on earth; but the
-different races have become one strong American people by reason of a
-common interest in the good government of their country, and a common
-desire for its welfare. Each State has its own life and government, but
-all are united to form the great country of which each is a part, and to
-support the Federal Government which binds the States together.
-
-When the Filipino people have learned thus to stand together, a new day
-will dawn for these islands. When the people all speak one language, and
-when young and old can read and write that language, the country will be
-more united, and will begin to know something of that national life
-which other countries enjoy. The people will then be united; they will
-know how to govern their land wisely and justly. They will understand,
-as they have not done before, the relation one nation bears to others in
-the world, and will be able to develop the great wealth of their
-country.
-
-The two great tribes of Malay Filipinos are the Tagals and the Visayans.
-The Tagals live in southern Luzon, the Visayans in the group of islands
-called the Visayas, which lie south of Luzon and north of Mindanao.
-There are, besides, many lesser peoples in the islands, so that, as we
-have seen, there could be no common national life.
-
-The tribes were governed by great chiefs or kings, who ruled through
-small chiefs and dattos. Each of these was at the head of about a
-hundred families whom he stood for in the tribal council, and for whom
-he was spokesman before the great chief. The small chief was called the
-head of a hundred. It was a simple, but effective, form of government,
-and suited the people. Legaspi and Salcedo made no changes in it, except
-to declare the king of Spain the ruler of all the tribes. They had the
-great chiefs swear loyalty to Spain, and then left them to govern for
-the king.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  ANCIENT ALPHABETS IN USE IN THE ARCHIPELAGO WHEN THE SPANISH CAME.
-
-  Among the Moros of Mindanao and Sulu there are still in use words that
-    were obsolete in the Arabic in the time of Mohammed.
-]
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  NEGRITOS IN A PRAHU.
-]
-
-Later, however, when Legaspi and Salcedo were gone, many evils crept in.
-The great chiefs were put out of power, and little by little
-self-government was taken from the people. They came at last to have no
-voice in the ordering of their own lives, and no one to speak for them
-to their unknown ruler in Spain.
-
-  _Summary._—The Philippine Islands are believed to be part of a great
-  continent that once lay in the South Pacific Ocean. This continent
-  sank. Afterwards a slow upheaval brought the islands up from the sea.
-  The Aetas, or Negritos, were the earliest inhabitants of the country.
-  The Indonesians of Mindanao are also aborigines. The Igorrotes are a
-  wild tribe of Luzon and the Visayas, who have from the first been
-  enemies of Spain. The Spanish treated them cruelly and won their
-  hatred. The civilized Filipinos are of Malay origin, and came here
-  from the Malay Peninsula. Those who settled in Mindanao were converted
-  to the Mohammedan faith in the twelfth or thirteenth century by
-  Arabian missionaries; and they are called Moros. The people of the
-  islands are broken up into many tribes, and this has hindered their
-  becoming a united people. The tribal form of government was simple,
-  and so well suited to the country that Legaspi made little change in
-  it. The Spanish who came after him, however, took all self-government
-  from the people.
-
-
-  _Questions._—What are we taught of the origin of the Philippine
-  Islands? Who are the aborigines? What is the origin of the civilized
-  Filipinos? How did the Moslem faith come into the country? Describe
-  the early form of government.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                              Chapter IV.
-                            EARLY TROUBLES.
-
-
-Until the beginning of the nineteenth century, when Mexico became
-independent of Spain, the Philippine Islands were governed for Spain by
-that country. This worked great hardship in the islands. Mexico herself
-was a dependency of Spain, and so the Philippines really became a
-dependency of a dependency. All laws for the country were made in
-Mexico, and in this way the islanders were removed one step farther from
-the foreign ruler who was their king.
-
-The High Court of Mexico appointed the governor-general, and at the same
-time that it did so named the man who should succeed him. This it did in
-order that there might be no time lost in filling the office when it
-became vacant. When Legaspi died, therefore, his successor was already
-appointed, and at once took up the duties of his office.
-
-The new governor-general was named Guido de Lavazares (wē´dō dā lä vä
-thär´ās), and he was a very different sort of man from Legaspi. He was
-more warlike and less wise, and he liked to meddle in matters which did
-not concern him. During his term of office, he went to the aid of a king
-of Borneo who had been dethroned by his rebellious subjects, and helped
-the king to regain his throne.
-
-He was so elated with his success in doing this that he became
-ambitious. He so far forgot common sense that he wanted King Philip to
-let him and his Philippine forces make war on China and conquer that
-country for Spain. He could not have done this, and the king of Spain
-was too sensible to let him try. Later, however, the governor-general
-had all he wished of fighting the Chinese.
-
-After Legaspi’s death his grandson, Juan Salcedo, went on with the work
-of setting up Spanish rule in the islands. He passed through the
-northern part of Luzon, and wherever he went told the people that Philip
-II. was their king. He made it a point always to make friends with the
-great chief of any tribe to which he went. This chief he would win over
-to swear fealty to Spain. Then Salcedo would leave him to rule as
-before, only in the name of the king.
-
-He promised to help the chiefs against their enemies, and was ready,
-with his soldiers, to fight their battles whenever they needed him. In
-turn he trusted them to be loyal to the king, and to keep their people
-from rebelling. He did not try to improve the country in any way, or to
-teach the people anything that would help them to make it better. His
-one idea was to win territory for his king. This, indeed, was all that
-the king wanted him to do.
-
-Spain wanted much territory, a wide dominion, more than she wanted loyal
-subjects. It was this greed for power and for wealth that caused her
-downfall, and in the end lost for her the rich country which she had
-gained at great cost.
-
-Salcedo, after all, was a far better man and kinder to the people than
-were most of those who came after him. He had much of that wise
-kindliness which made Legaspi a good ruler. He took the country by
-force, but he was not a tyrant. He did not oppress the people, nor did
-he make unwise laws to govern them.
-
-He made his headquarters in Ilocos Sur, meaning to rule the northern
-provinces from there. He had, however, hardly settled down when news
-reached him of a great danger that threatened Manila. Gathering all his
-forces he marched southward as fast as his army could travel, to help
-Martin de Goiti, who was still in charge of Manila, to defend the city.
-It was this same danger, which so alarmed Salcedo, that gave Guido de
-Lavazares his wish to fight the Chinese. It was a most unexpected
-danger, and came without warning upon the colony.
-
-At about the time when Legaspi was founding his capital at Manila, a
-Chinese pirate named Li-ma-hong (lē mä hong´) was sailing the waters of
-the China Sea. He led a large force of men as lawless as himself, and,
-as time went on, he became the terror of sea-going folk all about there.
-He grew so bold, and his pirate fleet so strong, that he dared to attack
-even the great war junks of China. At last the Chinese Government
-declared him an outlaw, and put a price on his head. After this the
-China Sea was not a safe place for him, so he made up his mind to go
-somewhere else.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  PLAZA DE GOITI, MANILA.
-]
-
-He had captured the crew of a trading junk, and from these men he
-learned about the Philippine Islands. What they told him pleased him so
-much that he decided to go to Manila, take the city, and set up a
-kingdom of his own on Luzon. He felt certain of success in this
-undertaking; for he had a fleet of sixty-two armed junks and a force of
-4,000 fighting men. In his company were many tradesmen as well as
-soldiers, and many women went with the fleet. He also had plenty of
-supplies, and Li-ma-hong was sure that, once he had taken the country,
-he could set up a colony.
-
-He took with him, on his own junk, the crew of the captured junk, to
-pilot the way, and with his fleet sailed for Luzon. In November, 1574,
-they reached the north coast of that island. Here some of the pirates,
-who went ashore for supplies, sacked and burned a village and killed
-many of the Filipinos. Those who escaped made their way to where Salcedo
-was, and told him what had happened. Thus it came about that the Spanish
-captain learned of Li-ma-hong’s scheme before the pirate reached Manila.
-
-Leaving the northern part of Luzon, the Chinese kept on along the coast
-toward Manila. Before they came to the bay, however, the fleet was
-caught in a typhoon. Several of the junks and some 200 men were lost in
-the storm. Still, Li-ma-hong thought he had a force strong enough to
-take Manila, so they went on. The pirate commander landed an army of
-1,500 men before Manila, and sent them up to take the city.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  CHINESE WAR JUNKS ATTACKING MANILA.
-]
-
-They were led by a Japanese named Sioco (sē ō´kō), whom Li-ma-hong had
-made his lieutenant, and in a few hours a savage fight was waging
-between the Spanish and the Chinese. The Spanish force was small, but
-well armed, and every man knew that he was fighting for life against a
-cruel foe. No mercy was to be looked for from those wild pirates, and no
-quarter was asked or given. Even the aged governor-general bore arms in
-the fight, for every man was needed. The first Spaniard killed was brave
-Martin de Goiti, but he was not the last. The little garrison was nearly
-destroyed before their fortune turned and the pirates were driven back.
-The Japanese leader Sioco was killed, and after that the Chinese fell
-back and reëntered their junks.
-
-A few days later Li-ma-hong himself led a second attack. But meanwhile
-native troops had been gathered, and again the pirates were beaten. This
-time the fleet retired to the mouth of the Agno River, and Li-ma-hong
-set up his kingdom in what is now the province of Pangasinan. Here the
-Chinese built temples and began to plant crops and engage in trade. They
-felt very secure, and if they had been let alone the pirates would no
-doubt have been prosperous; but punishment was at hand for them.
-
-Juan Salcedo, with his soldiers, had reached Manila, and soon afterwards
-a war junk from China came into harbor, looking for Li-ma-hong. This war
-junk was sent by the emperor, who had learned of the mischief the pirate
-was doing in the Philippines. The captain had orders to find Li-ma-hong
-and bring him to justice, and he meant to do this if he could.
-
-The junk joined the Spanish in an expedition by water, while another
-force of Spanish and Filipino soldiers went forward to engage the
-pirates on land. When these attacking forces arrived, Li-ma-hong saw
-that he must retreat for his life, so he played a trick upon the enemy
-and upon some of his own soldiers.
-
-He told off some of his men to go forward against the enemy, and make
-the latter believe that they were the main body of the Chinese. The
-trick was successful. When the Spanish and native troops made the
-attack, the pirates, after a show of fighting, began to fall back toward
-the mountains. The enemy gave chase and furnished Li-ma-hong the chance
-for which he was watching. With all his fleet he slipped down the river,
-keeping under cover of the reeds and tall grass, gained the sea and
-fled, leaving his soldiers at the mercy of the foe.
-
-The Chinese thus meanly deserted by their leader did not wait to be
-killed, but retreated in earnest to the mountains. Here they took refuge
-with the Igorrotes, and here they spent the rest of their lives. They
-married women from among the Igorrotes, and from them are descended
-those people who are to-day known as the Igorrote-Chinese.
-
-It was some time before peace and a sense of safety were restored in
-Manila. Work was pushed more rapidly on the city walls, which were still
-building, and upon Fort Santiago. Other troops of Spanish were sent from
-Mexico to make the defense of the city stronger, but long before they
-came Salcedo went back to his work in the north. He died of fever in
-Ilocos Sur a year or two later.
-
-Captain Salcedo was still a young man, but twenty-seven years old, at
-the time of his death (March 11, 1576). Had he lived longer, he would
-doubtless have become a great statesman, for he showed much tact and
-wisdom in his dealings with the people. He was honestly mourned by both
-the Spanish and the native soldiers of his army. A few years after his
-death, his bones were brought to Manila and laid to rest beside those of
-his grandfather, Miguel de Legaspi.
-
-  _Summary._—Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century the
-  Philippine Islands were governed as a dependency of Mexico. The High
-  Court of Mexico named the governor-general and made laws for the
-  country. Legaspi was succeeded by Guido de Lavazares. After Legaspi’s
-  death Salcedo went to Ilocos Sur to carry on his work of subjecting
-  the country to Spain. In 1574 the Chinese pirate Li-ma-hong made an
-  attack on Manila, meaning to take the city and set up a kingdom there.
-  Driven back from the city, he retreated to the mouth of the Agno River
-  and settled there with his pirate band. A Chinese war junk came to the
-  help of the Spanish, and Li-ma-hong was forced to flee. He escaped,
-  deserting some of his own soldiers whom he had sent inland. In 1576
-  Juan Salcedo died in Ilocos Sur.
-
-
-  _Questions._—Describe the government of the archipelago previous to
-  the nineteenth century. Who succeeded Legaspi? What sort of man was
-  he? What did Salcedo do after Legaspi’s death? What was his method in
-  dealing with the people? Give an account of Li-ma-hong’s invasion.
-  When did Juan Salcedo die?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                               Chapter V.
-                         BEGINNINGS OF STRIFE.
-
-
-For the first two hundred years, as we have said, the Spanish colony in
-the Philippines was governed from Mexico. A Supreme Court, or Audencia,
-like that of Mexico, was set up in Manila. This court tried cases and
-settled law questions for the whole archipelago. The Mexican code of law
-was in force here, and the officials in the islands tried to make the
-government as much as possible like that of Mexico.
-
-This, however, was a very different country from Mexico. The Filipinos
-were a very different people from the native Mexicans. What worked well,
-therefore, for one country and one people, did not suit at all for the
-other. Often, in these islands, right and justice were hindered by the
-very laws made to help them. The men who framed these laws did not know
-the islands or the Filipinos, so they could not understand why the code
-that was good for Mexico should fail here.
-
-Soon still other troubles arose. The rulers who came after Legaspi did
-away, one by one, with the native forms of government. There were no
-longer any tribal councils in which the heads of groups could speak for
-their people. The native kings and chiefs were set aside, and the people
-then had no representatives. There was nothing to check the power of the
-governor-general. He had full control over the lives and liberties of
-the people, and no one could call him to account but the king of Spain.
-
-In name the ancient office of head of a hundred still lived in the
-office of “cabeza de barangay” (cäbā´thä dā bär än’gī), which the
-Spanish kept up. The office itself, however, was no longer high or
-honorable. The chief duty of the cabeza de barangay came to be the
-raising of money among the people for the government. If the people were
-poor, if times were bad, if the crops had failed, still this money must
-be raised. The government looked to the barangay chief to get it, in one
-way or another. Often, when the people were unable to pay, his property
-was taken, and many a headman of a village was stripped of all he had by
-the officers of government. In time, therefore, the office fell into
-such disgrace that no self-respecting Filipino would take it. At last a
-law had to be passed compelling service as cabeza de barangay.
-
-Very early in the history of the colony there began to be strife among
-the Spanish authorities. The bitter misunderstanding between Church and
-State arose almost at once, and it continued through all the years of
-Spanish rule in the islands. Soon after its formation, the Supreme
-Court, too, became a party in the quarrels of the powers. Each of these
-three parties was determined to control matters, and the result was very
-bad for the colony. At times, indeed, the quarrel was so sharp that
-affairs in the country were at a standstill, and ruin threatened the
-colony.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  KING PHILIP II.
-]
-
-So matters went on until the year 1587, when they became so bad that the
-Bishop of Manila sent a secret messenger to Spain to lay complaint
-before the king. This messenger was a friar named Alonzo Sanchez
-(älon´thō sän’cheth). He went first to Mexico and laid his case before
-the viceroy, who sent him on to Spain. There he gained a hearing from
-King Philip II., who promised to look into the matter.
-
-The king then put the case in charge of one of his ministers, who
-studied it with great care, and at last made a report which was the
-basis of a royal decree. In this decree the king gave attention to a
-good many things that were wrong in the islands, and made some definite
-laws in regard to them.
-
-The decree did away altogether with the Supreme Court, and appointed
-justices of the peace in its place. It set forth plainly just what
-should be the field of action of the State and what of the Church. It
-gave the governor-general full power to do as he liked in matters
-regarding all distant and unexplored parts of the country. In what he
-did in such places he need not consult even the king’s will. If,
-however, he wished to undertake a war, or any expedition that must be
-paid for out of the royal treasury, he must first submit his plans to a
-council made up of the Bishop of Manila and the chief military captains
-in the islands.
-
-The decree also forbade the making of any more slaves in the islands.
-All slaves held by Spaniards were to be set free at once. All between
-the ages of ten and twenty years, held by Filipinos, were to be freed at
-the latter age, and all over twenty years old were to be set free in
-five years.
-
-Arrangement was made for a tribute to be raised from among the people.
-The money so gathered was to be divided in a fixed ratio between the
-Church, the State, and the army. All begging friars—and of these many
-had come to the country—were ordered to leave the Philippines, and forty
-Augustine friars were sent out to Manila.
-
-A new governor-general was sent to the islands, with instructions to
-carry out the decree. This official was Don Gomez Perez Desmarinas (gö
-meth´ pā reth´ des mär ē´näs). He was a man of great energy and force of
-character, and no doubt meant to be just and fair. He did not, however,
-get along well with the Bishop of Manila, and before long the trouble
-between Church and State broke out again. This time the bishop decided
-to go, himself, to Spain, and see whether some understanding could not
-be had by which peace could be kept.
-
-Bishop Salazar (säl ä thär´) was then seventy-eight years old. He was an
-Augustine friar, and had been parish priest of Manila. In 1581, when
-Pope Gregorio XIII. founded the See of Manila, Salazar was made bishop;
-but he now felt that the Church must have still greater authority in the
-islands. One object of his visit to Spain was to get the consent of the
-king and of the Pope that Manila should be made an archbishopric. In
-this he succeeded. The Pope issued a bull dated August 14, 1595,
-creating the Archbishopric of Manila, and Salazar was made the first
-archbishop. He died, however, before official notice reached him of his
-new dignity.
-
-News traveled slowly in those days, but in the course of time the
-emperor of Japan heard that a colony of Europeans had settled in the
-Philippine Islands. He seems to have thought that Japan had some
-interest in these islands; for in 1593 he sent an ambassador to Manila.
-The name of this ambassador was Farranda Kieman (fä rän´dä kī ā´män).
-
-His coming was the cause of some anxiety to the Spanish. As soon as he
-landed in Manila he waited upon Governor-General Desmarinas with his
-message. This was a demand upon the Spanish in the Philippines to
-surrender, and to declare themselves to be vassals of Japan. If they did
-not do this, Kieman told Desmarinas, the emperor would send war junks to
-take the country by force.
-
-To all this the governor-general replied with great politeness, but very
-firmly. He told the ambassador that he and the other Spanish colonists
-were already subjects of a great king, in whose name he ruled, and that
-he could not yield the country to Japan. At the same time his king
-wished to be on good terms with the emperor, whose power and greatness
-were so well known, and the governor-general hoped a treaty could be
-made between the two rulers. Such a treaty, he pointed out, would be a
-great help to both countries.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  THE CITY WALL AND MOAT, MANILA.
-]
-
-Farranda Kieman thought that all this was reasonable, and soon
-afterwards envoys were sent from Manila to the court of Japan. They were
-well received, and a treaty was made for trade and mutual defense
-between Japan and the Philippines. However, the ship on which the envoys
-were returning home was wrecked, and they and the treaty were lost.
-
-In May, 1593, another envoy, Fray Pedro Bautista (pā´drō bä ö tēs´tä),
-was sent to Japan, and a new treaty was made. A copy of this was sent
-back to Manila, but the friar envoy asked permission to stay in Japan.
-His request was granted; he stayed in Japan, and began preaching to the
-people. Some years later the fruit of this act, which at the time seemed
-so slight, came back to Manila in a way most unexpected.
-
-In the meantime Governor-General Desmarinas was busy in Manila. He was
-anxious to see the city walls finished, and kept the people at work on
-this great task. The fort at the mouth of the river was completed, and
-the walls of the city already made a noble showing. The Cathedral of
-Manila and the Santa Polenciana (sän´tä pō len´sē ä´nä) College of
-Orphans were built, and many other good buildings were completed.
-Desmarinas had also brought the provinces of Zambales (thäm bä´lēs) and
-the Camarines under Spanish rule.
-
-In the autumn of 1593, a native king of Fernate (fer nä´tē), one of the
-Molucca Islands, came to Manila to ask for help against the Dutch
-sailors who made trouble on his island. Desmarinas gathered a large
-fleet, and on October 6th started with the native king for Fernate.
-While on the way, the Chinese oarsmen on the governor-general’s galley
-rose in revolt one night, took the galley, and killed the
-governor-general. Some of the Spanish troops on board escaped by jumping
-overboard. After the death of Desmarinas, the Chinese put the rest of
-the Spanish ashore and went off with the galley.
-
-This sad event broke up the expedition. The fleet returned to Manila and
-Don Luis (lö´is) Perez Desmarinas, a son of the dead official, took up
-the government. He ruled quietly until 1596, when his successor, Don
-Francisco Tello de Guzman (frän sēs´kō tėl´lō dā gäth´män), came to
-Manila.
-
-In the year 1598, King Philip II. of Spain being dead, his son, King
-Philip III., again set up the Supreme Court in Manila. This was done
-with great pomp and show. There was a long procession in the streets of
-Manila, and high civic and religious ceremonies. The court was given the
-same powers as the court of Mexico and of Lima, in Peru, and during
-Spanish rule was never again done away with.
-
-  _Summary._—The code of laws by which Mexico was ruled was made the
-  code of the Philippines as well. This arrangement was not a good one.
-  The ruler who came after Legaspi did away with the native chiefs and
-  kings. Only the office of head of a hundred was left, and that had so
-  little honor that no self-respecting Filipino cared to take it. Early
-  in the history of the colony began the strife between authorities
-  which, during the rule of Spain, caused most of the trouble in the
-  colony. At last Bishop Salazar of Manila sent a messenger to Spain.
-  The result was a royal decree defining the official field of the State
-  and of the Church. Gomez Perez Desmarinas was made governor-general,
-  and came to Manila. He did not get along well with the Bishop of
-  Manila, and later the bishop went, himself, to Spain. He succeeded in
-  getting Manila made an archbishopric, and was himself appointed
-  archbishop, but died before the official notice reached him. In 1593
-  the emperor of Japan sent an ambassador to Manila to demand tribute
-  from the Spanish colony. This the governor-general declined to give,
-  but a treaty was made with Japan. In that same year the king of
-  Fernate came to Manila seeking help against the Dutch.
-  Governor-General Desmarinas raised a fleet to go to Fernate, but while
-  on the way was killed by the Chinese oarsmen on board his galley. His
-  son Luis Perez Desmarinas succeeded him in office until 1596, when a
-  new governor-general came out. In 1598 the Supreme Court was again set
-  up by order of King Philip III. of Spain.
-
-
-  _Questions._—What code of laws was put in use in the Philippines? What
-  changes in government did Legaspi’s successors make? Why did Bishop
-  Salazar send a messenger to Spain? What was the result of the
-  messenger’s visit? When was Manila made an archbishopric? Who came to
-  Manila to get help from the Spanish? What did the governor-general do?
-  How did he die? Who reinstated the Supreme Court? When was it done?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                              Chapter VI.
-                    COLONIAL WARS AND DIFFICULTIES.
-
-
-From now on trouble came thick and fast upon the Spanish colony in the
-Philippines. Some of it was due to the wild and troubled times through
-which all the civilized world was passing, but most of it was caused by
-the short-sighted folly of the home government.
-
-In 1599, when Antonio Morga (än tō´nē ō mor´gä) was governor-general,
-the first real attempt was made to occupy Mindanao and the Sulu
-archipelago. For this purpose an expedition started from Manila under
-the leadership of Estevan Roderigues (es´tā vän rō dārēg´ēs), a
-Portuguese nobleman, who had received permission from Spain to set up a
-colony in Mindanao. He was to be governor of that island, and, from his
-headquarters there, was to try to conquer the Moros of Sulu, who had
-never submitted to Spain’s rule.
-
-This expedition was a sad mistake, and failed from the beginning. The
-Mindanao Mohammedans resisted all efforts of the Spanish to land, and
-Roderigues lost his life in the very first battle. His body was taken to
-Manila for burial. Several other expeditions were sent out, from time to
-time, to punish the Moros and force a settlement upon the island; but
-none of them succeeded.
-
-The efforts of the Spanish only aroused the anger and hatred of these
-people. For two hundred and fifty years after that Moro pirates harried
-the shores of all the islands where the Spanish dwelt. They killed and
-robbed both Europeans and Filipinos; they burned towns and villages, and
-carried off the people to be their slaves. For fear of them the coasts
-were deserted. No one dared live near the sea; fishermen dared not
-follow their calling, nor farmers till their fields. Traders dared not
-come to the island ports to buy or to sell, and the coastwise trade of
-the country was all but ruined.
-
-While the Spanish were busy trying to gain a foothold in the south,
-there came to Manila two visitors who were the innocent cause of still
-more trouble in the country. These were two high mandarins of China, who
-reached the city in the year 1603. Their story was that the emperor of
-China had heard that there existed, near the city of Cavite, a great
-mountain of pure gold. The emperor, they said, could hardly believe this
-to be true; so he had sent them to see this mountain, that they might
-come back and tell him about it.
-
-At that time Bravo de Acuña (brä´vō dā ä kön yä) was governor-general.
-He received the mandarins politely, and sent them with an escort to
-Cavite, to see for themselves that no such mountain was there. The
-visitors were royally entertained during their stay in Manila, and at
-last went home with their report to their emperor.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  A MEMBER OF THE GUIANGA TRIBE OF MINDANAO.
-]
-
-This visit caused a great fright in Manila, for the Spanish at once
-suspected that there was a plot behind it for the Chinese to seize the
-city. They believed, or pretended to believe, that the mandarins had
-come merely to spy out the land and prepare the way. At once the city
-was made ready against invasion. The garrisons were increased, new ones
-were formed, and every Spaniard armed himself. The Filipinos were much
-excited over the stories told of coming trouble; while the Chinese,
-suspected and insulted by all, could not but understand that some danger
-threatened them.
-
-At last the Chinese, wild with fear, took matters into their own hands.
-They began to fortify places outside the city, and one evening opened
-the battle by firing upon some Filipinos inside the city walls. They
-followed up this act by crossing the river and making a savage attack on
-Binondo (bē nón´dō), then only a small village on the river bank. After
-that they gathered their forces at Tondo, and kept up the siege of
-Binondo all that night.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  WARRIORS OF MINDANAO.
-]
-
-Next morning a strong force of Spanish marched out against them. This
-force was led by Luis Perez Desmarinas, and in it were the pick of all
-the young Castilian gentlemen in the country. The best of the Spanish
-soldiery were there also, as well as a body of native troops. These
-troops were Pampangans, who were then the best trained of the Filipino
-soldiers.
-
-On the other hand were thousands of frightened Chinese, ready to fight
-to the death, and there was awful work in the streets of Binondo that
-day. Neither side gave or got any quarter, and by night, of all those
-brave young Spanish gentlemen scarce one was left alive.
-
-But at last the Chinese gave way. They had neither weapons to carry on
-war, nor food to help them withstand a siege. They began, therefore, to
-fall back toward the interior; but they were hotly chased, and as they
-fled nearly 25,000 of them were killed. It was sad business, and all the
-more sad because it is likely that neither side really knew what the
-fighting was about.
-
-Besides trouble with the Moros in the south and with the Chinese in the
-north, the colony had much to bear from Spain’s old-time foe, the Dutch.
-At this time there were really very few Spanish in the islands. There
-had been less than a thousand when the battle with the Chinese was
-fought. Many were killed on that fatal day, so that in the new trouble
-the Spaniards would have fared ill, had it not been that the army of the
-colony now numbered many Filipino soldiers in its ranks.
-
-From the end of the sixteenth century down to the year 1763, there was
-war between Spain and the Dutch, and this war caused much hardship in
-the islands. It was Spain’s short-sighted method in dealing with her
-colonies to restrict their trade whenever it was likely to interfere
-with that of her home merchants. So harsh were the measures by which she
-held in check the trade of her colonies that she kept all her
-dependencies poor, so that in the end the mother country lost more than
-she gained.
-
-At this time the Philippine merchants were allowed to trade only with
-Mexico. Once a year, usually in July, a state galleon left Manila
-carrying goods to that country. The goods were sold in Mexico, and the
-money and other goods were sent back by galleon to Manila.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  DUTCH SHIPS ATTACKING A CHINESE TRADING JUNK.
-]
-
-The galleons also carried the mail, and great sums of money which Mexico
-sent over to meet the expenses of the island government. They were
-always rich prizes, and Spain’s enemies knew this all too well. They
-would lie in wait for them, to capture and despoil them. The Dutch
-ships, in particular, often did this. From first to last they captured a
-good many of the royal galleons.
-
-Every capture meant calamity to the islands. It meant for Manila
-merchants the loss of a whole year’s business. To the State and to the
-Church it meant loss of income, of salaries, and of money to carry on
-all public work. To the natives it meant harder and longer tasks, deeper
-poverty, heavier burdens which they must endure in raising the extra
-tribute, and heavier taxes by which the loss was made good.
-
-For a hundred and fifty years there was fighting over the royal
-galleons. At one time, when Spain and England were at war, there were
-six years during which no galleon reached Manila. The country was in
-such sore straits that even the Chinese revolted, and the Spanish were
-nearly starved.
-
-Spain, however, seemed to learn no lesson from these experiences. She
-went on as of old, sending one galleon a year, richly laden, at the
-mercy of the enemy, “putting all her eggs into one basket,” as the
-saying is, and when the “one basket” came to mishap all was lost.
-
-Besides keeping a lookout for the galleons, the Dutch ships were wont to
-lie in wait outside Manila harbor, to catch Chinese and Japanese trading
-junks coming into port. In this way they often captured rich prizes, and
-made still greater drain upon the islands. It was necessary for the
-colony to raise large sums of money and many bodies of fighting men to
-go against these ships in order to protect the harbor from them. Many
-battles were fought with the Dutch in Philippine waters, and many times
-the efforts of the natives brought victory to the Spanish side.
-
-But it was a hard and bitter experience. The colony lived in a state of
-constant danger and of real want from this source. Not until the middle
-of the eighteenth century, when peace was made with Holland, had the
-people of these islands any security of life or commerce.
-
-  _Summary._—In 1599 the first real attempts were made to settle in
-  Mindanao. An expedition was sent south, but failed, and its leader was
-  killed. The Spanish only stirred up the Moros against themselves, so
-  that the pirates came north and laid waste the coast towns. In 1603
-  two Chinese mandarins came to Manila, looking for a mountain of gold
-  which they had heard was near Cavite. This visit awakened a fear that
-  the Chinese meant to seize Manila, and the city was made ready against
-  invasion. The Chinese of Manila were driven by abuse to make an attack
-  on some natives, and the Spanish then fell upon them, killing over
-  25,000. The Spanish themselves lost the pick of their soldiers and
-  cavaliers that day. Owing to Spain’s war with the Dutch, the islands
-  at this time, and for many years after, suffered great losses and
-  hardships. The Dutch used to lie in wait to capture the galleons that
-  carried merchandise and money back and forth between Manila and
-  Mexico. Whenever a galleon was lost, the whole country suffered; but
-  the weight fell heaviest upon the natives, who, by extra tribute and
-  taxes, had to make the loss good.
-
-
-  _Questions._—Tell about the first expedition to settle Mindanao. What
-  did the Moros do to avenge what they deemed Spanish invasion? Give an
-  account of the battle against the Chinese. What led up to this battle?
-  How was trade carried on between the islands and Mexico? What was the
-  result of the capture of a galleon by Spain’s enemies? Why was Spain’s
-  restriction of her colonies’ trade a bad thing for her?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                              Chapter VII.
-                     THE SPANISH AND THE FILIPINOS.
-
-
-At the time when Spain took the Philippine Islands and began to rule
-them, every country in Europe was busy setting up colonies in the newly
-discovered parts of the world. If the king owed something to a
-troublesome subject, or wished to reward or please a favorite, an easy
-way to pay the debtor or help the favorite was to make him a governor or
-other official in some far-off new colony. In turn the governor thought
-it only fair to make his colony as profitable to the Crown as he could.
-That he had no right to oppress other peoples in order to do this was a
-matter about which he never thought.
-
-It is hard for us, who live in an age when the rights of man are upheld,
-to remember that there was once a time when no one in power thought very
-much about these rights. Statesmen had not then learned that a mother
-country owes a duty to her colonies. They thought only of the help that
-a colony should give toward supporting the home government. England for
-many years held this idea about America. She put great hardships upon
-her colonies there. She taxed them very unjustly, and put unfair limits
-to their trade. The Americans, however, knew that no government had a
-right to oppress even its own colonies. When the king of England went
-too far in his unjust rule, the people rebelled. They threw off the yoke
-of England just as, some years later, Mexico threw off the yoke of
-Spain, and became independent.
-
-The Philippine Islands suffered beyond what was the usual fate of
-colonies, even at that time. They were far out of the regular routes of
-ocean travel. The people there knew nothing at all of the ideas of human
-liberty that were even then setting the world thinking. Then, too, they
-were ruled by a people who were behind the rest of the world in
-accepting these ideas. Spain, blinded by her own pride and folly, has
-been slowest of all European nations to listen to the gospel of human
-rights. She ruled her colonies cruelly long after other nations came to
-see that they owed a duty to their dependencies, and as a result Spain
-lost her colonies at just the time when she most needed their help.
-
-The Philippines, moreover, were not ruled from Spain direct. They were,
-as has been said, a dependency of Mexico, and Mexico was in turn a
-dependency of Spain. It happened, therefore, that even when the islands
-had officials who might have been glad to help the people, these
-officials were themselves in a hard place. They had two masters over
-them. Spain looked to Mexico for the royal dues from the islands, and
-Mexico, in turn, looked to the governor-general, who must see to it that
-his colony was profitable to the Crown.
-
-So, we see, there was a great burden laid upon the archipelago, and this
-burden the people had to carry. For three hundred and eighty years the
-Filipinos were subjects of Spain. They submitted to her rule because
-there was never a time when, without outside help, they could throw off
-that rule. But they never were, in their hearts, willing subjects.
-During all the time the Spanish were in the islands there was never a
-very long period when the people were not somewhere in revolt.
-
-On Luzon, on Bohol (bō hōľ), on Samar, Leyte (lā´ē tā), Mindanao, and in
-the Sulu Islands, there was one uprising after another during the
-seventeenth century. In Cebu it was needful, always, for Spain to keep a
-strong armed force, and it was often necessary to send the troops from
-Cebu to put down trouble in the other islands. The love of liberty dies
-hard from the human heart; and while there was at no time a general
-revolt of the people, the frequent revolts of different tribes kept the
-Spanish busy.
-
-Yet at no time did the Filipinos go to war to gain national
-independence. They were not united enough for that. It is a part of the
-pity of it all that this should have been so. It is sad to think of all
-the suffering and want the people bore, and of all the lives that were
-lost in their small battles. It is sadder still to remember that the aim
-of these battles was not to win independence from Spain, but to secure
-only such decent treatment as is the right of every human being.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  FUERZA DEL PILAR, MINDANAO.
-]
-
-It will be remembered that the friar whom Governor-General Desmarinas
-sent to make a treaty with Japan stayed in that country. He set up
-missions there, and both he and other friars who came over from Manila
-preached to the people. In time the emperor learned of this. He asked
-about the new teachers, and was told that this was Spain’s way of
-getting a hold on another country. Spanish friars would go into a
-country to teach the people religion, and later Spain would send her
-soldiers to protect the friars and their converts. After that, his
-advisers told the emperor, it was only a matter of time when Spain would
-come to rule the country.
-
-The emperor was alarmed to hear all this. He ordered the friars back to
-Manila, and forbade any one to teach Christianity in his country. The
-missionary friars defied him, however, and later some were put to death
-with their Japanese converts. But other friars came from Manila, and in
-1633 the emperor became angry, and did a dreadful thing.
-
-He gathered in his own country a band of 150 people who were lepers. He
-loaded them into a ship and sent them to Manila. The commander of the
-ship bore to the governor-general a message which made a sensation in
-Manila. The message set forth the fact that the emperor did not allow
-Christians to come to Japan. Since, however, the priests of Manila
-seemed very fond of such people as these lepers, he sent this shipload
-as a present to them.
-
-We may imagine the rage of the Manila officials over this “present.”
-Some of them were for taking the ship outside the harbor and sinking her
-with her load. Others advised sending her back to Japan. The friars,
-however, to whom the lepers had been sent, claimed them. They begged the
-governor-general to have mercy on the poor creatures, and at last he
-relented.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  ST. LAZARUS HOSPITAL, MANILA.
-]
-
-The lepers were brought ashore with much ceremony, and kept in Manila.
-As soon as possible a hospital was built for them, and they were taken
-to it. This hospital was named St. Lazarus Hospital. It still exists in
-Manila, though the present building is not the one put up for those
-first lepers.
-
-In putting down the revolts of the people against tyranny, the Spanish
-had, from time to time, lost many troops. Many were also killed in the
-great battle with the Chinese, of which we have read, and in the wars
-with the Moros still other Spanish lives were lost. The Moro pirates
-from the south were a source of great danger, as we have already seen.
-In 1635 the Spanish were forced to build a fort at Zamboanga (sämbō
-än´gä) to keep these pirates in check. Garrisons were also stationed at
-several places in Sulu for the same purpose. The Spanish, however, never
-really controlled the Sulu archipelago. The soldiers were never safe
-more than a day’s march from their forts, and they lived in constant
-danger of attack from the Moros.
-
-In one way and another the army of the colony was much weakened, and an
-uprising of the Chinese, in 1634, made great trouble. This uprising took
-place in Laguna Province. Enraged by official oppression 30,000 Chinese
-rose in rebellion. So strong were they, that they held their own against
-the Spanish for nearly a year. Indeed, they might not have been
-conquered at all but for the help of the native troops, who fought with
-the Spanish. Over 6,000 Chinese were killed in this revolt.
-
-In November 1645, happened one of the worst earthquakes Manila has ever
-known. Every public building in the city, save one monastery and two
-churches, was destroyed. The governor-general nearly lost his life in
-the wreck of his palace, and over 600 people were killed in Manila.
-
-It became necessary to rebuild the city, and then the Spanish found that
-there was a great lack, not only of soldiers, but of laborers. The need
-became so great that, in 1649, Governor-General Diego Fajardo (dē ā´gō
-fä häŕdō) made a bad mistake. He began to force the people into military
-service, and also compelled them to work upon the arsenal at Cavite.
-
-The people had borne much. Patient as they were, this injustice was more
-than they would endure, and they became deeply angry. Rebellion spread
-like wildfire through a number of the islands, and there was almost,
-though not quite, a general revolt. It began on Samar, and was led by a
-Filipino named Sumoroy (sö mō roy´). At the head of a large force he
-attacked the Spanish and the friars. He led his army down the coast of
-Samar, burning towns and churches. Many of the priests and Spanish on
-the island were killed, and the rebellion grew.
-
-Troops were at once sent out against the rebels, and the governor of
-Samar sent messengers to demand Sumoroy’s head. The messengers did not
-return, but the rebels sent back the head of a pig to the governor. The
-revolt spread to other islands. Soon the people of Masbate (mäs bä´tē)
-and Leyte, of Cebu, Caraga (cä rä´gä) and Zamboanga, were in arms. The
-trouble even reached Manila, and the officials there became alarmed.
-
-Governor-General Fajardo had not dreamed that his act of injustice would
-work so much mischief. Now, greatly concerned, he sent General Lopez
-Azaldegin (ä thäl´dā gin) to Samar. This officer had all the forces that
-could be raised, and full authority to put down the rebels as he saw
-fit.
-
-A great many battles were fought up and down Samar, and at last Sumoroy
-was driven back into the mountains. The Spanish carried on the war with
-savage cruelty. They severely punished all rebels whom they caught, and
-showed mercy to none. When they found that Sumoroy had escaped to the
-mountains, they raided his home and tortured his mother to death.
-
-By such outrages they hoped to frighten the people into submission. By
-threats and torture they tried to make his people betray Sumoroy, and at
-last they succeeded. He was captured and turned over to the enemy.
-General Azaldegin had the rebel leader’s head struck off and stuck upon
-a pole. It was then sent about among the islands to teach the people
-what treatment rebels might expect from Spain.
-
-Thus the rebellion was quelled for a time. The people had gained nothing
-by it, but it had kindled a fire in their hearts. This fire was not
-quenched; it only waited, hidden, ready to blaze up again when the right
-moment should come.
-
-  _Summary._—The early idea of a colony was that it should be only a
-  source of income to the mother country. This idea was held by other
-  countries than Spain; but Spain clung to the idea long after other
-  nations gave it up. She did not listen to the gospel of the rights of
-  man, and in time she lost most of her colonies. Her policy in the
-  Philippines kept the natives rebellious. For three hundred and eighty
-  years the Filipinos were ruled by her, but in their hearts they never
-  consented to that rule. There was one revolt after another, the people
-  trying by this means to gain decent treatment. In 1633, angered by the
-  efforts of friars to convert his people, the emperor of Japan sent a
-  “present” to the priests at Manila. This “present” was a shipload of
-  150 lepers. After some debate the priests persuaded the
-  governor-general to let the lepers land, and St. Lazarus Hospital was
-  built for them. The colony was now much weakened by wars, and in 1634
-  a revolt of the Chinese in Laguna was nearly successful. It was only
-  put down by native help. The great earthquake of 1645 nearly destroyed
-  Manila, and 600 people were killed in the city. Laborers and soldiers
-  were now so scarce that Governor-General Fajardo tried to compel the
-  people to serve in the army and work on the arsenal at Cavite. This
-  led to a revolt which took all the forces the Spanish could muster to
-  put it down.
-
-
-  _Questions._—What was the early idea of what a colony should be? How
-  were the American colonies driven to revolt? How did Spain treat her
-  colonies? Why did not the islands throw off her yoke? Why did the
-  Japanese emperor send lepers to Manila? What caused the rebellion on
-  Samar? Who led it? How was it put down?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                             Chapter VIII.
-                            A NEW BEGINNING.
-
-
-The story of the colony at this time is a sad one. Bad management,
-dishonesty, and cruelty at last brought the country to such a pass that
-both Mexico and Spain were weary. The king even thought of giving up the
-colony, hopeless of ever receiving any benefit from it. The islands were
-a drain upon the treasury rather than a help to it, and it looked as if
-things would never be any better.
-
-In the year 1653, however, a new beginning was planned. The country was
-to be given another chance. To this end a new governor-general and a new
-archbishop were sent out from Mexico. These two men, it was thought,
-could work peacefully together. It was hoped that they would bring
-better days to the islands. The governor-general, Sabinino Manrique de
-Lara (säbē nē´nō män´rēk dā lä´rä), was an honest, pious man. The new
-archbishop was wise and just, and seems to have had a sincere desire to
-help the country.
-
-The archbishop was charged by the Pope with the task of cleansing the
-land from the evil acts that had made so much sorrow. When the ship
-reached Manila, before any one else was allowed to land, the archbishop
-went ashore. He landed alone, knelt at once, and blessed the soil. The
-governor-general then landed, and prayers were offered for the good of
-the country.
-
-Some days afterwards, in the open air, outside the city walls, a solemn
-service was held. Archbishop Problete (prō blā´ tā) then went through
-the ceremony of purifying the land. He blessed the colony and declared
-it clean of all the evil done there. From that day peace and good-will
-were to be upon all the people.
-
-After this, things went better for several years. There was peace and
-good understanding between Church and State, so that both worked for the
-good of the country. Governor-General Lara allowed the archbishop a
-voice in matters of State, and yielded to him in many ways. He even
-permitted him to veto, or forbid, orders which the governor-general
-himself approved. These privileges the Churchman seems not to have
-abused.
-
-But more than mere words and public services were needed to cleanse the
-land. Evil and oppression had worked wrong that was not to be undone in
-any easy way. The rebellion of 1649 was not yet forgotten, nor were
-there lacking people ready to make trouble to gain their own ends. Here
-and there, every little while, conflict broke out anew, but always in a
-small way. It was never grave enough to cause fear in Manila. It was
-enough, however, to keep the people restless, and the Spanish soldiers
-on the alert.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  A CHURCH AT MALATE.
-
-  The oldest church building in Manila.
-]
-
-The commander of the Spanish forces in the Visayas was Captain Gregorio
-de Castillo. Weary of putting down the frequent small revolts, he at
-last hit upon a plan to end the trouble. He issued a notice promising
-that all rebels who would come into camp and lay down their arms would
-be forgiven.
-
-In spite of past lessons, many of the Filipinos trusted to this promise.
-A large number of them came and gave up their weapons. When too late
-they saw what a mistake they had made. They were taken to Manila as
-prisoners, and were not pardoned. Instead, most of them were punished.
-Some were put to death; others were sent to the galleys; only a few were
-set free.
-
-We may be sure that the memory of this false dealing rankled in the
-hearts of the people. In 1660 rebellion broke out with fresh force. This
-time the Pampangans were in the uprising. This people had from the first
-been loyal to Spain. They were among the best of her native soldiers,
-and had always helped to keep her enemies out of the country. For reward
-the government set them, with many others, to cutting timber for the
-arsenal. This work all were compelled to do without pay.
-
-From Pampanga the revolt swept through other provinces of Luzon. It took
-more definite shape than any other uprising had done, and gained
-strength. A Filipino named Malong was at the head of the movement. He
-was a real leader, and he at once began to raise an army. The Ilocans
-and Cacaygans joined him, and in a little while 40,000 men had been
-enrolled. They were not well armed, nor were they well supplied with
-food; but they marched through the country, making war on the Spanish.
-
-Again, however, effort failed because it was not united. The tribes
-could not grasp the idea of real union. The people had no clear thought
-of a national life together. So they fought among themselves as well as
-against the common enemy, and their warfare came to naught. They could
-not long resist the trained Spanish troops, and in time the rebellion
-was put down. The army was scattered, and its leaders became outlaws in
-the mountains.
-
-While Governor-General Lara was in office another Chinese invasion
-threatened. A Mongol chief named Koxinga (kox in´gä), who had been
-driven from his own country by the Tartars, was the leader of it. When
-the Tartars overran China, about the middle of the seventeenth century,
-Koxinga and many of his followers refused to submit. They went to
-Formosa, drove out the Dutch people, and settled there. Later Koxinga
-laid a plan to take the Philippine Islands and set up his kingdom there.
-
-Koxinga’s chief adviser was an Italian friar named Riccio (rē´ chē ō).
-This friar he had made a high mandarin, or nobleman. He now sent him to
-Manila, dressed in the garb of his office, to demand tribute from the
-Philippine Government.
-
-Naturally this demand caused amaze and alarm in Manila. The Spaniards
-were aghast at the idea of a Catholic priest demanding tribute from a
-Catholic country, in the name of a heathen ruler. Later the authorities
-at Rome called the friar to account for his conduct. At this time,
-however, the Spanish were at a loss how to act. They did not dare send
-the priest-mandarin away, nor could they give him any answer. They
-therefore kept him waiting in Manila while they made up their minds what
-to do.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  THE MANILA CATHEDRAL.
-]
-
-As was usual, when trouble arose, the government thought that the
-Chinese in Manila were plotting to take the city. They felt sure that
-these men would be ready to help Koxinga when he came, so everything was
-made ready for another attack upon the Chinese in Luzon.
-
-All government troops, both Spanish and native, were collected at
-Manila. The forts at Yligan (ē´lēgän), at Calamianes (cäl ä mē än´ēs),
-and at Zamboanga, were torn down and the soldiers brought to Luzon. Only
-the fort at Caraga, Mindanao, was left standing. This one they did not
-dare to give up; the soldiers there were all that kept the Moros from
-destroying the settlements on that coast.
-
-When the Chinese saw the Spaniards making ready for war, they knew from
-past experience that it meant trouble for them. As usual, therefore,
-they began the trouble themselves. They attacked the Spanish, and the
-latter at once began fighting the Chinese wherever they found them.
-
-This time the Spanish meant to kill every Chinaman in the country. They
-hunted out all who hid, and cut them down. Not one whom they caught was
-spared. Not one of all in the islands would have been spared if the
-country could have gotten along without them. Some one remembered,
-however, before it was too late, that if all the Chinese were killed
-there would be no one left to carry on the small trades of the country.
-Because bootmakers and tailors and small shopkeepers were needed,
-therefore about 5,000 Chinamen were spared, and these were permitted to
-remain in Manila.
-
-After peace was made, Riccio was allowed to go back to Formosa, to tell
-Koxinga what had been done. He found the chieftain getting ready to come
-to Manila with an army to take the country, and Riccio told him what had
-happened.
-
-Koxinga’s rage was great when he heard his mandarin’s story. He planned
-to go at once to the islands to punish this wicked cruelty to his
-countrymen. He fell ill, however, and died of fever before he could
-start. Thus Manila escaped the fate that must almost surely have fallen
-upon the city if the Chinese chief and his great army had reached the
-bay.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  AN OLD SPANISH FORT AT SIASSI.
-]
-
-The foolish attack upon the Chinese took so many Spanish soldiers from
-the southern islands that the Moros now had free swing along the coasts
-of Mindanao and the Visayas. Other troubles came up in Manila, and soon
-evil and sorrow were as active and as real as though the islands had
-never been cleansed by book and ceremony. Not even these can stay the
-results of cruelty and evil in men’s lives.
-
-Poor Governor-General Lara, in spite of his wish to be a good leader in
-the Philippines, made many enemies. These men began to accuse him of
-dishonesty in office. They charged him with disloyalty to the king, and
-he was put into prison. He was also made to pay a fine equal to $60,000,
-Mexican money. Afterwards he was set free, but he never got over the
-effects of his disgrace. Filled with sorrow and shame, he went back to
-Spain and became a friar.
-
-In 1663 Diego Salcedo became governor-general. He was no sooner in
-office than the good understanding between the Church and the State came
-to an end. Salcedo treated Archbishop Problete very harshly, and took
-from him many of the privileges granted him by Lara. Great strife grew
-out of this, and the government was soon in as bad order as it had ever
-been.
-
-At last the archbishop became ill and died. Salcedo then behaved in a
-very unseemly manner. He made a great feast, and would not allow the
-usual mourning services to be held for the archbishop. This conduct came
-to the ears of the authorities at home, and the governor-general was
-punished as he deserved. He was put into prison to await the sailing of
-the galleon that should take him to Mexico for further punishment. He
-was sent to Mexico later, but died at sea on his way there.
-
-All this was a sad end to the new rule that was to have done so much
-good in the country. No good, however, can grow out of injustice and
-cruelty. These people may have meant well, but they did not do right.
-They had not set up rules of fairness and truthful dealing in the
-islands, so all their cleansing with words came to naught.
-
-  _Summary._—In 1653 a new governor-general and a new archbishop were
-  sent out to Manila. The land was blessed and pronounced clean of all
-  the evil that had been done there. There was now to be a new state of
-  things. For some years matters went better at Manila. There was peace
-  between the Church and the State. Later, however, revolt broke out
-  here and there in the Visayas. To quiet the natives they were promised
-  forgiveness if they would come in and lay down their weapons. The
-  Spanish general who made this promise broke his word. Those who came
-  and surrendered were severely punished, and only a few were pardoned.
-  After this the government tried to make the natives work without pay,
-  cutting timber for the arsenal. This made trouble, and there was a
-  rebellion which came near to being general, but which was finally put
-  down. A threatened invasion by Koxinga, a Chinese chief from Formosa,
-  led to a general slaughter by the Spanish of the Chinese in Manila.
-  Only 5,000 Chinese were left alive in the islands. Governor-General
-  Lara made enemies who accused him of dishonesty. He was put in prison
-  and fined. He was set free later, but felt the disgrace so keenly that
-  he went back to Spain and took holy orders. He was succeeded by Diego
-  Salcedo, who soon quarreled with the archbishop. When the latter died,
-  Salcedo behaved in a way so unseemly that he was sent out of the
-  country in disgrace. He died at sea, on his way to Mexico.
-
-
-  _Questions._—What great change was made in 1653? What did the new
-  officials do? How did the new government succeed? What promise did
-  Captain Gregorio de Castillo make to the rebels in the Visayas? How
-  did he keep it? What led to the revolt of 1660? Give an account of
-  this uprising. Who was Koxinga? What envoy did he send to Manila? How
-  was this envoy received? What action did the Spanish take in regard to
-  his demands?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                              Chapter IX.
-                       TRADE IN THE PHILIPPINES.
-
-
-The Spanish galleons which used to sail the Pacific Ocean between Manila
-and Mexico have been the subject of many a romance. The world never
-tires of reading the stories written about them. They seem to belong to
-the age of romance and poetry. The galleons come, however, pretty close
-to modern times. The last one left Manila for Mexico in 1811, and the
-last one for Manila sailed from Acapulco in 1815.
-
-These ships were in shape something like a half-moon. They were very
-high at bow and stern, short from fore to aft, and very wide. They were
-of about 1,500 tons burden, with light draught. They usually had four
-decks, and always carried big guns.
-
-The galleons were the Spanish mail ships, and the only carriers for
-trade between the islands and Mexico. This trade with Mexico was the
-colony’s only source of income. The local government had no money of its
-own. It could not act independently; all that it brought in tribute and
-taxes to the royal treasury belonged to the Crown, to be disposed of at
-the king’s will.
-
-Not only were the islands governed through Mexico, but all their trade
-was with that country. So severe were the laws that restricted their
-trade, that the people were not allowed to go even to China and Japan to
-buy goods. They might buy only such goods as Chinese and Japanese
-traders brought to Manila.
-
-Once a year, usually in July, a galleon left Manila laden with goods
-from the islands. These were sold in Mexico, and the money which they
-brought, or an equal value in Mexican goods, was sent back on the return
-galleon. We have seen how great were the risks which these ships ran in
-making their voyages. The enemies of Spain often captured them, while
-some were lost at sea and never again heard from. It was not all
-romance, the life of those who sailed and manned the galleons. Often
-there was greed and cruelty to contend with, rather than poetry and
-story to be lived. Always there was danger, and it was not the spirit of
-adventure, but the desire for gain that sent these men to sea.
-
-The many risks which the galleons ran made shipping ventures uncertain.
-Nor was this the greatest ill which the Manila merchants had to bear.
-The merchants of Spain were always jealous of them, for they were afraid
-that the island trade with China and with Mexico would hurt their own
-business. So they were always clamoring for laws that should keep Manila
-merchants from dealing with those countries.
-
-By the beginning of the eighteenth century very harsh laws had been made
-governing all shipments. Goods might be shipped only in bales of a
-certain size and weight, and only a limited number of bales might be
-sent by each galleon. Nor did the restrictions end here. There were some
-goods in which Manila merchants might not deal at all. They could ship
-no woven stuffs save the finest linen. If the goods sent to Mexico by
-the Philippine Government brought more than a certain amount in Mexico,
-the full sum could not be sent back in money. The islands must take the
-surplus in Mexican goods.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  THE ARRIVAL OF A SPANISH GALLEON.
-]
-
-So business suffered, and each year the country grew poorer. At the same
-time the men who ruled the country grew very rich. One acting
-governor-general, in less than two years of service, got together a
-fortune of $250,000. There were other officials, as well, who managed to
-take home with them to Spain sums nearly as large.
-
-All this, of course, worked hardship in the islands. Money was very
-scarce. Merchants became bankrupt and had to go out of business. Often
-the government itself had no money with which to pay for public work.
-The army, too, suffered. The soldiers had no barracks, but lived as they
-could, and wherever they found shelter. Often there were long periods
-when no rations were issued to them, and they begged their food from
-house to house. When their demands were not granted, they would take by
-force what they wished, and this led to great evil.
-
-A large army was needed to control the people and to enforce payment of
-tribute. This tribute was collected from the natives for the support of
-the government. Those who had not yet been baptized were taxed only a
-small sum; those who belonged to the Church paid more.
-
-Few, however, paid in money. Nearly all paid in kind—in goods which they
-made, or produce which they raised from the land. All tribute in goods
-was kept in the royal storehouses until the galleon was about to sail.
-Then the goods were sent to Mexico, to be sold. Sometimes, however, some
-of these goods were traded for merchandise brought to the islands by
-Chinese dealers.
-
-A certain per cent. of the price which the shipments brought in Mexico
-was sent back to Manila to pay government expenses. Usually, however,
-this fixed percentage was not sufficient to meet these expenses. It was
-needful, then, to increase it by a further sum from the royal treasury.
-This additional sum was called the “Real Situado” (rā´äl sē tö´ä dō).
-
-One galleon a year was not enough to meet the needs of merchants who
-wished to ship goods to Mexico. In 1724, therefore, a royal decree was
-made public that thereafter two galleons of 500 tons each would be sent.
-This decree, however, limited the number of merchants who might ship
-goods, and the amount which each might send. It also fixed the amount in
-cash that might be taken in payment. All values over this amount must be
-taken in Mexican goods.
-
-A few years later this decree was revoked. Only one galleon a year was
-to be sent, and new and more severe restrictions were put upon all
-shipments. It became more and more difficult, as time went on, for the
-merchants of Manila to carry on trade.
-
-During the eighteenth century no foreign merchants were allowed to do
-business in Manila. Spain, in fact, did all that she could to kill trade
-and industry in the islands. At the same time she compelled those who
-ruled the country to enforce payment of the last penny’s value of
-tribute that could be drained from the country.
-
-The governor-general at this time (1754–1759) was Pedro de Arandia (dā ä
-rän´dē ä). He was one of the most able and enterprising officials the
-islands had thus far had. He tried to make a good many reforms in the
-country, and to build up its commerce. He is said to have died of worry
-and regret that he could not rule the land as he thought right, and at
-the same time be at peace with those about him who were also in
-authority.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  THE SANTA LUCIA GATE, MANILA.
-]
-
-Arandia showed himself to be something of a statesman. He made reforms
-in the army, and tried to bring the wild tribes to acknowledge Spain’s
-rights in the islands. At the same time he did many dishonest things. He
-made a great fortune for himself while in office. Perhaps he was sorry
-for his dishonesty afterwards, for when he died he left his fortune to
-religious institutions. In those days men saw no wrong or absurdity in
-devoting ill-gotten wealth to carrying on good works.
-
-It was Arandia who formed the first real military body in the country.
-This was a regiment made up of five companies of Filipino soldiers and
-four companies of Europeans. The latter Arandia had brought with him
-from Mexico. He called the whole corps the “King’s Regiment,” and took
-great pride in it. As troops came in from the provinces they were added
-to the regiment, until at last it numbered about 2,000 soldiers in two
-battalions of ten companies each. In October of 1754 the soldiers, for
-the first time in the history of the islands, were quartered in
-barracks. They were also, both officers and men, paid regularly every
-two weeks.
-
-In 1755 the Chinese question came up again. This time it was decided to
-send home all those Chinese who would not be baptized. They were given a
-few months to wind up their business, and a day was set when they should
-leave the islands. All who accepted baptism were allowed to remain, and
-a good many did this. Over 2,000, however, were sent out of the country
-on June 30, 1755.
-
-Need now arose for shops and for small traders to carry on business in
-place of these Chinese. To supply this need a trading company of Spanish
-and half-Spanish was formed in Manila. This trading company was in
-existence for some years, but was never very successful. It could not
-buy on as good terms as the Chinese had been able to make, nor could it
-sell to such good advantage. It received a great deal of aid from the
-government, but finally made a bad failure and went out of business.
-
-The ruling which sent the Chinese out of the islands worked other harm
-to the business of the country. Not only were there none to do the work
-which the Chinese had done, but their going was a direct money loss to
-the government. The Chinese had been heavily taxed, and when they were
-sent away a shortage of $30,000 in the tax receipts followed as a direct
-result. This made money so scarce in Manila that a petition was sent to
-Spain asking for a reduction of the royal dues. These royal dues were
-the amount which the colony had each year to raise for the king, and the
-government was now scarcely able to collect it from the people.
-
-But Spain was in great need of money. Wars with other nations had almost
-emptied her treasury, and the petition for reduction was refused. A
-decree was passed, however, which made things a little easier for the
-merchants. The islands must pay the full amount of the royal dues, but
-merchants might send by the galleon more goods and goods of a finer
-quality than before. They might also bring back more Mexican goods. In
-this way they could make more money, and thus the country was better
-able to raise the sums demanded.
-
-  _Summary._—The only trading ships that carried shipments of goods from
-  Manila were the Spanish galleons. The entire trade of the islands was
-  with Mexico, and was restricted by very severe laws. A galleon sailed
-  but once a year, and the amount of goods which could be sent by her
-  was limited by law. The great risks which the galleons ran made
-  shipments uncertain of return, and business was at a disadvantage. In
-  1724 a decree was made public allowing two galleons a year, of 500
-  tons each, to be sent. The number of merchants who could ship goods
-  was now limited, and the amount that each could send. Later this
-  decree was revoked. Only one galleon could be sent, and more severe
-  restrictions were put upon shipments. No foreign merchants were
-  allowed to do business in Manila. In 1754 Pedro de Arandia became
-  governor-general. He made many improvements in the army, and tried to
-  build up trade. He formed the first real military body in the islands,
-  and called it the “King’s Regiment.” In 1755 a law was made that all
-  Chinese who refused baptism should be sent out of the country on June
-  30. Over 2,000 were sent away on that day. This made a dearth of
-  traders, and a trading company of Spanish and half-Spanish was formed.
-  It was never a success, however. The departure of these Chinese cost
-  the country a loss of $30,000 in taxes that year. This made times so
-  hard that the colony prayed the king for a reduction in the royal
-  dues. Their petition was refused, but some of the restrictions in
-  regard to shipments by the galleon were made lighter. Merchants could
-  ship more and better goods. This made matters easier, and the country
-  could better meet the demands of the Crown.
-
-
-  _Questions._—What were the Spanish galleons? How often did they sail?
-  When did the last one leave Manila for Mexico? Why were such severe
-  restrictions put upon the trade of the islands? What were some of
-  these restrictions? What improvements did Governor-General Arandia
-  make in the army? Give an account of the decree expelling the Chinese
-  from the islands. What effect followed the departure of the Chinese?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                               Chapter X.
-                   THE ISLANDS UNDER ARANDIA’S RULE.
-
-
-It was while Pedro de Arandia was governor-general that the famous
-overflow of Taal volcano took place. At that time the crater of Taal was
-torn open so that it measured more than a mile and a half across, and
-from this awful opening poured down a broad stream of melted lava,
-killing and destroying everything that it touched. It rushed down the
-side of the mountain and fell hot and hissing into the lake. Great
-clouds of steam arose from the heated waters, and such a shower of ashes
-and stones fell as made the people think the world was coming to an end.
-
-For six months terrible storms raged in that part of Luzon. The volcano
-broke out on the 15th day of May, 1754, and it was then that the boiling
-lava began to flow. Huge stones shot up from the crater and fell into
-the lake, or were hurled down upon the land. Darkness reigned, and the
-people were filled with terror.
-
-This state of things lasted until about the second day of June. Then,
-suddenly, a mighty column of smoke arose from the mountain, thick,
-black, and awful. Higher and higher it mounted, until it spread over the
-sky, and the sun shone through it with a sickly yellow light.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  TAAL VOLCANO.
-]
-
-This smoke poured out for nearly all the time until July 10. On that day
-heavy showers of mud, black as ink, began to fall. Terrible sounds were
-heard, as of cannon being fired off inside the mountain. The land
-trembled, and great waves from the lake dashed against the shore. Dead
-fish, alligators, and snakes were cast up on shore, and the town of
-Balili (bä lē´lē) was soon a swamp of black, liquid mud.
-
-Then fire began to pour out of the crater. It lasted until September 25,
-when there was another great shower of stones. The people of Taal were
-driven from their homes and fled for their lives. Then, writes Fray
-Francisco Venenchillo (ven en chēl´yō), who, through these dreadful
-weeks of disasters, kept a daily journal of all that he observed, “a
-fearful storm of thunder and lightning began, and never stopped until
-December 4.”
-
-In the meanwhile the volcano was still in eruption, and awful things
-kept happening. Lake Bombon rose and swept over the town of Taal. On
-November 14 inky darkness settled over the country. This lasted for two
-days, during which, even as far away as Manila, candles were needed at
-noonday. During these two days, fire and lava poured out steadily from
-the mountain. At last, on December 2, began a two days’ hurricane. It
-wiped out the town of Taal, and then all was quiet.
-
-In all, the trouble lasted for six months and seventeen days. The towns
-of Taal, Sananan (sän ä´nän), Sala (sä´lä), and Lipa (lē´pä) were wholly
-ruined, and great harm was done in towns fifteen miles distant from the
-volcano. It was a marvelous event, and traces of it are still to be seen
-in all the country around Lake Bombon.
-
-Never since then has there been such an overflow from Taal volcano. The
-ruins of the old town of Taal may still be seen just where the Pansipit
-(pän sē´pit) River enters the lake, but they are being overgrown by
-grasses and flowers. In a few years they will be quite hidden. The
-present town of Taal is farther up the river. It is noted for the fine
-sugar produced there. This sugar is well known, and commands a good
-price in foreign markets. Excellent cotton stuffs are also made there.
-
-When Governor-General Arandia had formed his new King’s Regiment, he at
-once found work for it to do. Besides the regiment he collected a body
-of good native troops and began a campaign against the Igorrotes. The
-Spanish had never been able to subdue these people. In Arandia’s day
-they were still as wild and savage as when the Europeans first came to
-the islands. Arandia set out to conquer them or to kill every one of
-them that could be found.
-
-The war was carefully planned. About 1,100 soldiers were sent against
-them, and these soldiers waged a warfare as savage, as cruel, as the
-wild tribes themselves could have carried on. The Igorrotes were
-surprised in their villages and given no quarter. Their towns were
-burned down, and women and children were killed without mercy. Growing
-crops were destroyed, and the land was laid waste wherever an Igorrote
-home was found.
-
-But in spite of this cruelty the Spanish could not conquer the people.
-Instead, the King’s Regiment was driven back again and again, and
-whenever the Igorrotes took a Spaniard prisoner, they avenged upon him
-the wrongs of their tribe. The attempt was at last given up. The
-Igorrotes could not be subdued, nor could they be coaxed into swearing
-loyalty to Spain.
-
-Arandia then sought to bargain with them. In 1758 a decree was passed
-that was meant not only for them, but for the other heathen tribes. The
-decree read that those who would accept baptism need pay no tribute or
-tax for the rest of their lives. The Igorrotes were not caught by this
-offer. As a matter of fact, they gave themselves no trouble to pay
-tribute or tax, anyway, so the offer had no attraction for them.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  IGORROTES.
-]
-
-At this same time Arandia had still another trouble on his hands, but
-one for which he was not to blame. A few years before, in 1749, the
-sultan of Sulu was deposed from his throne during a rebellion. Being in
-name, at least, a vassal of Spain, he came to Manila to ask Spanish aid
-in regaining his rights.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  A STREET IN JOLÓ.
-]
-
-The acting governor-general at that time was the Bishop of Nuevo Segovia
-(nö ā´vō sā gō´vē ä). This worthy gave the sultan a warm welcome and
-showed him high honor. The Moro ruler was urged to accept baptism, and
-at last did so, with several of his suite. After that he and a large
-number of followers were kept in great style in Manila. The sultan was
-known as Ferdinand I., and great attention was paid him as rightful
-ruler of the Sulu archipelago. But for some reason nothing was done to
-help him recover his lost throne.
-
-Finally, however, he was told that he was to be taken to Sulu. In fact,
-with a large Spanish escort, the party did go as far as Zamboanga. There
-the sultan and his people, with a prince of Sulu who had come to
-Mindanao to greet him, were thrown into prison. To explain this, it was
-charged that the sultan had written disloyal letters to friends in Sulu.
-In one of these letters, it was claimed, he had said that he had not
-acted of his own free will in accepting baptism. These letters had been
-intercepted at Zamboanga, and were declared to be treasonable.
-
-The sultan was taken back to Manila as a prisoner, and this act at once
-drove the Moros to fresh fury. Again there was war all along the
-southern coast. It was pressed with great cruelty on both sides, and
-many lives were lost. The trouble lasted for some years, but the Spanish
-gained neither power nor territory by all this waste of lives and money.
-
-When Arandia came into office he wished to send the sultan back to Sulu
-and restore to him his rights. In this, however, he was opposed by the
-clergy. Had he persisted in trying to do this it would have made great
-strife; so he yielded. Ferdinand I. stayed on in Luzon, but was not kept
-in confinement. His son, his daughter, and several chiefs of his people
-were with him in the city; but he was none the less a prisoner, and
-remained such until the British took Manila in 1762. In 1763 the English
-commander sent him to Sulu and reseated him on his throne. As for the
-Moros of the Sulu archipelago, they never again trusted the Spanish.
-
-  _Summary._—In the year 1754 there was a terrible eruption of Taal
-  volcano. It began on May 15 and lasted for over six months. During
-  this time the mountain poured out fire and lava. Awful showers of mud
-  and stones fell, and there were terrible hurricanes. The towns of
-  Taal, Sananan, Sala, and Lipa were wholly ruined, and great harm was
-  done in places fifteen miles away. During Arandia’s term of office,
-  war was waged against the Igorrotes, to conquer or to kill them all.
-  This war was carried on with great cruelty, but the Igorrotes were not
-  to be subdued, and it was given up. Later they were offered freedom
-  from taxation if they would accept baptism, but they refused it. In
-  1749 the sultan of Sulu came to Manila seeking aid to put down a
-  rebellion of his people. He was well received, and was persuaded to
-  let himself be baptized. Afterwards it was claimed that he had written
-  treasonable letters home, and he was kept a prisoner in Manila.
-  Arandia tried to have him restored to his rights, but could not. The
-  sultan was sent back in 1763 by the British, who then held Manila.
-  This treatment of the sultan greatly enraged the Moros against the
-  Spanish.
-
-
-  _Questions._—When was the great overflow of Taal volcano? Give an
-  account of it. Who decided to conquer the Igorrotes? Describe this war
-  and its results. Why did the sultan of Sulu come to Manila? How was he
-  treated by the Spanish? Who finally reseated him on his throne?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                              Chapter XI.
-                          BRITISH OCCUPATION.
-
-
-In the latter part of the year 1761 war was begun between Spain and
-France on the one hand, and England on the other. Spain and France were
-first to declare this war, but England carried on her part in it with
-great vigor. The English took Havana, and an English fleet under Admiral
-Cornish (k̤or´nish) was sent to the Pacific with orders to take the
-Philippine Islands.
-
-With a fleet of thirteen vessels Admiral Cornish entered Manila Bay on
-the evening of September 22, 1762. The ships anchored off Cavite, and
-next day Cornish sent to demand the surrender of the city. This was, of
-course, refused by Archbishop Rojo (rō´hō), who was then acting
-governor-general of the city.
-
-The archbishop’s forces at that time consisted of a small part of the
-King’s Regiment, not more than about 600 men and officers, and 80 pieces
-of artillery. The English troops, who were landed under command of
-General Draper (drā´per), numbered one regiment of British infantry, two
-companies of artillery, 2,200 Sepoys from India, and 3,000 seamen—in
-all, 6,380 men.
-
-Nevertheless, in spite of the inequality of the two armies, the Spanish
-Churchman defied the second demand to surrender. A part of the Spanish
-force went bravely out to fight the landing English, but with what
-success it is easy to guess. They were driven back into the city, and
-the enemy landed in full force. The British encamped around Manila, at
-Malate (mä lä´tā), Santiago, and San Juan. On the 24th of September they
-began to bombard the city.
-
-At this time one of the royal galleons was expected at Manila. This was
-the _Philipina_, carrying a very rich cargo and a large sum of money for
-the government. Some of the English ships went out to lie in wait for
-her. They missed her; for the Spanish friars managed to reach her first,
-and by their aid she gained a place of safety. The British, however,
-brought in another galleon, the _Trinidad_, from which they took
-$2,500,000.
-
-A nephew of the archbishop was on board the _Trinidad_, and was captured
-with the ship. When the English learned who he was, they sent him to
-Manila with an escort, and turned him over to his uncle. The escort then
-started back to the ship, but was attacked and killed by Filipinos. The
-natives cut off the head of the English officer, and refused to give it
-up.
-
-The British were greatly angered by this outrage, and they now stormed
-the city in earnest. The Spanish had by now got together a large native
-force, which was sent against the enemy. They could not stand against
-the British regulars, however, and were soon beaten back. The enemy’s
-artillery made great breaches in the walls, and on October 5 General
-Draper and his army forced a way into the city. By another day the
-following terms of surrender were agreed upon:
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  ROYAL GATE AND SALLY PORT IN THE CITY WALL, MANILA.
-]
-
-The Spanish were to have full religious freedom; private property was to
-be held safe; the Supreme Court was to keep order, and free trade was to
-be allowed. The Spanish were to pay the British an indemnity of
-$4,000,000. These terms were signed, and the British flag floated over
-Manila.
-
-The English and Sepoy troops, turned loose in the city, did great
-mischief and destroyed much public property. The archbishop then went to
-General Draper and begged him to put a stop to this. The general issued
-orders forbidding violence and pillage by his soldiers. He himself shot
-and killed one Sepoy whom he saw attack a Filipino.
-
-But while the British were in possession of Manila, they were not
-without opposition. It was the law in the archipelago that if at any
-time the country should be without a governor-general, the Supreme Court
-should govern. This law one of the justices of the court now tried to
-put in force. Simon de Anda y Salazar (sē´mōn dā än´dä ē säl ä thär´),
-the justice in question, pretended to think that the Spanish could have
-held Manila but for the weakness of the archbishop. Refusing to listen
-to reason, he gathered a band of Filipinos whom he promised to lead
-against the English. With a few of them he fled in a prahu to Bulacan
-the night before the city surrendered. He took with him some of the
-stamped paper of the government. This would, he knew, be a help to him
-in a plan which he meant to carry out.
-
-Now, ignoring the fact that Archbishop Rojo was the acting
-governor-general, Simon de Anda began an absurd fight against the
-English. He claimed the right, as a justice of the Supreme Court, to act
-as governor-general. On the stamped paper he wrote a proclamation
-ordering the British to leave Manila. He sent this proclamation to
-General Draper, who ignored it and declared Anda a nuisance.
-
-After this Anda raised a small army, and fought several battles with the
-British. They only served to keep the country stirred up, so that
-neither the Spanish nor the British could go about their affairs in
-peace. General Draper, meanwhile, was busy restoring the sultan of Sulu
-to his throne. Anda had become a hindrance to peace, while at the same
-time he had no power to carry on effective warfare. Seeing this, the
-Chinese of Pampanga made a plot to kill him.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  THE BRITISH ASSAULT ON THE WALLS OF MANILA.
-]
-
-Simon de Anda was told of this plot, and his rage was great. He
-collected all his Filipinos and marched against the Chinese. He had real
-war at last, and the Spanish accounts say that 8,000 Chinese were slain.
-
-In the meantime the war in Europe was over. By the Peace of Paris, made
-February 10, 1763, it was settled that Manila should be restored to
-Spain. The British commander made ready to turn over the city to the
-Spanish and go home, but at once a new difficulty arose.
-
-Simon de Anda was in command of whatever Spanish army there was in the
-islands at this time. Therefore, when a notice was sent to the
-archbishop for the “Commander-in-Chief of the Spanish forces,” the
-archbishop sent it on to Anda. This notice was to the effect that Anda
-should take over the city from the English; but he refused to receive
-the notice. He declared that he should have been addressed as
-“Captain-General,” and would recognize no other style of address. On
-this foolish plea he kept up war with the English until January, 1764,
-in spite of the peace between his country and England. All that the
-British wished was that Anda should let them hand the city over to him
-and depart. This, however, he would not do.
-
-On January 30, 1764, Archbishop Rojo died. There was still, however, no
-one to whom to give up Manila, for several men at once claimed the right
-to act as governor-general.
-
-At last the Spanish Government sent out from Mexico a new
-governor-general. As soon as he reached Manila he sent word to the
-British commander that he was ready to take over the city, and he
-arranged that Simon de Anda should be the one actually to receive the
-city back. It was turned over to Anda for the governor-general, and the
-English left the country. Only $1,000,000 was paid of the $4,000,000 war
-indemnity agreed upon, but the English received a bill upon the Madrid
-treasury for the remainder of that sum.
-
-  _Summary._—In the latter part of 1761 war began between France and
-  Spain on the one hand, and England on the other. In September, 1762, a
-  British fleet came to Manila and took that city. Archbishop Rojo, who
-  was acting governor-general, surrendered the city. Simon de Anda, a
-  justice of the Supreme Court, opposed the surrender of Manila. He fled
-  to Bulacan, gathered a native army, and issued a proclamation ordering
-  the British to leave the islands. This proclamation was not heeded.
-  Several ineffective battles were fought, and strife continued between
-  the English and Anda’s forces. The Chinese made a plot to kill Anda,
-  and he fought them with his army. When peace was declared in Europe,
-  it was decided that Manila should be given back to Spain. Simon de
-  Anda, as commander of the Spanish army in the Philippines, should have
-  received the city from the English. He claimed not to have been
-  properly addressed, and refused to accept the notice telling him of
-  the treaty of peace. He kept up the war against the British until
-  January, 1764. The archbishop died on January 30, 1764. Several men
-  now claimed the right to act as governor-general. At last the home
-  government sent out a new governor-general, who took over the city,
-  and the English left the islands.
-
-
-  _Questions._—What countries were at war against England in 1761? What
-  did the English do? When and how was Manila taken by the British? Who
-  was Simon de Anda? On what did he base his claim to a right to act for
-  the country? When was peace made? Why did Anda refuse to take over the
-  city? How long did he keep up the war? How was the matter finally
-  settled?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                              Chapter XII.
-                 TO THE END OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY.
-
-
-While the British were in Manila, and for several years after they left
-the country, the islands were very unquiet. There were many small
-uprisings among the people, who hoped, in this time of unrest, to gain
-some of the rights which they felt were theirs.
-
-One of these uprisings was led by a native named Silan (sē´län). This
-man was not quite sane, and made many pretensions, such as that he was
-the earthly representative of divine power. Many of Simon de Anda’s
-followers deserted him to join Silan’s army, and for a time Silan was
-very successful against the Spanish. He turned the vicar-general of
-Ilocos Sur out of his house, and made the Augustine friars pay tribute
-to support the rebel forces. His brain was weak, however, and success
-seemed wholly to destroy his reason. He came to think that he was more
-than human, and then, of course, he began to make mistakes.
-
-At last Silan joined with the British against his own country. This
-opened the eyes of the Filipinos to his real nature. They saw that he
-was ready to betray them instead of leading them against their enemies,
-and at once they turned from him. In May, 1763, he was killed by a
-half-caste named Vicos (vē´kōs), and the rebellion which he had led died
-out.
-
-There were other revolts in Luzon, however. Everywhere the people were
-ready, on any pretext, to take up arms against authority. They refused
-to pay tribute, and resented all demands of Spain upon them. Small riots
-kept breaking out in the provinces, and the loyal troops were constantly
-marching about the island in pursuit of rebels. In all this petty
-warfare the Spanish lost 70 Europeans and 140 native soldiers, and fully
-10,000 natives were slain. By the year 1765, however, the Spanish had
-the country again under control, and some degree of peace settled over
-the land.
-
-There was still political strife in Manila, even though the people were
-no longer in revolt. This strife at last became very serious. A bitter
-quarrel also existed between the Augustine friars on the one hand, and
-the members of the Society of Jesus on the other.
-
-The Augustines were the first order of friars to send priests to the
-islands. From earliest times the Augustine friars had been concerned in
-the welfare of the people. Like all other leaders in the islands, they
-made many mistakes, but they also did many wise and good things. An
-Augustine friar had first (in 1595) taught the Filipinos the art of
-weaving, and as early as 1610 the Archbishop of Manila, an Augustine
-friar, had founded the College of Santo Tomas.
-
-The Jesuits also had a college in Manila, San José College, founded by
-them in 1601. This Society had among its members many fine scholars. It
-had done much for education in the islands, and the Jesuit priests were
-nearly all men learned in law and matters of government.
-
-Each party to this quarrel between the orders accused the other of
-cruelty to the natives. Each declared that the other was hindering the
-government in its rule, instead of helping to keep the peace. At last
-the trouble became so serious that, in 1768, the Jesuits left the
-archipelago. It was thought best for the peace of the country that they
-should go, and they remained away for ninety-one years. In 1859 the
-Society again came to the islands and took up its work among the people.
-
-At the time the Jesuits left, Governor-General José Raon (hō sā´ rä ōn´)
-was accused by the other Orders of favoring this Society. He was charged
-with telling the Jesuits state secrets, and on this charge was disgraced
-and sent home. Soon afterwards Simon de Anda, who was in Spain during
-this time, was made governor-general, and came back to Manila.
-
-Anda took up the reins of government, confident that he was just the man
-to rule these islands. In this, however, he was mistaken. He was
-headstrong and imprudent. He was unwilling to forgive his enemies or to
-be advised by his friends. Indeed, his hasty temper and his lack of good
-sense before long turned his friends from him. He quarreled with the
-officers of the State, of the army, and of the Church, and his rule was
-a stormy one. He soon wore himself out, and in 1776 he died in the
-hospital of San Juan de Dios, at Cavite.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  MONUMENT TO SIMON DE ANDA ON THE MALACON, MANILA.
-]
-
-At this time new ideas of human rights and liberties were stirring the
-whole world. In Europe people were growing bolder and freer in their
-protests against tyranny. In America the colonies had begun the eight
-years’ war that was to free them from England’s unjust rule. In Mexico
-was growing the discontent that only ended when Mexico had thrown off
-the yoke of Spain. Everywhere the people were demanding freedom; but in
-the Philippine Islands a plan was forming to take from the natives still
-more of the little liberty they had.
-
-In the year 1778 Don José Basco y Vargas (hō sā´ bäs´ cō ē vär´ gäs)
-became governor-general of the archipelago. He found business at a low
-ebb, and the country very poor. The treasury was nearly empty; the
-people had no money, and the industries of the country were almost at a
-standstill.
-
-Vargas was in some ways a wise man. He saw that farming, and not trade,
-was the work that alone could bring prosperity to these islands.
-Farming, however, was neglected. The country could be very rich if the
-people would but give their attention to raising the crops that grow so
-readily here. Rice, cocoanuts, hemp, coffee, tea, sugar—all of which are
-things that the whole world uses—could be grown here, so that the
-islands under cultivation would rank with the rich countries of the
-earth.
-
-All this Vargas understood. He saw that great sums of money could be
-made off the land, and he resolved that it should be done. But, like
-others who had been in office before him, his thought was for Spain,
-instead of for the people. He cared nothing that the Filipinos, too,
-should share in whatever good might come to the country.
-
-There can, however, be no real prosperity in a country unless it is
-shared by all the people in it. One class cannot always go on getting
-good things while another goes without. This fact Vargas forgot. His
-plan for improving things concerned itself only with the good that
-should result to the royal treasury. He gave no thought to the effect
-the plan might have on the people.
-
-Tobacco had been grown in the Visayas from the beginning of Spanish
-rule. The Spaniards brought the seed with them from Mexico, and the
-plant was taken into China from these islands. Up to the time when
-Vargas came, the crop had never been a large one here, but under the
-system which he started it soon became the most important industry in
-the country.
-
-In 1781 the growing and selling of tobacco on the island of Luzon was
-made a government monopoly. This meant that no man might raise or sell a
-single leaf of tobacco without first having permission from the
-government.
-
-Before this, any man who wished to do so might raise as much tobacco as
-he could, and might sell it when and as he pleased. All this was now
-changed. The farmers on Luzon who had good tobacco land were compelled
-to raise this crop, or else forfeit the use of their land and its
-products for a term of years. If a man refused to plant tobacco, his
-land was taken from him for three years, and another man might cultivate
-it. A law was also passed compelling the tobacco planters and laborers
-to work on the crop whenever labor was needed.
-
-The way in which the plan worked was very simple. The government made a
-contract with a planter for his crop. The price to be paid was based
-upon an estimate of what the land was likely to yield. If at harvest
-time the crop was less than this estimate, the planter had to pay a
-heavy fine. If, on the other hand, it was larger than had been
-estimated, he could not keep a single leaf for his own use; it must all
-be turned over to the officials, and what the government did not use was
-destroyed.
-
-This was very hard, and the power given to tobacco inspectors made it
-harder still. These officers had authority to look wherever they saw fit
-for hidden tobacco. They might search the house of a tobacco grower, or
-even the persons of himself and his family, if they suspected him of
-hiding a few leaves for his own use. This worked much evil, and more
-than one inspector, in the early days of the system, was killed by an
-angry planter whose home and family he thus molested.
-
-The new system of tobacco-growing worked well for the authorities. Never
-before had the treasury been so well filled. The royal dues were
-promptly paid, and for the first time in the history of Spain’s rule
-here, the colony seemed likely to become profitable to the Crown. The
-home government was delighted, and Vargas was much praised. The tobacco
-monopoly, however, laid a heavy hand upon the most useful class of
-Spain’s Filipino subjects. It oppressed the farmers and the land-owners.
-These are the people, in every country, who are most deeply interested
-in good government. They are the mainstay of national order and
-prosperity. When this class in any land suffers, no other can long
-remain prosperous.
-
-It was late in the day, moreover, for such a system to be inaugurated.
-It belonged to a less enlightened age in the history of mankind, and in
-the end it cost Spain more than it ever profited her. The Filipino
-people were coming out of the darkness in which they had so long been
-kept. They were learning that mere blind revolt would help them none,
-and this knowledge was in itself of great worth. It is not in human
-nature to bear patiently such wrongs as they now suffered, and the wrath
-of the people smoldered, ready to break out at any moment. Whenever it
-did blaze up, there was trouble for Spaniards and Filipinos alike.
-
-  _Summary._—The presence of the British in the islands was a signal for
-  further revolts of the people. There were uprisings all over the
-  island of Luzon after the British left, and the Spanish forces were
-  kept busy marching after rebels. It is estimated that some 10,000
-  natives lost their lives in these uprisings. A bitter quarrel between
-  the Augustine friars and the Jesuits resulted in the Jesuits leaving
-  the country in 1768. Governor-General Raon fell into disgrace at about
-  the same time, and was removed from office. He was succeeded by Simon
-  de Anda, whose rule was not successful. In 1778 Don José Basco y
-  Vargas became governor-general. He made the growing of tobacco in
-  Luzon a government monopoly. This system brought money into the royal
-  treasury, but worked great hardship for the farmers.
-
-
-  _Questions._—Give an account of Silan’s revolt. What was the cause of
-  the trouble between the Augustine friars and the Jesuits? When did the
-  Jesuits leave the country? Who succeeded José Raon as
-  governor-general? What system of tobacco culture did he introduce? How
-  did this system affect the country?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                             Chapter XIII.
-                       THE CONSTITUTION OF 1812.
-
-
-In the year 1800, Spain, while still a proud nation, was no longer a
-powerful one. In earlier centuries she had led the world in commerce, in
-the arts, and in science. She had known wise and far-sighted rulers, and
-her scholars had been among the greatest in the world. Europe, when any
-new enterprise was talked of, waited for Spain to take the lead in
-action regarding it.
-
-But, little by little, Spain fell behind other countries in the march of
-progress. Other nations improved their navies and their merchant ships,
-while Spain still clung to the old galleons of hundreds of years ago.
-She made no progress in her merchant service, nor much in her naval
-strength. Other nations were seeking trade and new chances for
-prosperity; Spain still kept her markets closed to the outside world. In
-the year 1800 she even passed a law forbidding foreigners to live in the
-Philippine Islands. Such a law could not be fully enforced at that stage
-of the world’s progress, but Spain did succeed in keeping the port of
-Manila closed to outside commerce.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  A MODERN WAR SHIP.
-]
-
-Her colonies might not even trade freely with one another. Mexico might
-not send to the Philippines for goods, lest the Mexicans should buy less
-from Spain. Merchants in the Peninsula looked with great jealousy upon
-the growing trade between the Philippines and America. Foreign merchants
-could not do business in Manila, and every effort was made to limit the
-nature of the trade in that port. Cuba, Porto Rico, and other Spanish
-colonies suffered, as well, from the harsh restrictions which the mother
-country put upon their trade.
-
-The government of the Philippine Islands had grown to be of the very
-worst sort. Many of the high officials were mere adventurers from Spain.
-They had no higher idea of right than their own wills; they neither
-loved nor understood the people, and they could not command the good
-will or the respect of the Filipinos. Many of the latter were superior
-in character and in education to the men who ruled the country, and the
-people were held in check by fear rather than by loyalty.
-
-The government system of tobacco-growing early became a great source of
-trouble. Constant watching, heavy fines, imprisonment, even whipping,
-came to be necessary in order to hold the people to work on the tobacco
-crop, and much evil and injustice were done against the people by the
-officials who enforced these measures.
-
-As was to be expected, the people often rebelled. Serious riots happened
-among the tobacco growers in northern Luzon in 1807, and again in 1814.
-In these there was great loss of life among both Spanish and Filipinos.
-Moreover, to add to the evil of forcing the people to grow tobacco, the
-government was very slow in paying the planters. Year after year these
-men were compelled either to raise tobacco or to give up their land,
-while they could get scarcely any return for their work. When at last
-the government made payment, it paid in treasury notes. These the people
-were forced by necessity to sell for almost nothing, to speculators who
-went about buying them up.
-
-The islands suffered much from all these bad conditions, and the people
-became impatient and rebellious over the injustice heaped upon them. The
-American Revolution had had a marked effect upon all Europe. It had
-awakened ideas of liberty in the common people everywhere, and had set
-the whole world thinking about the rights of man. The freedom of this
-one country helped to insure the liberties of all other lands. Even in
-the far-off Philippines the echo was heard of the demand for that
-justice and decent treatment which is every man’s right.
-
-In England, in France, and in Germany, men were asking for a voice in
-their own government, and their demand was winning a hearing. Besides
-this, the people of Mexico had now begun the struggle which ended at
-last in their throwing off Spain’s yoke.
-
-By the year 1810 it was plain that it would no longer be possible to
-carry on the colony’s trade by means of the galleons to Mexico. The
-Spanish Cortes (cor´tās), therefore, passed a decree discontinuing these
-ships, and Manila merchants were given permission to fit out private
-ships, under the Spanish flag, for trade with America. The last state
-galleon left Manila for Acapulco in 1811. That same year saw the start
-of the first newspaper in the Philippines, and the beginning of an
-effort by the young men of Manila to bring about a better understanding
-between the colony and the mother country.
-
-About this time the cause of political liberty began to win a hearing in
-Spain. The Liberal Party was in power there, and a strong feeling for
-popular government was winning its way in the country. In 1809 the
-Supreme Council in Spain convened the famous Cortes de Cadiz, in which
-were assembled delegates from all Spain’s colonies—Cuba, Venezuela, the
-Philippines, etc. The Cortes some time later passed what is known in
-history as the Act of Constitution of 1812. It gave to each of the
-colonies the right to send one or more representatives to the Cortes.
-
-The Filipino delegate who signed this Act of Constitution was Ventura de
-Los Reyes (ven tö´rä dā los rī’es). The Act was sworn to by the proper
-officials in Manila in 1813, but soon afterwards was suspended. It came
-into force again, however, a few years later, and in 1820 the Cortes
-again admitted representatives from the Philippines. There were
-seventeen of these representatives, and they took part in the
-parliamentary debates of 1822–1823.
-
-A short time afterwards the Constitution was again suspended by act of
-Ferdinand VII. A little later King Ferdinand died, and again two
-Filipino deputies sat in the Cortes. Filipino members also sat in the
-Cortes during the reign of Isabella II., but upon the opening of
-Parliament in 1837 it was voted to exclude them. Thus the dream of the
-Filipinos, of representation in the government, came to naught.
-
-All this gave the people a taste of political freedom. The men who
-represented the islands in the Spanish Cortes came back to Manila full
-of the idea of equal rights for all. They preached this doctrine to the
-people, and their words found ready hearers. Soon, on Luzon, a group of
-young Filipinos and Mestizos gathered. Their aim was to bring about real
-reforms in the government, and to secure greater peace, prosperity, and
-liberty to the people. The discontent of the Filipinos began to be of a
-more intelligent sort, and to have a definite purpose. The people were
-coming to a clearer idea of what they wanted, and of the nature of the
-reforms needed in the country.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  KING FERDINAND VII.
-]
-
-At this time, too, foreigners began to do business in Manila. England,
-by force of arms, had gained the right to trade with this port, and “the
-shut door” was no longer possible. Mexico had obtained her freedom from
-Spain, and the islands were now governed direct from the Peninsula. The
-independence of Mexico had a marked influence on the Filipinos in Luzon.
-They began to feel that they too might strike for their rights. They had
-no idea of winning independence, but they felt that they must have
-greater liberty. To meet this growing discontent more troops were asked
-for, and were sent from Spain. The King’s Regiment was reorganized from
-these, and a force of 10,000 men was kept in and about Manila.
-
-In the Visayas matters were different. The people there were farther
-from the capital. They knew little or nothing of the changes and the
-differences brought about by the Constitution of 1812. They had no idea
-of the meaning of the word “equality” as between themselves and their
-rulers. Most of them had never heard of the Constitution of 1812. They
-did not dream that political equality had ever been thought of for them.
-
-The colony was at this time troubled outwardly as well as within. Spain
-and England were at war, and the English were a source of danger and
-anxiety to the archipelago. Several expeditions had to be raised to
-fight off the British from various places on the islands, where they had
-set up headquarters. The Moros and the wild tribes of Mindanao were also
-giving trouble. They even came as far north as Manila, and carried off
-men and women into captivity in the south.
-
-Nevertheless, during all these troubled years, a number of useful works
-were undertaken and carried out by the government. In 1817 a royal
-decree was issued commanding that schools for Filipino boys and girls
-should be opened in all the convents. In 1820 the duties were taken off,
-for ten years, from the natural and manufactured products of the islands
-sent to Spain, and an effort was made to revive the dying commerce of
-the country.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  A STREET IN MANILA.
-]
-
-In this same year there was a great cholera epidemic in Manila. Many
-natives, some 30,000, the accounts say, died of it; but only one
-foreigner, an Englishman. The people got the idea that the foreigners
-had caused this epidemic by poisoning the water of the wells. They rose
-against the foreign residents, and killed all the English and French
-before the authorities could control them. There was a feeling among the
-Spanish in Manila that Governor-General Folgueras (fol gö ër´äs) had not
-been as prompt as he might have been in quelling this uprising. It was
-openly stated that he had made no effort to subdue the mob until the
-English and the French residents were killed.
-
-To defend himself against this accusation the governor-general made
-certain criticisms of the Spanish-American forces in the islands. He
-charged them with disloyalty, recommending that they be withdrawn, and
-replaced by a larger force to be sent from Spain. He represented to the
-home government that this was necessary, because the Spanish-American
-troops could not be depended upon.
-
-In 1822 a new governor-general, Señor Juan Antonio Martinez (än tō´nē ō
-mär tē´neth), was sent out. With him came many officers and soldiers
-from the Peninsula. Following the advice of Folgueras, Martinez sent a
-number of persons to Spain, on the pretext that they had conspired
-against the government.
-
-All this provoked a revolt of a part of the King’s Regiment, led by
-Captain Novales (nō väl´ēs), a Spanish-American. A fierce battle was
-fought in the streets of Manila on the night of June 1, 1823, and
-Folgueras was slain. However, order was finally restored in the
-regiment. The leaders of the revolt were executed, and, as usual, the
-authorities seemed to think that the matter needed no further attention.
-
-  _Summary._—At the beginning of the nineteenth century Spain was no
-  longer a great world power. The government of the Philippines was full
-  of evil, and the people had but little justice. The tobacco monopoly
-  had become a source of much trouble, and the people were often in
-  rebellion because of it. Ideas of liberty were growing among other
-  nations, and the Filipinos, too, were becoming restless under
-  oppression. In 1811 the last state galleon for Acapulco left Manila.
-  The first newspaper in the Philippines was started in 1811. In 1812
-  the Spanish Cortes passed the Constitution of 1812, giving Spanish
-  colonies representation in the Cortes. The Constitution was sworn to
-  in Manila in 1813. It was afterwards suspended, but came again into
-  force a few years later, and in 1820 the Cortes again admitted
-  Filipino representatives. In 1837, however, these islands were finally
-  denied representation. The enemies of Spain gave the islands much
-  trouble during these early years of the century, and the Moros and
-  wild tribes of Mindanao were also in arms. In 1817 schools for
-  Filipino boys and girls were ordered to be opened in all the convents.
-  In 1820 duties were taken off, for ten years, from natural and
-  manufactured products of the islands sent to Spain. In that year a
-  great cholera epidemic raged in Manila. In 1823 occurred the revolt of
-  a part of the King’s Regiment in Manila.
-
-
-  _Questions._—What were some of the reasons why Spain fell from her
-  early position as a great world power? What effect had the government
-  monopoly of tobacco-growing upon the country? How did the freedom of
-  America affect other peoples in the world? Why were the state galleons
-  to Mexico discontinued? When did the last galleon leave Manila? What
-  was the Constitution of 1812? Give an account of its history in the
-  islands. What led up to the revolt headed by Captain Novales in 1823?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                              Chapter XIV.
-                        CHANGES IN THE ISLANDS.
-
-
-Don Juan Antonio Martinez was governor-general of the Philippines from
-1822 to 1825. During his term of office he had much to contend with,
-both from the foes of the people and from the foes of Spain. It was
-during his rule that the Constitution of 1812 was done away with. The
-revolt headed by Captain Novales was no sooner quelled than danger again
-threatened from the pirates of Sulu. These came against Manila, and so
-daring had they grown that they even captured and carried away the
-Padre-Provincial of the Recoletos and a number of other members of that
-order of friars. The captives were taken to Joló, where they were held
-in ransom for the sum of $10,000. This money was raised in Manila, and
-the friars were released.
-
-After this outrage, Martinez sent Captain Alonzo Morgado (ä lon´thō mor
-gä´dō), with the sea forces of the Philippines, to carry on warfare
-against the southern pirates. Morgado succeeded in driving them back
-from Manila, and really punished them very severely. It was not,
-however, until the year 1862, when the Spanish brought steam gunboats
-into use against them, that these pirates ceased to be a menace to the
-people of Luzon and the Visayas.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  THE MAGELLAN MONUMENT, MANILA.
-]
-
-Still the desire for greater political freedom grew among the young
-Filipino men. New teachers arose among them from time to time, and the
-spirit of discontent spread farther and farther. In the year 1828
-another revolt took place. It was headed by two brothers,
-Spanish-Americans, both officers in the Spanish force in the
-Philippines.
-
-This revolt was put down, as all others had been; but it now became
-clear that, if peace was to be kept, the Spanish-American soldiers must
-go. Most of them had come from Mexico, which country was now independent
-of Spain, and they held ideas of liberty that were dangerous to Spanish
-rule in the Philippines. A large body of troops was now brought from
-Spain, and Spanish soldiers always after, while Spain ruled, made up the
-foreign force in the islands.
-
-In this same year, 1828, a royal order was issued commanding the
-cultivation and protection of cotton in the islands. The seeds of this
-plant had years before been brought over from Mexico, and the friars had
-tried to persuade the people to grow cotton; but they had not been very
-successful. The people did not yet know how useful cotton could be to
-them, or how great an industry cotton-growing in the islands might
-become. Now, however, the matter was given careful attention. Machinery
-was brought over for making thread and cloth from the cotton fiber, and
-every effort was made to protect and encourage the new venture.
-
-Don Mariano Ricafort (mä rē ä´nō rē´kä fort), the governor-general at
-that time, made a law forbidding foreigners to go into the provinces to
-buy goods or land. As early as 1809 an English firm had been allowed to
-do business in Manila, and a number of foreigners were at this time in
-the city. The government tried to keep them as much as possible within
-the city, and to prevent them from mingling with the people in the
-provinces.
-
-Ricafort also tried to make the Filipinos understand that the Spanish
-were their friends, and that the government made laws for their help and
-protection. But the people had become very distrustful. Even the Church
-seemed no longer able to reassure them, or to keep peace as it had done
-in the past. There were small revolts, here and there in the islands,
-which the government was forced to put down. A rebellion in Bohol was
-only quelled after serious trouble, and at last more troops were sent
-out from Spain.
-
-It had become necessary for Spain to yield to the demands of other
-countries, and open the port of Manila to foreign vessels. These could
-now enter the harbor, but they were compelled to pay double the regular
-port duties. It was growing harder and harder, in fact, for Spain to
-rule the islands in the old despotic fashion.
-
-Moreover, in the mother country itself a party had risen that was
-honestly anxious to give the archipelago a good government. The leaders
-of this party listened gladly to the reports of educated Filipinos, and
-tried to learn the true state of affairs. These leaders, however, were
-almost powerless to bring about reforms, because of dissensions arising
-among the Filipinos themselves.
-
-Few of the natives could read or speak the Spanish language. This fact
-alone made it hard to help them; for still fewer Spanish ever took the
-trouble to learn the native tongues. The people, therefore, were for the
-most part ignorant even of those laws which gave them rights and
-privileges. There were always those in power whose interests were best
-served by this ignorance, and they took no pains to teach the people
-what the laws were.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  QUEEN CHRISTINA.
-]
-
-The country was now sunk in deep poverty, and the condition of the
-Filipinos was sad indeed. In 1836 the greed and bad government of Queen
-Christina (kristē´na) of Spain had emptied the royal treasury, and she
-greatly needed money. She tried to have her officers wring more from the
-Philippines and her other colonies, but this they could not do. The
-colonies, richly as nature had gifted them, were almost drained of their
-wealth.
-
-The queen, therefore, agreed with Louis Philippe (lö´ē fil ēp´) of
-France to hand over Cuba to France for the sum of 30,000,000 reals. In
-the agreement to this effect there was also a clause offering to sell
-Porto Rico and the Philippine Islands to France for 10,000,000 reals
-more. If this agreement had gone through, it might have made a great
-change in the history of these islands; but it came to naught.
-
-The queen sent her minister, Comparvano (kom pärvä´nō), to France, to
-confer with the French king and his advisers, and there the Spaniard
-learned for the first time of the clause about the Philippine Islands.
-The French king wanted to bargain over this clause. He said that in view
-of all the trouble in the archipelago, and for various other reasons,
-the price named was too high. In fact, he refused to pay more than
-7,000,000 reals, and declared that 10,000,000 reals was an outrageous
-price. Rather than pay it he would put the contract in the fire.
-
-The Spanish minister asked to see the contract. After looking at it, he
-said quietly, “Your Majesty is right; it is outrageous.” And taking the
-king at his word, he laid the paper on the fire. He meant that the price
-was outrageously small—not large, as the king had declared. He did a
-daring thing, but his courage saved Spain from the disgrace of such a
-poor bargain as the queen would have made.
-
-The following year trouble broke out anew in the Philippines. For the
-first time in the history of the Church in the islands the people
-demanded that the Spanish friars should be replaced by native priests.
-They were loyal to the Church; but they were determined to have men of
-their own blood to minister its offices to them. This trouble had been
-growing for years, and now that it was given open expression it became
-serious indeed.
-
-In 1841 a very grave insurrection broke out in Tayabas (tē ä´bäs). It
-was headed by a native named Apolinario de la Cruz (ä pöl ē när´ē ō dā
-lä kröth), who styled himself “king of the Tagals.” He claimed
-supernatural powers, and by false representations succeeded in raising a
-following of some 3,000 Filipinos. With these he went to war against the
-friars. He murdered the alcalde of Tayabas Province, and made the people
-believe that when they attacked the Spanish, the earth would open and
-swallow up the foe.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  MANILA BAY FROM THE CITY WALLS.
-]
-
-The Spaniards could muster but about 400 soldiers, and as many more
-coast guards and irregular forces. They marched out against Apolinario
-and his followers, however, and defeated them, although there was great
-loss of life on both sides. In Manila at this time was a regiment of
-Tagal soldiers from Tayabas. These soldiers mutinied, and would have
-joined Apolinario, but were shot down by the Spanish troops before they
-could leave the garrison.
-
-Apolinario himself was of unsound mind, and when his followers began to
-see this, they fell away from him. If the revolted Tagal regiment had
-succeeded in joining him, his defeat might have been delayed; but in the
-end he must have been overcome. In all such encounters with the
-Filipinos, the Spaniards had the advantage of better organization. The
-troops were well drilled and trained to obey, and their leaders were
-skilled in warfare. With no army organization and no outside aid the
-Filipino people were helpless to maintain their rights. Nevertheless, it
-is not in the nature of brave men to submit tamely to injustice or
-oppression, and it is no matter for surprise that though each new revolt
-was promptly put down, the spirit of liberty constantly urged the people
-on to new attempts to gain some measure of freedom. From now on, these
-attempts became more frequent and more desperate.
-
-  _Summary._—Trouble continued to increase in the islands. There was
-  great danger from the southern pirates, and it had become clear that
-  Spanish-American soldiers could no longer be used in the army. These
-  soldiers sided with the people against the government. Large bodies of
-  troops were brought from Spain, and the army was put upon a new
-  footing. In 1828 a royal order was issued, commanding the growing and
-  protection of cotton. Foreigners were forbidden to go into the
-  provinces to buy land or to trade with the people. The government now
-  tried to make the people understand that it was their friend, but the
-  Filipinos had grown very distrustful. In 1836 Queen Christina offered
-  to sell the Philippine Islands to France; but her ambassador,
-  Comparvano, whom she sent to arrange the matter, burned the contract
-  when he learned its contents. In 1837 the Filipinos demanded that
-  native priests should replace the Spanish friars. In 1841 an
-  insurrection headed by Apolinario de la Cruz, who called himself “king
-  of the Tagals,” broke out. This was put down with great loss of life
-  on both sides.
-
-
-  _Questions._—Why were Spanish-American soldiers no longer useful in
-  the army in the Philippines? Whom did the southern pirates capture and
-  carry away from Manila? In what year was the growing of cotton
-  commanded? To whom did Queen Christina offer to sell the islands? Who
-  was the “king of the Tagals”? Give an account of the revolt which he
-  headed.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                              Chapter XV.
-                         EFFORTS TO KEEP PEACE.
-
-
-The situation in the archipelago was now very grave indeed, and the
-authorities in Manila began to see that something must be done to meet
-the ever-growing discontent of the people. A little more liberty given
-at this time might have changed that discontent to gratitude. If the
-people could have believed that the Spaniards desired their good, they
-might have worked with the Europeans for the benefit of the whole
-country.
-
-But there was lack of trust and understanding on both sides, and because
-of this still harsher laws were made by the Spanish in their efforts to
-put down rebellion. One of these laws provided for a rigid examination
-of all books printed in the native tongues. Such books as did not please
-the authorities were condemned and burned. With regard to all books
-printed in the Tagal language, this censorship was kept up until the end
-of Spanish rule.
-
-Efforts were also made to keep the islands from closer communication
-with the outside world. In 1849 a royal order again forbade foreigners
-to go into the provinces. In this year the governor-general, Narciso de
-Claveria (när sē´sō dā clä vā´rē ä), organized a police force for Manila
-and the provinces. This force was called “The Order of Safety for
-Manila.” During Claveria’s term of office a very good reform was made in
-trading privileges. The alcalde of a province had before that had the
-sole right to trade with the people of his province. Under the new law,
-however, any Spaniard or Filipino who wished to do so might trade freely
-in the provinces.
-
-The people in the islands still had serious trouble with the pirates
-from Mindanao and the Sulu archipelago. These pirates had regular
-fleets, and a military force as strong as that of the Spaniards
-themselves, and they had become a source of constant danger to commerce
-and to the liberty of the people. So great damage did they do, that for
-four years the government was obliged to remit all tribute in the island
-of Negros, one of the richest of the agricultural islands. The ravages
-of these pirates had made the people so poor that they were scarcely
-able to procure the necessaries of life.
-
-The danger from this source at last became so great that trade between
-the islands was at a standstill. The merchants of Manila therefore took
-action in self-defense, and brought steamboats over from Europe. These
-were safe, as the pirates, in their slower-going ships, could not
-overtake them; but the towns lying along the coast were still subject to
-raids. In 1848 Governor-General Claveria sent out an expedition to the
-islands of Balanguengui, a group in the Sulu archipelago, where most of
-the pirates had their homes. This expedition destroyed the towns of the
-pirates, burned their ships, and took many captives.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  PIRATE FLEET ATTACKING A COAST TOWN.
-]
-
-Two or three years later Governor-General Urbiztondo (ur bēth ton´dō)
-went with an expedition against the pirates, and made a strong attack on
-the city of Joló. This expedition consisted of four regiments of
-artillery and a native battalion drawn from among the people of Cebu.
-This island had suffered greatly from piratic raids, and it is said that
-the wives of these Cebuans declared that they would not receive their
-husbands back again if they ran away from the foe. This threat may have
-had some effect, for the men fought with great bravery and gave the
-pirates such a severe punishment that there were no further attacks for
-several years.
-
-Some years later, in 1860, when Don Fernando de Norzagaray (nor thä
-gä´iī) was governor-general, eighteen steam gunboats were sent out from
-Spain. With these the Spanish forces in the archipelago were able
-completely to defeat the pirates and to put an end to the outrages that
-had cost the islands so much in property and in lives.
-
-In 1854 there was an uprising in Nueva Ecija (nö ā´vä ā thē’hä). This
-uprising was headed by a Spanish-Mestizo named Cuesta (kö ēs´tä), a
-young man of great ability and promise. He had been educated in Spain,
-and while there had been received at court, and had even been shown
-great favor by Queen Isabella. He had been much with members of the
-Liberal Party, then gaining strength in Spain, and had caught the new
-ideas of political freedom and human rights.
-
-Cuesta came home with an earnest desire to help his people. He was made
-commandante of carabineros in Nueva Ecija, but before he had been long
-in command he incited his troops to rebellion. They attacked the Spanish
-officials in the province, and made war upon the friars. The revolt was
-put down, however, and Cuesta, with several others, was executed. Still
-others, who had been concerned in the uprising, were banished from the
-country.
-
-All these things increased the anxiety of the Spanish over the situation
-in the Philippines. Young Filipino men were discouraged from going to
-Spain; students in the seminarios who desired to leave these schools and
-finish their education in Spain were refused permission to do so. The
-country was poor and was overrun with bandits. Natives guilty of minor
-offenses against the law were treated so severely that they took to the
-jungle, becoming outlaws. Everywhere oppression and tyranny ruled, with
-all the evils that these bring in their train.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  THE PARIAN GATE.
-]
-
-The tobacco monopoly was killing all other agricultural enterprise, and
-the Chinese control of the trades and small business industries was
-keeping the people from earning money at these. The Filipinos had for
-some years realized the evil of allowing the Chinese thus to monopolize
-the trades and minor occupations, but they were powerless at that time
-to prevent such monopoly. They could not conduct this business for
-themselves; the Spanish had never been a trading people, and the
-islanders had had no chance to learn business methods from them.
-
-The Spanish government in the islands had always been military, but in
-1860 a civil government was formed for the province of Manila. Civil
-government is government by laws upheld by civil, or citizen, officials,
-instead of by military force. It punishes offenders through the courts,
-instead of by armed power.
-
-In this same year, by command of the governor-general, the Parian, the
-great building where nearly all the Chinese in Manila were quartered,
-was destroyed. This act of the government was bitterly opposed by the
-Chinese and by some others; but it was carried out, in spite of great
-difficulties. The only reminder of the Parian now left is the Parian
-Gate, which gives entrance to the walled city near the point where the
-building once stood.
-
-These years were marked, as well, by numerous severe earthquakes and
-volcanic eruptions. One or two new volcanoes were formed, and there were
-great disturbances in Luzon and the islands near by. In 1863 came the
-great earthquake of Manila—the severest that the country has ever known.
-Thousands of people were killed in the city and the surrounding country.
-The cathedral was destroyed, and the city was reduced to a mere mountain
-of ruins. Only the great wall, St. Augustine Church, and a few other
-structures withstood the shock.
-
-After this, trouble deepened for the country. The treasury was drained
-to rebuild the city; the land was pinched to the last possible limit to
-raise tribute for the Crown; and the people were nearly desperate. The
-government could not meet its payments, but insisted upon the tobacco
-crop being cultivated each year; and great quantities of tobacco had to
-be sold to raise money for the needs of the moment. In 1864 lightning
-set fire to the general storehouse of tobacco and caused a loss of
-$2,000,000 to the colonial treasury.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  RUINS OF MANILA CATHEDRAL AFTER AN EARTHQUAKE.
-]
-
-In 1867 the “Guardia Civil” was formed, for the purpose of capturing the
-bandits who overran the country. These bandits had come to be as great a
-source of danger as the pirates had been, and in 1869 the peril of the
-situation was increased by a proclamation made by Governor-General
-Torre. This proclamation offered free pardon to all bandits who should
-present themselves to the government within three months. This was a
-great opportunity for the ill-disposed people of the provinces. Hundreds
-of them became bandits and entered upon a three months’ term of robbery
-and outrage, sure of pardon at any time they might present themselves
-before the governor. It became necessary to organize a special guard,
-which was called “Torre’s Guard,” to go against this great mob of
-outlaws.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  QUEEN ISABELLA II. AS A CHILD.
-]
-
-But in spite of murmurings, discontent, and suffering among the people,
-the work of building up the city, and of making improvements in and
-about Manila, went steadily on. The palace was rebuilt, work was begun
-upon the cathedral, and many public works were undertaken. In 1865 a
-municipal school, in charge of the Sisters of Charity, was founded, and
-a normal school for teachers was opened in Manila under the charge of
-the Jesuits, who had returned to the country in 1859, after an absence
-of nearly one hundred years. The civil government, which had recently
-been formed in Manila Province, supported this school.
-
-In 1868 Queen Isabella II. of Spain was deposed, and the government that
-followed her was of a revolutionary nature, founded on republican
-principles. While this government prevailed, an Assembly of Filipinos
-and Mestizos was formed in Manila. Its members, who were persons born in
-the islands, hoped to bring about certain reforms in the local
-government. They had the power of voting reforms for the colony, subject
-to the will of the home government. They outlined many reforms which
-were needed in the islands, and tried to gain for them the attention of
-the home government. But the influence of the conservative party, both
-at home and in the colony, prevailed. It was not long before the
-monarchy was again in power, and then this Philippine Assembly died.
-
-The Filipinos had had a taste of self-government, and it was hard for
-them to go back into bondage. It was not possible that they should again
-submit patiently to the oppression which they had borne for so many
-years. The spark which Spain herself had kindled no power on earth could
-extinguish, and the little fire of liberty burned on, waiting for the
-moment when it should burst into a great flame.
-
-  _Summary._—The situation in the Philippines was becoming desperate.
-  There was lack of trust between the Spanish and the Filipinos, and
-  this kept them from understanding or helping one another. More and
-  more severe measures were taken by the rulers to keep down revolt. By
-  the middle of the century the ravages of pirates along the coast had
-  nearly killed all trade. The merchants of Manila now brought steam
-  trading ships from Spain, and these, being swifter than the craft of
-  the pirates, escaped capture; but towns along the coast were still
-  subject to raids. In 1848 an expedition went against the pirates and
-  punished them severely. Other expeditions followed up the work of that
-  one, and at last, in 1860, eighteen steam gunboats were sent from
-  Spain. With the aid of these the Spanish forces were able to put an
-  end to piracy in those seas.
-
-  In 1854 there was a serious uprising, headed by a young Spanish
-  Mestizo named Cuesta. This was put down, and a number of Filipinos who
-  had taken part in it were executed. This uprising greatly increased
-  the anxiety of the government in the islands. In 1860 a civil
-  government was founded for Manila Province. In this same year the
-  Parian, the building where the Chinese lived within the walled city,
-  was destroyed. In 1863 a great earthquake in Manila killed thousands
-  of people and reduced the city to ruins. In 1867 the Guardia Civil was
-  formed, and efforts were made to capture and punish the bandits who
-  overran the country. Much work was done during this and succeeding
-  years toward rebuilding the city. In 1865 a normal school for teachers
-  was opened in Manila. In 1868 Queen Isabella II. was deposed, and for
-  a time the government in Spain was revolutionary in character. While
-  this government was in power, the more enlightened Filipinos and
-  Mestizos in Manila tried hard to bring about reforms at home; but the
-  new order was short-lived, and the monarchy was soon restored to power
-  in Spain.
-
-
-  _Questions._—Why were the merchants of Manila forced to bring
-  steamships from Spain? Give an account of the different expeditions
-  against the pirates. Who was Cuesta? What was the result of the revolt
-  which he headed? When was the Parian destroyed? When was the great
-  earthquake of Manila? For what purpose was the Guardia Civil formed?
-  When was Queen Isabella II. deposed? What was the character of the
-  government that succeeded her? What effect had this government on the
-  Filipino people?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                              Chapter XVI.
-                      THE INSURRECTION AT CAVITE.
-
-
-In 1872 took place what is now known as the Cavite insurrection. This
-uprising had in itself no real importance; it only gained importance
-because of the attention which was paid to it. The cause of the revolt
-was the desire of the people for native priests. There was a party among
-the native clergy whose leaders were demanding that the friars should be
-forbidden to act as parish priests, and should be made to give up
-certain benefits to which they were not entitled.
-
-The native party had some right on its side in these demands. A treaty
-had been made at Trent, some years before, defining the positions and
-rights of the clergy in the islands. Under this treaty the friars were
-not entitled to act as parish priests. They asked this privilege from
-the Pope, however, and it was granted them. As a result the Filipino
-clergy could act only in inferior positions, as assistants and lay
-readers. They enjoyed but few of the rights and dignities of their
-calling.
-
-The leader of the clergy who were demanding their rights was a priest
-named José Burgos (hō sā´ bur´gōs). He was native born, and a man of
-great strength and dignity of character. It is not believed that he, or
-the priests who were among his followers, really incited the revolt at
-Cavite. He had, however, many enemies, and these succeeded in making him
-appear to be guilty.
-
-But whatever the origin of the uprising, it went wrong through a mistake
-about signals. A number of the native soldiery were concerned in the
-affair, and were to have aided the plotters in Manila. It was agreed
-that certain men in Manila should get everything ready, and send up a
-rocket, by which signal those at Cavite would know that the time had
-come to act. It happened, however, that one night in the latter part of
-January a _fiesta_ was held in one of the suburbs of Manila. Fireworks
-were set off, and these the soldiers at Cavite mistook for the signal of
-attack. They therefore seized the arsenal at Cavite, and attacked the
-Europeans living in and about the town.
-
-When it was too late to undo their action, they discovered the mistake.
-Their friends at Manila had no idea what was taking place. They did not
-come to the aid of the revolters at Cavite, and when they learned the
-news, there was no time to gather their forces. The loyal troops were
-called out, and the trouble was put down in two days.
-
-All might even yet have gone well with the country if this matter could
-have been allowed to rest right there. The government, however, saw fit
-to regard this uprising as of grave importance. All who were suspected
-of a part in it were severely punished; many were shot, and three of the
-native priests were garrotted. These priests were Dr. Burgos, Dr.
-Mariano Gomez (mä rē ä´nō gō´meth), and Dr. Jacinto Zamora (hä sēn´tō
-thä mō´rä). As to their guilt, there will always be a doubt, and to this
-day the native clergy declare that these men were innocent of planning
-the revolt.
-
-These executions made the people desperate. The secret societies which
-had been forming all over Luzon had up to this time been merely local
-lodges of the great society of Freemasons. Now they were turned into
-political societies, with a definite aim, and that aim was to win
-greater liberty for the Filipinos. These societies afterwards played a
-very important part in the history of the islands.
-
-Shortly after the uprising at Cavite, another revolt occurred in
-Zamboanga; but this was put down with the help of the Moros. After the
-Cavite insurrection, the native regiment of artillery was disbanded, and
-a regiment of artillery from the Peninsula was brought to the islands.
-
-In spite of all these disturbances, considerable public work was done
-during the next few years. The ports of Legaspi, Tacloban, and Leyte
-were opened to foreign commerce in 1873–1874, and in 1875 the famous
-Bridge of Spain across the Pasig River, in Manila, was built and thrown
-open for public use. The opening of the Suez Canal was a helpful thing
-to the commerce of the Philippines, and under wise and just government
-there might have been a time of prosperity for the country.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  THE GROUNDS OF THE CAVITE ARSENAL.
-]
-
-In 1877 Don Domingo Moriones y Morillo (dō min´gō mō rē ō´nās ē mō
-rēl´yō) became governor-general. When he arrived in Manila, the King’s
-Regiment, the mainstay of the Spanish forces in the islands, was in
-revolt. This revolt had been kept a secret by the retiring
-governor-general, for fear of the result if the natives should learn the
-truth. The new governor-general caused the regiment to be drawn up in
-line and numbered. When this had been done, every tenth man was told off
-to be shot next morning. Moriones was afterwards persuaded to spare many
-of these men, but the ringleaders were all shot; some others were put
-into prison for long terms, and about fifty of them were sent back to
-Spain in disgrace.
-
-The term of office upon which he entered with such vigor was marked by a
-number of very good acts on the part of the governor-general. His name
-should be remembered with gratitude in Manila, for it was he who caused
-the public waterworks to be built. Over a hundred years before, a
-patriotic governor-general, Don Fernando Carriedo (fer nän´dō cä rē
-ā´dō), had left a fund to provide the city with a suitable water supply.
-This money was to be kept at interest until the fund grew large enough
-for the purpose, and it had increased so much that work should have been
-begun a good many years before. But those having the money in charge
-were not willing to give it up, and it was only after a bitter struggle
-that Governor-General Moriones was able to get Carriedo’s wishes carried
-out. This enterprise was a great blessing to the city of Manila, as the
-value of a pure water supply cannot be over-estimated.
-
-Moriones also did what he could to get appropriations from the treasury
-to pay off the tobacco growers, whose condition was at this time pitiful
-indeed. They had not been paid for some years, while at the same time
-they were not allowed to grow any other crop by which they might
-maintain themselves. In 1881 this tobacco monopoly, which had worked
-such wrong to the people, was ended by royal decree of King Alfonso XII.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  PUMPING STATION, CARRIEDO WATERWORKS.
-]
-
-In 1880 there was a violent earthquake in Manila. The disturbances
-lasted from the 14th of July to the 25th of the same month, and did a
-great deal of damage in the city, causing loss of property and life. The
-people were reduced to such a state of terror that they dared not live
-in the better class of houses in Manila, but took to the nipa huts in
-the suburbs. These houses were less dangerous because of their light
-structure.
-
-This same year cable communication was set up between Spain and Manila.
-
-In 1881 Governor-General Primo de Rivera (prē´mō dā rē vā´rä) came to
-office. One of the first things he did was to organize an expedition
-against the Igorrotes of northern Luzon; but, like all other attempts to
-subdue these people, this expedition was a failure. The Spanish soldiers
-who took part in it left behind them among the Igorrotes such a record
-for cruelty and violence that to this day most of these people hate the
-sight of a white man.
-
-There was trouble enough for the people during Rivera’s rule. In 1882 a
-cholera epidemic broke out in Manila, and in less than three months
-30,000 people died in the city and its suburbs and throughout the
-province. There were also several typhoons of unusual violence, and a
-terrifying eruption of Mayon volcano, which lasted for many months.
-
-In 1883 Joaquin Jovellar y Soler (hō ä kēn´ hō vāl´här ē sō´lėr), who
-had won a name for himself as the “peacemaker” in Cuba, became
-governor-general of the Philippines. He was well received by the
-Spanish, and made some attempt to bring about reforms in the country.
-The old-time tribute, the cause of so many revolts among the people, was
-replaced by the “cedula personal,” or paper of identity, which every
-inhabitant above eighteen years of age was compelled to have. During his
-time, there were small outbreaks among the people, and threats of a
-general insurrection, which led to more troops being sent out from the
-Peninsula. It became necessary now to have Spanish troops almost
-altogether, as the native soldiers could not be depended upon to fire on
-their own people.
-
-By now there was coming to the front in the islands a considerable body
-of thoughtful young men. These were beginning to demand greater liberty
-for the Filipinos. In the Visayas, Graciano Lopez Jaena (grä seä´no
-lō´peth hä ā nä) had become a teacher of the people. This man has been
-called the “John the Baptist of the Visayas.”
-
-The people in that part of the country were in a position even more
-hopeless than were those in Luzon. They knew little or nothing of what
-was going on in the northern islands. They had no leaders of their own,
-but were dominated by different parties among their rulers. These
-parties were constantly quarreling among themselves and with the
-government at home. Between these factions the people lay like corn
-between the millstones, crushed almost beyond hope of ever attaining the
-smallest human rights.
-
-Jaena was born in Jaro, near Iloilo, and was a student in the seminario
-there. Like many young men of his time, he had the desire to go to Spain
-and finish his studies. The friars had taken alarm at the number of
-young Filipino men who were doing this, and they refused Jaena
-permission to leave his studies at the seminario. They claimed that, as
-he was one of their students, they had a right to dictate how he should
-dispose of his life, and where he should pursue his studies. An action
-so arbitrary and unjust as this was not to be borne by a young man of
-any spirit. Jaena left the seminario without the permission of his
-teachers, went to Manila, and from there to Spain.
-
-In Madrid he made the acquaintance of a number of members of the Liberal
-Party, who listened willingly to what the young man had to say, and made
-great efforts to get him an audience with the Ministers of State. For a
-time he was well received in Spain, but the Liberal Party fell into
-discredit at court, and Jaena was unable to gain a hearing for any of
-the reforms that were so dear to his heart. He lived in great poverty in
-Madrid, forced to do menial work to maintain himself. He was never able
-to get back to his own country, for which he suffered so much, but died
-in Madrid while still a comparatively young man. He left a great many
-writings which are well known throughout the Visayas. His name is as
-much honored in that part of the country as is the name of Rizal
-everywhere in the Philippines.
-
-Dr. José Rizal y Mercado (rē thäl´ ē mer kä´dō) will never be forgotten
-while there are patriotic Filipinos left to keep his memory alive. He
-was a native of Calamba (kä läm´bä), in Laguna Province, and was born in
-the early sixties. He was graduated from the Jesuit College in Manila,
-and from there he went to Europe, where he studied medicine. He was
-graduated from Madrid University as Doctor of Medicine and Philosophy.
-
-Afterwards he went to Paris and to several German universities, from one
-of which he took another degree. In Germany he became greatly interested
-in the socialistic movement of the day. He mingled freely with the
-German students, among whom he was very popular, and shared in their
-ideas of human rights and political liberty. He was a true Catholic, but
-he longed to see his country freed from the narrow rule which had made
-civil government in the Philippines a farce.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  THE BRIDGE OF SPAIN.
-]
-
-The influence of the Orders in the islands had become known even in
-Spain as a hurtful thing for the country. As far back as the year 1870
-the Spanish Minister of State, in a formal report, had recommended that
-the friars be removed from charge of the schools in the islands. Now the
-demand was becoming general that their places should be taken by secular
-priests who were natives of the country.
-
-Rizal believed that it would be necessary to send the Orders out of the
-Philippines before the country could ever be prosperous. While abroad he
-wrote a novel entitled “Nolle me Tangere,” in which he showed plainly
-the attitude of the friars and the people toward one another. This novel
-was written in the Spanish language, but was published in Germany. While
-Rizal was living as a student in France, he wrote another political
-novel, “El Filibustero.”
-
-Later he returned to the islands, and there did notable work in his
-profession of medicine. He became actively interested in the condition
-of the country, as well. In his own town he led a party which demanded
-of the Dominican Order that it show title deeds to a large tract of
-agricultural land of which it had possession. This brought down upon him
-the opposition of the friars, and he found it wise to return to Europe.
-In his absence his relatives and many of the chief families with whom he
-had been friendly in his town were persecuted, and driven from the lands
-which they had rented from the religious Orders. Their holdings were
-given to Spaniards, and they received no compensation for their losses.
-
-In 1893 Rizal went to Hong-Kong, meaning to settle there and practise
-his profession. A little later he was given to understand that it would
-be safe for him to come back to Manila, and he came. When he reached the
-customs house at Manila, his baggage was rigidly searched, and it was
-claimed that among his effects were found a number of disloyal
-pamphlets. Among these were some proclamations which it was claimed he
-had written for the purpose of starting a revolt among the natives.
-
-It is not common sense to believe that Rizal had any of these things in
-his trunk, and it is now generally understood that they were placed
-there by those who did the searching. His enemies demanded that he
-should be executed as a traitor, but the governor-general would not give
-him up to them. Instead he was banished to northern Mindanao, where for
-four years he lived very quietly. He practised medicine there among the
-people, and many foreigners came from over the sea to consult him. He
-performed several remarkable operations upon the eyes during these
-years.
-
-Then the Cuban troubles broke out, and, to prove his loyalty to Spain,
-Dr. Rizal asked permission to go to Cuba as an army doctor in the
-Spanish forces. This favor was granted him July 28, 1896. He went up to
-Manila by way of Cebu, just at the time of the outbreak of 1896. He was
-the idol of the people; everywhere his countrymen were talking about
-him, and looking to him as a leader; his name brought them hope and
-strengthened their courage. By them he was regarded as the future
-liberator of the race, and to them he represented the promise of
-liberty.
-
-All this so alarmed his enemies that they declared it dangerous to have
-him in Manila. He was at once put on board the Spanish cruiser
-_Castilla_, and from there transferred to the mail steamer _Isla de
-Panay_, bound for Barcelona. He carried letters of recommendation to the
-Ministers of War and of the Colonies, which were sent to him by General
-Blanco with a personal letter.
-
-His enemies were determined to have his life, and he was cabled at
-Barcelona to return at once to the islands. Certain accusations were
-made against him, and he was thrown into prison at the Fortress of
-Montjierat (mont-hē ā´rät) in Spain, until a steamer should return to
-the islands. Then he was sent back to Manila, a state prisoner, isolated
-from all but his jailers.
-
-He was brought to trial for sedition and rebellion before a
-court-martial of eight captains, with a lieutenant-colonel presiding;
-but there was no testimony against him. How could there be? The facts
-show that it was quite impossible for Rizal to have had anything to do
-with the revolution of 1896. He had been a prisoner of state, in
-seclusion, for years. He had had no communication with the people of
-Luzon, and there was nothing to show that he had taken any part in the
-revolt. But he had been condemned beforehand, and of all the cruel acts
-of Governor-General Polavieja (pō lä vē ā´hä), the cruelest was his
-decree for the execution of this man.
-
-There were but a few days between Rizal’s sentence and his death. He was
-engaged to marry Miss Josephine Taufer, the adopted daughter of an
-American gentleman who had been a patient of Rizal’s in Hong-Kong, and
-to her he was married on the day of his execution. He was shot at six
-o’clock in the morning of December 30, 1896, and an immense crowd
-gathered on the Luneta to witness that terrible sacrifice.
-
-His widow joined the insurgents. She was present at the battle of Silang
-(sē läng´), and fled with the rest before the Spanish, tramping through
-twenty-three villages on her way to the northern provinces. She was at
-last banished from the country by Governor-General Polavieja. During the
-American occupation she returned for a time to the islands whose welfare
-was so dear to her martyred husband. Later she went to Hong-Kong, where
-she died, in March, 1902.
-
-The name of José Rizal is now hailed with honor. The government has made
-the anniversary of his birth a public holiday, and it is observed yearly
-in the public schools of the archipelago. Thus is his memory kept alive.
-His unselfish love for his native country should be remembered and
-shared by the Filipino boys and girls now growing up to work for the
-good of the land for which he hoped and dared so much.
-
-  _Summary._—The Cavite insurrection, which took place in 1872, while
-  not in itself of great importance, was the real beginning of the
-  rebellion of 1896. It failed through a mistake in regard to signals.
-  The Spanish authorities overrated the importance of this uprising, and
-  those whom they accused of being concerned in it were punished with
-  great severity. This course drove the people to desperation. Other
-  uprisings took place, and there was great disturbance in the country.
-  Many good public works went on, however. The Carriedo waterworks were
-  built and put in operation, and an effort was made to raise money to
-  pay off the tobacco growers. In 1881 the tobacco monopoly was done
-  away with by royal decree of Alfonso XII.
-
-  In 1882 came the great cholera epidemic in Manila. During the time it
-  raged, 30,000 people died in the city and province. During these
-  years, teachers of the people began to rise in the Visayas, as well as
-  in Luzon. Jaena, the Visayan patriot, was in Spain, trying to obtain
-  justice for his people. Later, Dr. José Rizal began writing of the
-  wrongs of his country. He came back to Manila, after an absence of
-  some years, but was banished to Mindanao. When the trouble in Cuba
-  began, he volunteered to go there as a surgeon in the Spanish army. He
-  sailed from Manila to Barcelona, expecting to go from there to Cuba.
-  At Barcelona, on the strength of despatches from Manila, he was thrown
-  into prison, and later was sent back to Manila. His enemies there
-  secured his trial on a false charge of sedition, and he was sentenced
-  to death and executed.
-
-
-  _Questions._—What was the main cause of the Cavite insurrection of
-  1872? Who was Don Fernando Carriedo? When were the Manila waterworks
-  completed? When was the tobacco monopoly ended? Who was Jaena? Give an
-  account of Dr. Rizal and his work.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                             Chapter XVII.
-                         THE UPRISING OF 1896.
-
-
-When the Jesuits left Manila in 1768, the missions which they had
-founded were given to the Recoletos. In 1859 the Jesuits came back to
-the islands. These missions, for which the Society had worked so hard in
-years gone by, were returned to it, and other places were made for the
-Recoletos. This was done at the expense of the native priests, and the
-people resented it. The feeling was growing among them that the native
-clergy were not fairly treated, and the installing of friars in their
-places increased that feeling.
-
-It would be unjust to the Spanish Orders to overlook the good they did
-in early years in this country. They helped the people in many ways. To
-them is due the credit of introducing chocolate, coffee, cotton, and
-tobacco into the islands. They taught the people to weave, and to make
-many things of use. But too great power fell into their hands, and they
-did not keep pace with the times. Besides this, the people had now come
-to believe that their spiritual leaders should be men of their own race.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  FORT GENERAL WEYLER IN MINDANAO.
-]
-
-Moreover, a feeling of national life, such as they had never before
-known, was awakening among the Filipinos. The many languages spoken
-among them, and the tribal differences which existed in the country, did
-more than anything else to keep the Filipino people in subjection. Not
-until they are a united people, with one language, and with a common
-desire for the welfare of their country, can they take the place which
-they should hold among the peoples of the world. This the more
-enlightened among them were coming to see, and were making a steady
-effort to unite the tribes in a demand for reform.
-
-In this effort the secret societies, of which mention has been made,
-played a large part. These societies were in the beginning Masonic
-lodges. The first of them in the Philippines was founded at Cavite in
-1860. Only Spaniards were members at the outset, but in time Filipinos
-and Mestizos were admitted. Later the members began to take an interest
-in politics, and little by little the Masonic lodges came to be the
-gathering places of thinkers and reformers. None of these societies had
-as yet any idea of revolt against the mother country; but the people
-were bent upon securing reforms in the government of the islands.
-
-It was impossible to get justice in any court in the archipelago. Every
-public officer knew that good service and an honorable record would not
-serve to keep him in office if anyone who had more influence than he
-wished his position. Corruption, bribery, and dishonesty were the order
-in the government. All classes were taxed to the utmost limit, and the
-country was in a state of wretchedness through misrule. The Filipinos
-themselves had no rights which anyone seemed bound to respect.
-
-The people remembered with bitterness those noble words of the Cortes
-which declared, in the Constitution of 1812: “The countries and
-provinces of America and Asia are and ought always to have been an
-integral part of the Spanish monarchy. Their natives and free
-inhabitants are equal in rights and privileges to those of the
-Peninsula.” What the reformers sought was not separation from the mother
-country. They desired only that Filipinos should be recognized as among
-her citizens, and entitled to the rights which this declaration of the
-Cortes said were theirs.
-
-After the revolt at Cavite, a new secret society was formed, known as
-the Katipunan (kä tē pö´nän) or Association of the Sons of the Country.
-One of the passwords of this society was “Gom-bur-za.” This word is made
-up of a part of the name of each one of the native padres executed
-because of that trouble at Cavite—Gomez, Burgos, and Zamora. The
-Katipunan was composed of the common people. It numbered many thousands
-of members, who stood ready to give their lives for the good of the
-Philippines, and it was probably more responsible than any other one
-thing for the great uprising of 1896.
-
-In 1895 trouble broke out among the Moros in the south, and in that year
-the Spanish began what is known as the Marauit (mär ä wēt´) campaign in
-Mindanao. This was an expedition against the Moros, under the command of
-Governor-General Blanco himself. This campaign proved a great surprise
-to the Moros, who were finally overpowered by a division of the Spanish
-troops commanded by Brigadier-General Gonzales Parrado (pä rä´dō). The
-campaign lasted for three months, and was a complete success.
-
-After this, in order that the government might keep order there, it was
-decided to settle the country in the Marauit district with families from
-Luzon and the other northern islands. This decision hastened the
-downfall of the Spanish in the Philippines. At first the Filipino people
-were invited to go and live in this conquered territory, but no one
-accepted the invitation. It sounded smooth and fair; but it meant
-leaving friends and home and security for peril, hardship, and doubtful
-adventure. So, as the unwillingness of the people was seen, the
-invitation was made more urgent, and took the form of an order. This
-order, however, was only sent to provinces where the secret societies
-were supposed to be strongest. It caused great dissatisfaction among the
-Filipinos, who quickly understood its meaning. Many left their homes and
-went to live in the mountains to avoid trouble.
-
-The government now made still greater effort, and in 1895 and 1896 there
-was a systematic persecution of the people to get them to go south. This
-persecution proved too much for even Filipino patience, and in the
-spring of 1896 the Katipunan sent a petition to Japan, asking the Mikado
-to annex the Philippine Islands to Japan. It is said that 5,000
-Filipinos signed this petition. The emperor of Japan sent the petition
-to Spain, and in this way the names of all these petitioners became
-known to the government. The powers at Manila, however, did not dare to
-act at once, but waited their time; and the punishment, when it came,
-was all the more severe for the delay.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  THE BRIDGE OF SAN JUAN DEL MONTE.
-]
-
-At this time all the Spaniards in Manila knew that some great uprising
-was planned among the people. The government, however, realized the
-mistake that had been made in paying too much attention to the revolt at
-Cavite, and it now made the greater mistake of not paying enough
-attention to this trouble.
-
-On July 5, 1896, an officer of the Guardia Civil reported that over
-14,000 men in the valley of Pasig were pledged to revolt. Still nothing
-was done about this by the Spanish until a month later, when a large
-number of revolutionary flags and ammunition were found at Taal.
-Governor-General Blanco then ordered some arrests to be made.
-
-By this time the Katipunan had its plans nearly completed. There was to
-have been an uprising on the 20th of August; but, on the night before,
-the plot was discovered by Father Mariano Gil (mä rē ä´nō zhēl), an
-Augustine friar, the parish priest at Tondo. The authorities then
-realized for the first time that the Katipunan was a political society,
-and Governor-General Blanco cabled the fact to Madrid.
-
-The garrison at Manila numbered only 1,500 men, many of whom were
-natives and not to be depended upon for help; so that General Blanco did
-not dare to take the field against the rebels. Nevertheless, arrests
-were made daily, and the prisons were full to overflowing. Among the
-prisoners were some of the leading Filipinos of Luzon, many of whom were
-merely suspected of disloyalty to the government.
-
-Much time was lost by the Spanish because General Blanco was unwilling
-to use force until every honorable means of bringing about peace had
-been exhausted. He felt, moreover, that his army was too small to
-justify an advance against the rebels, and so he cabled to Madrid for
-help. In return he got word that 2,000 men, two gunboats, and large
-stores of arms and ammunition were to be sent at once.
-
-By August 30 the uprising was in full force. The rebels were gathered at
-San Juan del Monte, a suburb of Manila, where the first battle was
-fought. This took place between the Filipinos under command of Sancho
-Valenzuela (sän´kō väl ān thu ā´lä) and three others, and some native
-cavalry and members of the Guardia Civil. The Filipinos were driven
-back, and on that day martial law was proclaimed in Manila and in the
-provinces about the bay. Later the rebel leaders at San Juan were shot
-on the Luneta. This was the first of many executions which took place
-from week to week afterwards, until the green lawn of the Luneta was
-saturated with patriot blood.
-
-Now there was war in earnest between the Spanish and the Filipinos. The
-rebellion was growing daily, and the cream of Manila society was in the
-jails. Governor-General Blanco was still inclined to look upon the
-uprising as merely local, and not to regard it seriously; but he was
-constantly urged to severe measures by certain of his advisers. They
-desired that all rebels caught should be put to death at once, and there
-seemed no length to which their vindictive spirit was not willing to go.
-The newspapers of Manila were forbidden to speak of the uprising, or to
-use the words “rebellion” or “rebel.” The matter was treated as of
-slight importance, and the natives engaged in the insurrection were
-spoken of as bandits. This was also the tone which Governor-General
-Blanco adopted in all the despatches which he sent to the home
-government.
-
-Province after province declared with the rebels, until all southern
-Luzon was in revolt. Cavite Province had become the center of the
-uprising, and Emilio Aguinaldo (ä mēl´ē ō äg wē näl´dō), formerly a
-schoolmaster at Cavite, came to the front as a leader. He was a native
-of the city of Cavite, born March 22, 1869, and at this time was about
-twenty-seven years old.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  DUNGEON AT CAVITE.
-]
-
-By the middle of September, troops to the number of 6,000 had been sent
-up from Zamboanga and southern stations to aid the government at Manila.
-Nearly two-thirds of these were natives, however, and the Spaniards felt
-that they had good reason to distrust their loyalty. The rebels were in
-great force about Silang, Imus (ē´ mus), and Novaleta (nō vä lā´tä), and
-there were uprisings in Tarlac (tär´läk), Pangasinan, Laguna, Morong,
-and Tayabas.
-
-On October 1 a steamer arrived from Spain with a battalion of marines,
-which was warmly welcomed by the Spaniards. The next day came another
-steamer with more troops, and after that a large number of men came,
-until, before the trouble was over, there were 28,000 Spanish soldiers
-in the islands. These, however, were raw drafts. The trouble in Cuba had
-taken all of Spain’s fighting men, and she had nothing to send to the
-Philippines but boys. These young soldiers were undrilled, without
-uniforms, and but poorly armed.
-
-The Filipinos were no better off than the Spanish troops. They were
-hardier, but they were even more poorly armed. They had some rifles, but
-most of their guns were made of gas or water pipe wrapped with telegraph
-wire. They had cannon made from boiler tubes and from old bells and
-other metal. But they were determined and courageous, and were fighting
-for what was dearer to them than life—the decent treatment to which
-every free man is entitled at the hands of his government.
-
-The Spanish treated all Filipinos captured with great cruelty. From time
-to time suspects were sent in from the provinces, bound hand and foot;
-they were hauled up from the holds of vessels with chain and hook, and
-discharged as cargo, like bales of hemp.
-
-The rainy season set in, and General Blanco had not the force at his
-command which his successor had afterwards. The native troops were not
-to be depended upon, and it was almost impossible for the few Spanish
-soldiers to get about the country. He contented himself, therefore, with
-keeping the rebels out of Manila.
-
-In December, 1896, the governor-general went back to Spain. At that time
-the total European force in the islands was 10,000 men. They held the
-arsenals at Cavite, and the city of Manila; but the rebels were strongly
-entrenched throughout the peninsula of Cavite and in Laguna Province.
-“At that time,” says Forman, the historian, “I was informed by the
-secretary of the military court that there were 4,700 individuals
-awaiting trial by court-martial.”
-
-General Camilo Polavieja was sent out to the Philippines as
-governor-general in Blanco’s stead. He arrived in June, 1896, and at
-once set to work to put down the rebellion. He was an energetic military
-leader, a man who had himself risen from the ranks. He had been in Cuba,
-and his experience there enabled him to see at once how serious was the
-state of things in the Philippines. On the ship with him came 500
-troops, under command of General Lachambre (lä chäm´brā), and on another
-ship 1,500 more. Others quickly followed, so that in a short time, as we
-have stated before, there were 28,000 fighting Europeans in the islands.
-
-It was now the dry season, and General Lachambre at once took the field
-against the rebels in Cavite Province. The Filipinos at this time
-expressly declared that they were fighting, not Spain, but the dominion
-of the Spanish friars. Their battle cry was, “Long live Spain! Down with
-the priests!” The campaign was conducted very well on the part of the
-Spanish. Their troops were better armed than the Filipinos, and were
-well commanded, while the rebels had no trained military officers to
-plan their battles. The Filipinos were driven from Imus, and later from
-Silang; and although the Spanish met with great losses, in time the
-rebels, unable to hold any one place, were driven up to Laguna Province.
-By the middle of March every rebel band of importance had been
-scattered.
-
-Polavieja cabled for more troops to be sent from Spain. He wanted these
-to garrison the districts which he had taken from the rebels, as his
-army corps was needed in the northern provinces, to which the Filipinos
-had been driven back. But there were already 200,000 Spanish soldiers in
-Cuba, and more were needed there. The Spanish government, therefore,
-refused to send any more troops to the Philippines.
-
-The newspapers at Madrid made light of the trouble in the islands, and
-criticised the governor-general’s rule. Polavieja then cabled that he
-was broken down in health and should be obliged to resign. Through much
-of the campaign he was so ill that he could not sit his horse, and was
-obliged to direct the campaign from Parañaque (pä rän yä´kē), where he
-remained until after the capture of San Francisco and the driving back
-of the rebels into the mountains.
-
-In April, 1897, he went back to Spain. General Lachambre followed, to
-receive great praise for the good work he had done in the Philippines.
-Polavieja himself arrived in Spain blind, physically disabled, and
-really ill; but he had accomplished a great deal in the islands, and had
-gotten the rebellion well in hand.
-
-The next governor-general was Primo de Rivera, who had held that office
-before, from the years 1880 to 1883. He reached Manila on the 23d of
-April, and went to the front on the 29th day of that month.
-
-  _Summary._—The growth of secret societies in the islands, and the
-  rebellious attitude of many of the people, led Spain to adopt a new
-  measure. It was decided to settle the Marauit district, in Mindanao,
-  with Filipinos from Luzon. Invitations, amounting really to orders, to
-  go and live in this district were sent out among the people living in
-  provinces where the secret societies were supposed to be strongest.
-  Because of these invitations many Filipinos left their homes and went
-  to live in the mountains, to avoid trouble. The government then began
-  trying to force people to go south to live. In 1896 the Katipunan sent
-  a petition to the emperor of Japan, asking him to annex the islands to
-  Japan. The emperor sent this petition to Spain. The government now
-  awoke to a knowledge of how serious was the revolt in the islands.
-  Many arrests were made, and soon the jails in Manila were filled with
-  prisoners.
-
-  By August 30 the uprising was in full force, and the first battle was
-  fought at San Juan del Monte, on that day. Troops were now sent from
-  Spain, while from all over the islands fighting men gathered to the
-  aid of the Filipino leaders. By December, 1896, there were 10,000
-  European troops in the islands. They held the arsenal at Cavite, and
-  the city of Manila; but the Filipinos held strong positions in the
-  Cavite peninsula and in Laguna Province. Governor-General Blanco went
-  back to Spain, and General Camilo Polavieja was sent out in his stead.
-  The new governor-general carried on the war with great vigor. He sent
-  for more troops, until there were 28,000 Spanish soldiers in the
-  country. The Spanish succeeded in driving the Filipinos back from
-  their strong places, but were too few to do more than hold them in
-  check. The home government refused to send more troops to the
-  Philippines, as all Spain’s armed force was needed in Cuba.
-  Governor-General Polavieja was taken very ill, and went back to Spain.
-  General Lachambre followed, soon after. The next governor-general was
-  Primo de Rivera, who reached Manila April 23, 1897.
-
-
-  _Questions._—What were the secret societies that now grew up in the
-  islands? What plan did the government make for settling the Marauit
-  district? Give an account of the petition sent by the Katipunan to
-  Japan. When was the first battle fought in the uprising of 1896?
-  Outline the progress of this uprising.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                             Chapter XVIII.
-                        THE END OF SPANISH RULE.
-
-
-One of the first things that General Primo de Rivera did after his
-arrival, for the second time, in the islands, was to issue a
-proclamation offering amnesty to all who would lay down their arms. Many
-of the Filipinos who were in revolt accepted the offer, and pledged
-allegiance to Spain.
-
-They were driven to this step by their fears. The Filipino forces were
-weakened and discouraged. General Polavieja had carried on the campaign
-against them with such savage cruelty that the people were filled with
-terror. No quarter had been given by the Spanish, and in Cavite Province
-alone over 30,000 Filipinos had lost their lives. Aguinaldo had left
-Cavite, which province was now cleared of the Filipino forces, and had
-joined General Llaneras (lyän ār´äs), who was leading the Filipinos in
-the north, beyond Pampanga.
-
-The state of the country at this time was pitiful. No crops had been
-planted; there was no food for the people; their young carabaos had been
-killed; the rice and camotes were all gone. War had reduced the country
-to a wilderness. Everywhere the authorities were seeking to put down the
-rebellion, but their cruel measures actually made rebels of the people.
-The Filipino priests and curates were put in chains, were flogged and
-tortured, to make them tell what they might have learned, through the
-confessional, of the secret societies and the movements of the people.
-
-The Spanish campaign in Manila was being conducted by General Monet
-(Mō´nāt), and there, too, no mercy was shown to natives so unfortunate
-as to be captured. In Pangasinan General Nuñez (nön´yeth) was fighting
-the rebels. The war was waged with bitterness; no quarter was given on
-either side, and the natives lost no opportunity to avenge the
-punishment which the Spaniards visited upon them.
-
-By this time the rainy weather was telling severely on the unseasoned
-Spanish soldiers. There was much sickness among them, so that the
-military hospitals were full. The soldiers had not been paid for several
-months, and they were bitterly discontented.
-
-The Filipinos, too, were suffering severely. They were poorly fed and
-poorly armed; but they kept up a constant petty warfare that was very
-trying to the Spanish, although it was useless, so far as gaining any
-real end was concerned. They now held two places, Angat (än´gät) and San
-Mateo, in Bulacan Province. These had been fortified securely, and they
-were by nature such fortresses that it would have been almost impossible
-for the Spanish to dislodge any force from them. The Filipinos were not,
-however, strong enough to make any effective warfare against the enemy,
-but had to content themselves with holding these two places and
-harassing the Spanish as much as they could.
-
-On the 2d of July, 1897, the governor-general issued an edict commanding
-all who were concerned in the rebellion to report themselves to the
-Spanish authorities by July 10. The edict also ordered all officers,
-military and civil, to prevent the people from leaving the towns or
-villages, except to till the fields, to look after their farm
-properties, or do their daily work. All who were allowed to go out on
-such business must be provided with passes stating where they were
-going, by what road they should travel, when they should return, and
-what was their errand. Any Filipino staying out over time, or found on
-any road or in any place not mentioned in the pass, was to be treated as
-a rebel. The edict also declared that after July 10 all persons would be
-obliged to prove their identity by “cedula personal,” together with the
-pass. Anyone who failed to observe these orders, it was declared, would
-be tried by court-martial.
-
-This measure was so outrageous and so unnecessary that it had an effect
-on the people exactly opposite to what the governor-general hoped for.
-Those Filipinos who had been neutral were made angry by it. It enraged
-the rebels and drove many others into the insurgent camp.
-
-The rebels themselves responded by a document calling upon all Filipinos
-to rise in defense of the country. This document demanded that the
-friars should be expelled, and that land seized by them should be
-returned to the towns to which it belonged; that all livings and
-parishes should be divided equally between the Spanish and the native
-priests. It asked for representation by Filipinos in Parliament; for
-freedom of the press; for religious toleration; and for more just laws
-in the islands. It demanded that there should be equal terms and pay for
-Spanish and native civil servants; that no citizen should be banished
-from the Philippines; and that there should be equal punishment for
-Spaniards and Filipinos who should offend against the laws of the land.
-It declared that the war would be prolonged until Spain was compelled to
-grant the demands of the people. To these demands Aguinaldo added an
-appeal to the people to join the rebellion. Many Filipinos responded,
-and the force of the rebels was greatly increased.
-
-General Primo de Rivera now began to urge the home government to grant
-some of the demands made by the Filipinos. The authorities at Madrid
-were coming to see that something must be done. The war in Cuba had so
-drained the resources of Spain that she had neither men nor money to
-expend in punishing the rebel Filipinos, and it was therefore decided to
-make some concessions to their demands.
-
-In August, 1897, Señor Pedro Alisandro Paterno (äl ē sän´drō pä ter´nō),
-a Filipino, educated in Europe, a man of means and position in Manila,
-was made the agent of Spain to try to arrange terms of peace with the
-rebel leaders. He visited Aguinaldo in the mountains of Bulacan
-Province. There he talked with the Filipino leader, and was given power
-to act in his name. Aguinaldo stated to Señor Paterno the terms on which
-peace could be made. It must always be a matter of regret that these
-terms were never made public, either by the Filipinos or by the
-Spaniards. In the disputes that afterwards arose, the Spanish government
-denied the claims made by the Filipinos, and declared that the terms of
-peace had included nothing of what the Filipinos stated had been agreed
-upon. It will, therefore, never be certainly known what these terms
-were.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  BIAC-NA-’BATO, WHERE THE TREATY WAS MADE.
-]
-
-Certain reforms in the government were demanded. These reforms were
-opposed by the friars, whose power was lessened by them. The friars
-endeavored to prevent the government from yielding the terms, whatever
-they may have been, and succeeded in prolonging the trouble for several
-months.
-
-At last, however, Señor Paterno was given authority to act for the
-captain-general of the forces in the islands, representing the Spanish
-government. On September 19 he had a meeting with Aguinaldo and his
-generals, and an agreement was entered into. This conference took place
-at Biac-na-’bato (bē äk´nä´bä tō), a mountain fastness not far from the
-famous sulphur springs, near Angat, in the province of Bulacan.
-
-Here was made what is now known to history as the treaty of
-Biac-na-’bato. It was made between Aguinaldo and the other Filipino
-generals on the one hand, and Señor Paterno, acting for the Spanish
-government, on the other. By its terms the Filipinos agreed to deliver
-up their arms, all ammunition, etc., to the Spaniards. They were to give
-up all places held by them, and to cease, for three years, all plotting
-against the Spanish authority. These three years the government should
-have for bringing about the reforms demanded and promised. Aguinaldo and
-thirty-four others of the insurgent leaders promised to leave the
-country, not to return until they were given permission by the Spanish
-government.
-
-The government, on its side, agreed to pay the rebels $1,000,000,
-Mexican, as indemnity, and to reimburse the Filipinos not in arms, but
-who had suffered by the war, in the sum of $700,000, Mexican. This
-latter sum was to be paid in three equal installments, the last one to
-be paid in six months after the _Te Deum_ should be sung in token that
-peace was secured.
-
-After this treaty had been signed, Aguinaldo and his thirty-four
-companions were taken to Sual (sö´äl), on the coast, under an escort of
-Spanish officers. Here they and their escort had a feast, and great good
-feeling towards Spain was expressed by the Filipino military leaders.
-Then the exiles were taken on board the steamship _Uranus_ (ö rä´nus),
-for Hong-Kong. They sailed on December 27, 1897, with an escort of
-Spaniards of high rank. When they reached port, they were handed a draft
-on the Bank of Hong-Kong for $400,000, Mexican, the first installment on
-the sum agreed to be paid them.
-
-In the meantime there was rejoicing in Manila and in Madrid. General
-Primo de Rivera received great commendation, and was publicly thanked by
-the government. On every side were words of praise for his success as a
-peacemaker. The Queen Regent presented him with the Grand Cross of San
-Fernando and a pension of 10,000 pesetas a year.
-
-The people now looked to see the promised reforms carried out; but,
-instead, the government seemed to forget that any promises had been
-made. The Filipinos had laid down their arms, and there were about two
-months of quiet. Seven thousand of the troops were sent back to Spain,
-and General Primo de Rivera evidently thought that he had broken the
-back of the revolt. Business was resumed in Manila. The Spaniards went
-on with their pleasures, and matters in Luzon seemed, on the surface, to
-be as usual; but trouble was still in store for the islands.
-
-Persons who had taken part in the rebellion were arrested, on slight
-charges, from time to time, and put into prison; others were openly
-insulted and regarded with suspicion, as rebels against the country.
-There were many executions, and instead of the general pardon which was
-taken for granted as a part of the treaty of peace, only a few pardons
-were bestowed. Time went on. No steps were taken toward making the
-reforms, and the Filipinos began to see that the government had once
-more deceived them.
-
-At this time the Seventy-fourth Regiment of native infantry was in
-garrison at Cavite. This was a very old regiment in the Philippines. For
-many years it had been known as the First Regiment of the Visayas. In
-1886 it was thought that by making the native regiments a part of the
-Spanish army another tie would be formed between the islands and Spain.
-So these were all numbered in line with the Spanish regiments, and the
-First Visayas became the Seventy-fourth Regiment of infantry.
-
-Early in 1898, companies of armed men, whom the government called
-ladrones, were infesting the province. The country was in an unsettled
-state, and some of these companies—really insurgents who had taken up
-arms again—came into Cavite Province. On March 24, the Seventy-fourth
-Regiment was ordered out against them; but, to the surprise of
-everybody, it refused to go. The soldiers declared that they were ready
-to fight the enemies of Spain or of the islands, but that they would not
-march against their own people. Eight corporals were called out of the
-regiment, and the men were again ordered to advance, on penalty of death
-to all. All refused, and the entire regiment was sent to the barracks to
-await sentence. By morning it had deserted in a body. On the following
-day another regiment joined them.
-
-On March 25 occurred in Manila one of the most senseless of the many
-tragedies which marked Spanish rule in the islands. This is known as the
-massacre of Calle de Camba (käl´yā dā käm´bä). A number of Visayan
-soldiers, in a public house on this street, fell into a discussion of
-matters of no especial importance; but they got to talking loudly, and
-became excited over their talk. Some one overheard them and reported to
-the police.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  EMILIO AGUINALDO.
-]
-
-Without stopping to ask any questions, a band of the Guardia Civil came
-and raided the place. They shot down a large number of the people, and
-made between sixty and seventy of them prisoners. Some of these latter
-were men who had not been in the building at all, but were merely
-passing in the street and were taken along with the rest. Next morning
-the whole company of sixty-two were taken out to the cemetery and shot.
-The rebellion now flamed up again, and among the insurgents were two
-battalions of well-trained veteran soldiers.
-
-On the 3d of April, 1898, a party of 5,000 natives made a raid on the
-city of Cebu. The leaders were armed with rifles, but the rank and file
-had only bolos. The Spanish fled before them, and the natives cut the
-cable to Manila, so that the refugees could not communicate with the
-garrison there. A gunboat came in from Mindanao that afternoon, however,
-and two small boats were sent to Iligan (ē lē gän´) and Iloilo for
-troops. These arrived two or three days later, and were followed by
-reënforcements from Manila. The rebels were forced out of the city on
-the 8th of April, and sustained a crushing defeat. After that the
-Spanish chased them back into the mountains, where they took refuge.
-
-This new movement was more serious than any that had gone before. All
-trust in Spain was swept away. The earlier leaders had desired reform,
-but the Filipinos now in the field sought first of all vengeance for the
-wrongs which had been heaped upon them.
-
-It had been understood in connection with the treaty of Biac-na-’bato
-that General Primo de Rivera would stay in the islands and see that the
-reforms were carried out. Instead of his doing this, however, the home
-government recalled him early in 1898, and appointed in his place
-General Basilio Augusti (bä sē´li ō au gus´tē), a stranger to the
-Philippines. He arrived in the islands early in April, and in the second
-week of that month Primo de Rivera left Manila for Spain. Before he
-reached Madrid, Spain’s disaster in Manila had taken place, and the
-islands were fated never again to come under Spain’s rule.
-
-  _Summary._—One of Primo de Rivera’s first acts was to offer amnesty to
-  all Filipinos who would lay down their arms and pledge their
-  allegiance to Spain. This was a good move, and many accepted the
-  offer. Later, however, another edict was issued, which forbade people
-  to leave their towns or villages without passes stating their
-  business, the roads they might travel, and the time when they should
-  return. All persons were also required to prove identity by “cedula
-  personal.” This measure was so unreasonable and so severe that it
-  enraged the people, and the rebellion blazed up anew. The rebels
-  issued a proclamation calling upon the people to join them, and
-  stating their grievances and demands. The governor-general advised the
-  authorities in Spain to grant some of these demands. In August, 1897,
-  Pedro A. Paterno, a Filipino, was sent in behalf of Spain to confer
-  with the Filipino leaders. He met them at Biac-na-’bato, and there a
-  treaty was arranged. War was to cease; and the rebel leaders would
-  leave the country and give up all plotting against Spanish authority.
-  The government agreed to pay certain sums to the revolutionists; to
-  reimburse Filipinos not in rebellion, who had suffered from the war;
-  and to grant the reforms demanded by the rebels.
-
-  When this treaty had been signed, the thirty-five rebel leaders were
-  escorted to Sual, whence they sailed for Hong-Kong, on December 27,
-  1897, with an escort of Spaniards of high rank. At Hong-Kong they were
-  handed a draft for $400,000, Mexican, the first installment of a sum
-  agreed to be paid them. Business now went on in Manila. Many of the
-  Spanish troops were sent home; but no steps were taken toward the
-  promised reforms, and the people began to see that they had again been
-  deceived. On March 24, 1898, the Seventy-fourth Regiment of native
-  infantry revolted when ordered to go against certain Filipinos who had
-  taken up arms in Cavite Province. Next day this regiment deserted in a
-  body, and on the following day another regiment joined them. On March
-  25 occurred the massacre of Calle de Camba. All trust in Spain was now
-  at an end, and the people again began arming themselves. Contrary to
-  the understanding claimed under the treaty of Biac-na-’bato, a new
-  governor-general, Basilio Augusti, was sent out, and Primo de Rivera
-  left Manila in April, 1898.
-
-
-  _Questions._—What was the edict that caused the rebellion to break out
-  afresh? What proclamation did the patriot leaders issue? What did
-  Rivera advise the government to do? What was the treaty of
-  Biac-na-’bato? How was this treaty kept on the part of Spain?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                              Chapter XIX.
-                 THE BEGINNING OF AMERICAN OCCUPATION.
-
-
-In the month of April, 1898, war was declared between the United States
-and Spain. The cause of this war was the feeling of the people of the
-United States in regard to the way in which Spain was treating the
-people of Cuba and Porto Rico. These were the only colonies left of the
-many Spain had once possessed in the New World.
-
-For years Spain had oppressed and ill-treated the Cubans until human
-nature could no longer bear such bitter injustice, and the people rose
-against it. Spain poured her armies into the island, and the means which
-she used to put down the rebellion were contrary to humane ideas among
-civilized people. The United States more than once protested against
-them. Spain, however, paid no attention to these protests. She did not
-show in any way what the American Declaration of Independence calls “a
-decent respect for the opinions of mankind.” Instead, she continued her
-barbarous course in Cuba until other nations began to feel that the
-United States, as the nearest neighbor of that unhappy country, should
-interfere.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  ADMIRAL MONTOJO.
-]
-
-At last, during the night of February 15, 1898, the United States
-battle-ship _Maine_, while lying in Havana harbor, was blown up. A mine
-had been placed in the harbor exactly where the battle-ship was allowed
-to anchor. This mine had exploded, and, as a result, 266 lives were lost
-of the 353 officers and men who were on the ship.
-
-A court was held to inquire into this awful event, but it was not
-possible to say where the blame for the catastrophe belonged. It was
-evident, however, that the state of affairs in Cuba was becoming
-dangerous to other nations, and was no longer to be borne. The President
-of the United States, in a special message to Congress, stated plainly
-that the war in Cuba must end. Congress then passed a resolution to
-declare war against Spain if that nation did not at once take her army
-out of Cuba and restore peace there. As Spain refused to do this, war
-was declared, first by the United States, and then by Spain.
-
-At this time Commodore George Dewey was in command of the South Pacific
-squadron of the United States. This fleet, which numbered ten ships, was
-lying in the harbor of Hong-Kong. As that harbor is under English
-control, and as Great Britain was friendly to both Spain and the United
-States, she was compelled to treat both nations fairly. To allow the
-fleet of one of these nations to remain in the harbor would have been
-unfair to the other one; so Commodore Dewey was notified that his ships
-must leave Hong-Kong. At the same time he received orders from his own
-government to go in search of the Spanish fleet and to capture or
-destroy it.
-
-This fleet, as Dewey knew, was in Manila harbor; and, obeying orders, he
-at once set out for Manila. The Spanish ships, seven in number, with ten
-small gunboats, were anchored off Cavite. Commodore Dewey entered Manila
-harbor under cover of the night, and when day broke on Sunday, May 1,
-1898, his ships lay at anchor in front of Manila.
-
-At six o’clock that morning began the famous battle of Manila Bay. By
-half-past seven the Spanish flagship was in flames, and the commander of
-the fleet, Admiral Montojo (mon tō´hō) was forced to take refuge on
-another ship of the fleet, the _Isla de Cuba_. By noon of that day the
-Spanish fleet was wholly destroyed, and the admiral and all survivors
-had fled into Manila. The Americans had sustained no loss of life, and
-only a slight injury to one of the ships, the _Boston_.
-
-They next opened fire on the arsenal and fort at Cavite, and kept this
-up until a flag of truce was shown. By sunset Cavite was under control
-of the United States, and the Stars and Stripes floated over the town
-and the forts at Cañcao (kän kä´ō), Punta (pön´tä), and Sangley
-(säng´li).
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  GOVERNOR-GENERAL AUGUSTI.
-]
-
-Commodore Dewey now demanded the surrender of Manila, which was refused
-by Governor-General Augusti. Dewey refrained from taking the city by
-force, but declared the port blockaded. On the following day he demanded
-control of the telegraph station, and on this being refused he ordered
-the cable cut. The officials in Manila had just time to send the dire
-news to Spain before this order was carried out.
-
-Admiral Dewey—for his government at once rewarded him by promoting him
-to the rank of admiral—now held the key to the situation in the
-Philippines. He was in possession of the island of Corregidor (kōr-räg´ē
-dör), of the arsenal at Cavite, the city of Cavite, and the surrounding
-country. His fleet lay in the harbor, ready at any moment to force the
-surrender of Manila; but he was awaiting instructions from home and the
-arrival of land forces, for which he had asked, before completing his
-victory.
-
-The Filipinos in arms had taken fresh courage on the approach of the
-Americans, and had closed in about Manila, so that the Spaniards were
-literally prisoners within the city limits. Outside, in Manila Bay, the
-American fleet lay, cutting off all chance of escape by sea.
-
-In the meantime the Filipino leader, Emilio Aguinaldo, had come to
-Cavite from Hong-Kong, with a number of his companions in exile. They
-had been given arms from the arsenal by Admiral Dewey, and Aguinaldo had
-the admiral’s permission to organize his countrymen into an army. It was
-intended that this army should act with the American forces, when the
-latter should be ready to take the city and occupy the islands.
-Aguinaldo, however, took advantage of this opportunity to attempt to
-organize a dictatorial government, with himself at the head. Out of his
-misguided ambition to rule, great trouble grew, for Filipinos and
-Americans alike. The country, already suffering from a long period of
-misrule and warfare, was plunged into still deeper misery. The Americans
-were seriously hampered in their efforts to restore order, and the
-establishment of peace was hindered.
-
-The first reënforcements sent out to Admiral Dewey from America reached
-Manila Bay in June, 1898, and were landed on the 30th day of that month.
-Others followed very soon, and on the 25th of July General Wesley
-Merritt (wes´li mer´it), the first American governor-general of Manila,
-joined Admiral Dewey. On August 7 these two officers together demanded
-the surrender of the city, and again on August 9; but the Spaniards
-refused both demands.
-
-On the 13th of August the Americans made a final demand, and on
-receiving a third refusal they sent their land forces against Manila. At
-the same time the fleet began the bombardment of the forts and trenches
-south of the city. The walled city and the business district of Binondo
-were purposely spared, as it was not the wish of the Americans to do any
-more damage than was necessary. The battle was very short, lasting
-hardly more than an hour. At the end of that time the Spaniards yielded
-to superior force, and a white flag was hoisted in token of their
-capitulation.
-
-A few hours later the Spanish and the American commanders met, terms
-were arranged, and Manila and the Philippine archipelago were
-surrendered to the United States. The Spanish flag, which floated over
-Fort Santiago, was hauled down, and the Stars and Stripes took its
-place.
-
-In the meantime, on the day before, August 12, 1898, a protocol of peace
-had been signed between Spain and the United States. Such a protocol is
-an agreement between two nations who are at war with each other to cease
-fighting until terms of permanent peace can be arranged. By the terms of
-the protocol it was agreed, among other things, that the United States
-government was to occupy and hold Manila Bay and the city and harbor of
-Manila until a treaty of peace should be made between that government
-and Spain. It was also agreed that Spain and the United States should
-each appoint not more than five commissioners, to meet in Paris at a
-date not later than October 1. These commissioners were to arrange terms
-of peace, and in the meantime all fighting between the two nations
-should be suspended.
-
-The commissioners were chosen by the two countries, and met in Paris as
-had been agreed. It was not until the 10th of December, however, that
-they succeeded in arranging terms. A treaty of peace was completed and
-signed in Paris on that date. It was ratified in Washington on the 10th
-of February, 1899, by the President of the United States and a
-representative of the Queen Regent of Spain.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  THE FIRST AMERICAN FLAG RAISED IN MANILA.
-]
-
-Under this treaty of peace Spain, as had been planned in the protocol,
-gave up all claim to Cuba; she ceded to the United States Porto Rico and
-all of her other islands in the West Indies, and also the island of
-Guam, one of the Ladrone group in the Pacific. Besides this, she ceded
-“the archipelago known by the name of the Philippine Islands,” which for
-over three hundred years had been one of her richest colonies. The
-United States was to pay Spain the sum of $20,000,000, gold, within
-three months after this ratified treaty was exchanged between the two
-nations.
-
-Other matters were dealt with in the treaty, but this transfer of the
-Philippine archipelago is the point which vitally interests us now. It
-is because of the facts which have been set forth in these chapters that
-the United States is now in possession of the Philippines, and that this
-history of the country is written in the English language.
-
-But the real history of the Philippine Islands has only begun. The
-events that make up the past record of this beautiful land have been but
-a sad preface to the future which we hope may be hers. The Filipino
-people have had much to bear. They have been shut away from the rest of
-the world, and from a knowledge of the world’s progress. They have been
-governed by unjust laws until the great mass of the people, left to
-themselves, would scarcely know how to go about to rule their own lives.
-But they have a history; they have a country; they have a future. It is
-not the policy of the United States either to forget these things or to
-let the people themselves forget them. As the late President McKinley
-expressed it—the United States desires not conquest, but a benevolent
-assimilation of these islands, that they may become one country and one
-united, prosperous, and happy people.
-
-  _Summary._—In April, 1898, war was declared between the United States
-  and Spain. Commodore George Dewey, in command of the American squadron
-  in the Pacific, being ordered to go in search of the Spanish fleet in
-  the Pacific, and capture or destroy it, sailed for the Philippine
-  Islands, where he knew the fleet to be. He entered Manila Bay under
-  cover of night, April 30, and at daybreak on May 1 his ships lay at
-  anchor off Cavite. At six o’clock that same morning the battle of
-  Manila Bay was begun. By noon the Spanish fleet was destroyed, and the
-  admiral and all survivors had fled into the city. By sunset Cavite was
-  taken. Two months later, American troops arrived in Manila Bay, and on
-  August 13 the city of Manila surrendered to the Americans. On February
-  10, 1899, a treaty of peace was signed between the United States and
-  Spain. Under this treaty, Spain ceded the Philippine Islands to the
-  United States.
-
-
-  _Questions._—When was war declared between the United States and
-  Spain? What causes led up to this war? Why did Dewey have to leave
-  Hong-Kong harbor? What were his orders? How did he carry them out?
-  When did Manila surrender to the Americans? When did the first body of
-  American troops arrive? When was the treaty of peace signed? What were
-  the terms of that treaty relating to the Philippine Islands?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                              Chapter XX.
-                 CIVIL GOVERNMENT FOR THE PHILIPPINES.
-
-
-The United States is often spoken of as a free country. Its people are
-free because they have a voice in the making and upholding of their
-government. There are strong laws in the land to protect their freedom.
-No man and no state can be really free without such laws. If a man would
-enjoy liberty, and freedom from the power of evil, he must obey the laws
-of goodness. So a people must honor and uphold the laws of the state, if
-the state is to be strong enough to protect their liberties. We can
-easily see that if there were no laws, and each man were free to do as
-he pleased, no man’s life or property would be safe. Every man would
-have to take care of himself, and the land where such a condition
-existed would cease to be a civilized country. Laws are made for the
-protection of a people, and without them there would be an end to
-liberty and progress.
-
-For a great many years the government in the Philippine Islands was by
-force of arms. It was not a government in which the people had any
-voice. They were ruled by laws made by a power outside of themselves,
-and often these laws were against their interests and welfare. It is
-hard to make a people uphold such laws. The government that tries to do
-this will always, in the end, have to call in force to its aid. A
-government cannot long rule, however, by force alone. Even a military
-government, to be successful, must be based upon just laws. It must
-recognize and uphold what is just and right.
-
-At the beginning of American rule in these islands, a good many reforms
-had to be made at once. It was necessary to set the country in order, so
-that business might go on, justice might be done, and safety insured to
-the people. Life and property were in danger, and even among themselves
-the people hardly knew who were their friends and who were their foes.
-The country needed wise, just laws, strongly upheld, to bring about
-peace, order, and safety. At that time a military rule was the best form
-of government to meet this need, and military rule was therefore set up
-in the islands.
-
-This government made many changes in the country. Courts were
-established, and every effort was made to carry out the laws with
-justice to all. Many prisoners who had been for years wrongfully
-imprisoned were released from jail. Steps were taken at once to open
-schools where the children might be taught; and many other reforms were
-made that, in time, will show good results in the country. They are of a
-sort that will make this a much richer and happier land. This is what
-the United States wishes to do. It is a great and powerful nation, and
-other nations expect it to build up a good government in these islands.
-The government at Washington has declared that the aim of American rule
-in the Philippines is to prepare the people for self-government and to
-teach them what true liberty really is.
-
-In January, 1899, the President of the United States appointed a body of
-men wise in government to come to the Philippine Islands from America.
-These men were to learn all that they could about the country and its
-people, in order that they might recommend a just form of government for
-the country. They had to find out what were the ideas of the Filipino
-people in regard to government, and to study the needs of the country,
-before they could make any recommendations.
-
-The commissioners came to Manila early in April, 1899, and began work at
-once. They traveled about the country to see what it was like. They held
-meetings in Manila and elsewhere, and invited leading Filipinos to come
-and meet with them. They did this in order to ask them about matters of
-interest to the country and its people. They promised the people that
-just laws should be established in the country, and the government is
-keeping that promise.
-
-The members of the commission saw that good schools are a great need in
-the country. An attempt was made to provide these at once, and the
-commander of the army established a great many schools, with soldiers as
-teachers. It was seen, however, that to make the schools what the people
-needed would require experienced teachers. These could not be provided
-immediately; but a couple of years later hundreds of trained American
-teachers were brought to the islands. In time, when there are enough
-trained Filipino teachers to carry on the work, this country will have a
-school system as good as any in the world. The American Government has
-pledged itself to bring education to these islands, and to see that the
-people have justice and fair treatment in all that touches their lives.
-It will not cease its efforts until the Filipinos are as able to
-maintain themselves securely in their rights and liberties as are the
-Americans.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  GOVERNOR WILLIAM H. TAFT.
-]
-
-The president of the first Philippine commission was the Hon. Jacob
-Schurman, and this commission is known as the Schurman Commission. The
-members did the work which they were sent here to do, and made a full
-report to Congress. This report sets forth all that the commission had
-learned about the country. The views of the Filipinos who appeared
-before the commission are given in their own words, which were written
-down at the time. The report was printed, in order that both Filipinos
-and Americans might know all that had been said and done.
-
-In April, 1900, a new commission was appointed to come to the islands
-and do further work. This commission was known as the Taft Commission,
-its president being the Hon. William H. Taft. To its members was given
-the task of forming a government for the country.
-
-A central government was set up in Manila in September, 1900. Central
-government means the government for the whole country. The government of
-provinces, towns, and barrios is called local government. The local
-government is carried on by the provincial governors, by presidentes,
-alcaldes, and lesser officers. These have authority in their own
-districts, subject to that of the central government.
-
-The central government at Manila was what is called a military
-government—that is, the commander of the army in the islands was
-governor-general of the country. He was the executive, or officer whose
-business it is to execute, or carry out, the laws of a land. As we have
-seen, the government in Spanish times was almost wholly a military
-government. It was a different sort of military government, however,
-from that in which Americans believe. Americans believe that even armed
-force is only for upholding the law. It can never, justly, be law in
-itself.
-
-The executive of a country is, as we have said, the official who
-executes the laws. In the United States the President is the executive.
-The laws are framed by men whom the people elect to do the work. The men
-thus elected become what is called a legislative, or law-making, body.
-The chief legislative body in the United States is Congress. When the
-central government was set up here in the Philippines, in September,
-1900, the executive, or governor, was Major-General MacArthur, commander
-of the army. The Taft Commission acted as the legislative body, and had,
-as well, some executive powers.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  GENERAL ADNA R. CHAFFEE.
-]
-
-This government remained in force until July 4, 1901. At that time
-Major-General Adna R. Chaffee succeeded Major-General MacArthur as
-commander of the army, and Judge Taft, president of the commission, was
-made governor of the islands. All the authority formerly held by the
-military governor and the commission now passed to Governor Taft.
-
-The new government was not military, but civil. Under a civil government
-the law is maintained through the courts and police powers. Only when
-the country, or a section of it, is in a state of rebellion is the
-military power called upon to act. Even then it does not act for itself,
-but as an arm of the civil government, to carry out the laws. The civil
-government in the Philippines was set up July 4, 1901, the anniversary
-of American independence. On that day Governor Taft was formally
-inaugurated, or established, in office.
-
-September 1, 1901, three Filipino members were added to the commission.
-They were Dr. T. H. Pardo de Tavera and Señor Benito Legardo, of Manila,
-and Señor José Luzuriaga, of Negros. The American members, besides
-President (now Governor) Taft, were Hon. Luke E. Wright, Hon. Henry C.
-Ide, Hon. Bernard Moses, and Hon. Dean Worcester. Besides carrying on
-the present government, the commissioners were charged with the task of
-planning a permanent government for the islands. To do this it was
-necessary to have the aid of Filipino members, and the gentlemen thus
-added to the commission were a great help to the Americans in drawing up
-a form of government suitable to the country.
-
-The plan which has been made and submitted to Congress is somewhat as
-follows:
-
-There should be a governor and four heads of departments. These should
-be appointed by the President of the United States. There should also be
-a body to be called the Executive Council. This council would be made up
-of the governor, the four heads of departments, and four other members,
-to be appointed by the President. Members of the council should be both
-Filipinos and Americans. Besides the council there should be an
-assembly, of not more than thirty representatives, all to be elected by
-the Filipino people. The members of this assembly should serve for two
-years. Under such a government the Executive Council and the Assembly
-would have the power to elect two delegates to represent the interests
-of the islands and of the Filipino people before Congress. These
-delegates would be residents of the islands.
-
-Such a system would give the Filipino people what is called a
-representative government—that is, they would have a voice in making
-their own laws. In time they would have just as much self-government as
-they could fit themselves for. The report of the commission to Congress
-recommends that such a government be begun here January 1, 1904. If this
-is done, the success of the government must depend to a great extent
-upon the efforts and faithfulness of the Filipino people themselves.
-
-  _Summary._—At the beginning of American rule in the Philippines, the
-  government was military. The commander of the army in the islands was
-  also governor-general. In January, 1899, the President of the United
-  States appointed a commission to come to the archipelago and study the
-  country. This commission is known as the Schurman Commission. The
-  commissioners came to Manila early in April, 1899. They held meetings
-  in Manila and elsewhere, and invited leading Filipinos to come and
-  talk with them on matters of government and the needs of the country.
-  They spent the year in learning all that they could about the islands,
-  and then made a report to Congress. During this year, schools were
-  opened in many parts of the archipelago, and certain needed reforms
-  were made in the courts. In April, 1900, a new commission, known as
-  the Taft Commission, was appointed. It was charged with the task of
-  forming a government for the country. The government continued for
-  another year to be military, but on July 4, 1901, civil government was
-  set up, and Hon. William H. Taft, president of the commission, became
-  the first civil governor. Three Filipino members were added to the
-  commission the following September. The civil government proceeded to
-  draw up plans for a permanent government in the islands, and submitted
-  them to the President and Congress.
-
-
-  _Questions._—Why is the United States often called a free country? Why
-  can there be no real liberty where there is no law? What are some of
-  the changes Americans have made in this country? When was the first
-  Philippine commission appointed? What did it do? What was the second
-  commission called? What sort of government was established here in
-  September, 1900? When was the civil government begun? Who was made
-  first civil governor? When were the first Filipino commissioners
-  appointed? How does the form of government recommended by the
-  commission give the Filipinos a voice in making their own laws?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                              Chapter XXI.
-                 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE ARCHIPELAGO.
-
-
-One of the things which history should teach us is how to make the
-future better than the past has been. History teaches people about the
-brave deeds done by their ancestors, and about what has been suffered
-for the good of the land by those who have passed away. It is well for a
-people to consider from time to time what manner of country theirs has
-been. Only by doing this can they know how to serve its interests, and
-to secure for it the best future that is possible.
-
-For the Philippine Islands a very bright future may be hoped. How soon
-prosperity and happiness will come to the country depends, however, more
-largely upon its own people than upon any outside influence. The
-Americans in the Philippines can only advise and teach; the actual work
-of building up the country, and of making it a power in the Orient, must
-be done by the Filipinos.
-
-Let us take a look at the country as it is to-day, and learn something
-of its nature and of its resources. Of all the islands, Luzon is the
-largest, and, at the present time, the most important. It is a
-delightful place, with lofty mountains, fertile plains, and beautiful
-rivers. But beautiful as it is to-day, it possesses possibilities which,
-if developed, will make it indeed what the Spanish were wont so proudly
-to call it, “the Pearl of the Orient.”
-
-On the west coast of Luzon are two important bays, Lingayen (lin gī ān´)
-and Manila, with several smaller ones, as Subig (sö´big), Balayan (bä
-lī´än), Batangas, and Tyabas, on the west and south. On the northern
-side most of the great mountain ranges sweep down to the sea, sending
-out spurs of land that form little coves or harbors; while on the south
-coast lies the safely sheltered harbor of Sorsogon (sȯr sō gōn´).
-
-The mountains in the western part of the island are broken up into
-practically three ranges, none more than thirty or forty miles long, and
-all known by one name, Sierra de Ilocos (sē e´rä dā ē lō´cos). Short
-spurs of hills run out from all these, so that there is very little
-level land in this section. A plain of small extent lies about Vigan (vē
-gän´), and there is also the valley of the Abra (ä´brä), which is long
-and narrow. East of the central cordillera and stretching out toward the
-Sierra Madres (mä´drās) hills, is a beautiful valley over a hundred
-miles long, and in some parts very wide. Through it runs the Rio Grande
-de Cagayan (kä gī än´), with several smaller streams emptying into it.
-
-Here is some of the best tobacco land in the country, and tobacco is
-about the only crop raised. It was made the main crop during the years
-of government monopoly, so that the cultivation of rice, of cocoa, and
-of all the native products was driven out. This has been a great
-misfortune to the country. The land is adapted to a variety of crops. It
-is rich and fertile, and could be made to raise nearly all the food
-crops needed by its inhabitants. The people have come, however, to
-depend entirely upon one crop, and in years when the tobacco crop fails
-there is great need in the country.
-
-Another great valley, the finest and richest in Luzon, stretches from
-the bay of Lingayen to Manila Bay. It has some 3,000 square miles of
-fine farming land. The provinces of Pangasinan, Tarlac, Nueva Ecija,
-Pampanga, and Manila lie in this valley. It is a well watered region.
-The Rio Grande, the Chico, the Agno, and the Dagupan rivers flow through
-it, besides numerous smaller streams.
-
-In the central part of the plain rises Mount Arayat (ä rī ät´), a
-volcanic mountain which in a clear day can be seen from Manila. It is
-claimed that this mountain rose suddenly from the plain in a single
-night, during some earthquake disturbance in the year 1700. We find this
-statement made in apparent good faith by some scientific authorities. We
-know that the mountain is of volcanic origin, and that it was formed
-only a few hundred years ago; but there is no reliable record of when it
-made its appearance, or of how long it was in forming.
-
-Southward, in Batangas Province, is Lake Bombon. In the middle of this
-lake is Taal volcano, whose many eruptions have in times past worked
-destruction in that neighborhood. The lake, also, is of volcanic origin.
-There must once have been a great mountain here, which sank during some
-upheaval, forming the lake and the present volcano of Taal.
-
-The country all about the lake is very fertile, and under good
-cultivation. The principal crop there is coffee, of which an excellent
-quality is grown; and formerly it was produced in very great quantities.
-Rice, Indian corn, cotton, and all kinds of vegetables common to the
-tropics, grow there in great abundance. These can be made a source of
-profit in supplying the markets of Manila. There is a great deal of alum
-about Taal volcano, and it is said that a good quality of iron is found
-in the mountains of this province.
-
-In Laguna Province is Bay (bī) Lake, or Laguna de Bay. This is a body of
-fresh water, with an outlet by the Pasig River, which flows down to
-Manila Bay. Light draft steamers run up the Pasig and through the lake,
-and on this beautiful waterway is a constant throng of craft, going up
-and down with produce for the different ports.
-
-There is very fine timber in the island of Luzon, particularly in
-Tayabas, Camarines Norte, and Ilocos Norte. Some gold has been found in
-the mountains about these provinces, and specimens of many other
-minerals have been brought to Manila.
-
-In Camarines Sur lies the valley of the Vigan, in which are several
-small lakes. There are large rice fields here, and the quality of the
-rice is very fine. Large quantities of it are sent to Manila.
-
-One of the richest and most fertile parts of the whole island is Albay
-(äl bī´) Province, in the southeastern corner. This is a particularly
-beautiful part of the island. Here is Mayon volcano, which is called by
-scientists the most beautiful volcano in the world. It is the most
-perfectly formed and symmetrical, but it is no more desirable a neighbor
-than are volcanoes anywhere. In past years it has wrought great
-destruction in the country, but of late has been quiet, and seems to be
-on its good behavior.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  MAYON VOLCANO.
-]
-
-The rich volcanic soil of this district will produce almost anything
-that can be made to grow in a tropical country. Very fine hemp grows
-here, probably the best that the islands produce. Cocoa, coffee, sugar,
-and rice all do well. Cocoanuts, bananas, all the fruits and vegetables
-of the islands, grow in Albay, with scarcely any cultivation. The
-climate is mild, and very healthful, and near Tibi are hot sulphur
-springs which are said to cure rheumatism and numerous other ills.
-
-The most important of the smaller islands lying out from Luzon are
-Mindoro (mēn dō´rō) and Masbate (mäs bä´tā). These are small and very
-mountainous. Mindoro is deeply wooded, but only a little is known of the
-interior of the island.
-
-The great bay of Manila is twenty miles long and thirty-two miles wide.
-It has a depth in some places of seventy feet. It is entered by two
-channels, one on either side of Corregidor Island. The main one is
-called the Boca Grande (bō´kä grän´dā); the other, which is smaller, the
-Boca Chica (bō´kä chē´kä). The bay is so large that it is more like an
-inland sea than a bay; in fact, it is too large to afford secure
-anchorage for vessels during great storms.
-
-The Visayas form the second large division of the Philippine
-archipelago. This is a group of islands, six in number, which lie
-between Luzon and Mindanao. They are very thickly populated. The Visayan
-people seem almost a distinct race—different from those of Luzon, and
-from their neighbors of Mindanao. They speak a language of their own,
-and are inclined to regard themselves as a separate people. Now that new
-conditions prevail in the islands, and there is better communication
-between the Visayas and Luzon, much of this feeling of separation among
-the people will probably soon be overcome. It is to be hoped that it
-will be. The people of the Philippines must come to feel that they are
-one people, with common interests, and that all must work together to
-develop the whole country.
-
-Iloilo, the principal city of the Visayas, is on the island of Panay. It
-is an open seaport, and will in time become a very important city. It
-was destroyed during the insurrection, but is now rapidly building up
-again. Under good management it will some day be one of the main
-shipping centers of the archipelago.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  WEAVING JUSI.
-]
-
-Iloilo Province is a great sugar and rice growing district. It is,
-besides, noted for the fine fabrics which its people make. This is the
-center for the manufacture of the cloth known as jusi. The women
-manufacture also most exquisite piña cloth. Some of this is of so fine a
-quality that it has to be woven in closed rooms, for the slightest
-breeze would serve to break the delicate threads of which it is made.
-Very beautiful silk and cotton goods are also made in this province.
-Since the American occupation there has come to be a large demand in
-America for these goods, so that the people engaged in the industry are
-kept very busy.
-
-The island of Negros, which lies to the southeast of Panay, is an
-important agricultural island. A great deal of sugar is grown here, and
-there is much wealth in the island. Many of the large sugar estates are
-owned by Filipinos. Considerable modern machinery has been introduced
-into the island. Steel plows are in use, and in many places sugar is
-manufactured by improved modern methods. All of these things have helped
-to make Negros very prosperous. If the planters here would combine and
-introduce machinery for refining their own sugar they would come in time
-to an even greater measure of prosperity and independence than they now
-enjoy. Rice, hemp, and some tobacco are raised in Negros, and fine
-cocoanuts and bananas grow wild.
-
-The island of Cebu is little more than the top of a mountain rising from
-the sea. A good deal of historic interest centers here, however. The
-city of Cebu was the first seat of Spanish government, and remained the
-capital of the archipelago until Legaspi went to Luzon and set up his
-government in Manila. Cebu was made an open seaport by the Spanish, and
-although its exports are not large now, when the resources of this
-island are developed the city will become an important shipping center.
-There is a large Malay population in the island. There are no rivers or
-valleys; the land is broken up into small farms, and hemp is the
-principal crop. The island produces also a good deal of copra and raw
-sugar, and the people raise most of their own foodstuffs.
-
-Bohol, Leyte, and Samar are all volcanic islands. They are mountainous,
-and subject to frequent earthquakes and similar disturbances. There is
-not much agricultural land in Bohol, and the soil is poor and thin; but
-a good deal of hemp is raised, and some cocoa. The people are fishermen
-and sailors, and earn their living from the sea. Although Bohol is much
-smaller than Cebu, it has a larger population.
-
-Leyte ships more hemp than does any other of the Visayan islands. There
-are several good harbors on this island, but Tacloban is the chief
-shipping point. Very little is known of the interior of Leyte, for the
-country has not been developed.
-
-Samar is the largest of the Visayan islands, but has the smallest
-population. It is a very mountainous country, wind-swept and beaten upon
-by the sea. It lies directly in the track of the northeast monsoons,
-which visit it with great fury. Its chief port, Catbalogan, is well
-sheltered and a safe harbor.
-
-Between the north of Samar and the southern end of Luzon lies the famous
-Strait of San Bernardino. This is one of the principal entrances into
-the archipelago from the Pacific Ocean. It has been the scene of many a
-famous sea battle, for here the Dutch and the English ships used to lie
-in wait for the galleons of Spain which brought treasure from Mexico to
-the Philippines and carried out rich freights for Acapulco.
-
-Next in size to Luzon is the island of Mindanao. It was on the north
-coast of this island that Magellan made his first landing in the
-Philippines. There are four great mountain ranges in Mindanao, with many
-high peaks. The island is rich in vast forests, and some day the world
-will draw its main supply of fine building lumber from them.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  THE FALLS OF BOTOCAN IN LUZON.
-]
-
-Although Mindanao is of volcanic formation, and has even within historic
-times undergone great changes, there is only one active volcano in the
-island. This is Mount Apo (ä´pō), a few miles from the coast of Davao
-(dä vä´ō) Gulf. The mountain has three peaks. The top is covered with
-sulphur, which sometimes gleams white as snow in the sunshine and at
-other times makes Apo look like a mountain of gold.
-
-There are a number of fine rivers and lakes on Mindanao. The best port
-in the island is Balanag (bä lä-näg´), in the Gulf of Davao. The harbor
-of Zamboanga is very good, and there is a still better harbor at
-Lindangan (lēn dän´gän). Nowhere on the island, however, are there such
-sheltered harbors as are found on the southern coast of Luzon.
-
-Very few storms visit this part of the archipelago. The typhoons only
-touch one corner of it in the far northeast. The climate of Mindanao is
-more healthful than it has in the past been supposed to be. The soil is
-very rich and fertile, and almost any tropical crop can be readily grown
-there. Hemp, sugar-cane, tobacco, coffee, cocoa, rice, Indian corn, and
-many other things are raised, and all do well; but the island is
-backward as regards development. No serious attempt has ever been made
-to build up its agriculture or its commerce. There are many tribes
-living among its mountains whose names, even, are not known to the
-civilized people of the archipelago. There are few Malays in Mindanao,
-and their manufactures and industries have never been encouraged. Some
-gold has been found in the hills, and silver is plentiful. Coal has also
-been discovered in the mountains.
-
-It is likely, however, that when Mindanao is opened up and its resources
-are better known, it will be found that its wealth consists less in
-minerals than in vegetable growths. We already know that the vegetation
-of the island, little as it has been developed, surpasses that of Luzon
-and the Visayas. The soil is of excellent quality, and the rains are so
-abundant and the climate is so favorable that the entire island is
-covered with vegetation. In the forests are found India rubber vines,
-mahogany, ironwood, teak, ebony, and other trees of great value. There
-are immense tangles of bamboo and rattan; hemp and banana trees grow
-well, and cloves, nutmegs, and cinnamon.
-
-This great island is divided into seven districts—Zamboanga, Misamis,
-Suragao (sö rä gä´ō), Davao, Cottabato (kot tä bä´tō), Basilan (bäs ē
-län´), and Lanay (län ī´). Although the population is small in
-comparison with the great extent of the island, seventeen different
-dialects are spoken among its people. Zamboanga is the capital town of
-Mindanao. It has a good port, although somewhat open to the sea, and in
-the river Masdong, three miles to the southeast, is safe anchorage,
-protected from all winds.
-
-South of Mindanao lies the Sulu archipelago. It is made up of four
-groups. The population of this archipelago is estimated at between
-20,000 and 30,000; but so very little is known about it that this
-estimate is not likely to be correct. Joló, the capital city, on the
-island of Sulu, is the residence of the sultans. It is a beautiful town,
-clean and well-kept. It has a good port, and a line of steamers runs
-direct from Joló to Singapore, and another to Manila. The vegetation of
-this archipelago is very like that of Mindanao. There is abundance of
-teak, mahogany, cedar, and other highly prized woods. Horses, cattle,
-buffaloes, and goats are plentiful. The people of Joló manufacture fine
-knives and chisels. The pearl fisheries of the archipelago are also very
-important.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  A RIVER SCENE ON THE ISLAND OF LUZON.
-]
-
-Lying far off to the west, with the Sulu Sea on one side and the China
-Sea on the other, with Borneo on the south and the island of Mindoco to
-the north, is the long, narrow island of Palaúan (päl ä-wän´). The
-Spanish called it Paragua (pär´a gwā). This island is inhabited chiefly
-by the wild tribes. There are some 10,000 or more of the native
-Christian population, and perhaps 10,000 Moros.
-
-Palaúan, on account of its geographical position, is very important to
-the archipelago. It will become important also from a commercial point
-of view, as it forms, with the island Balabac (bäl´ä bäk), the Strait of
-Balabac. At certain times of the year sailing vessels are compelled to
-pass through this strait to enter the archipelago.
-
-The rattan grown in this island is very fine. It is the best that comes
-to Manila, and the trade in it is enormous. The tree from which gum
-mastic is obtained grows there in great abundance, as well as other
-trees producing resin. The island has fine pasture lands, with large
-numbers of cattle, carabao, goats, and wild hogs; and there are found
-the famous edible birds’ nests so much prized by the Chinese that they
-sometimes pay for them twice their weight in silver. The island has not
-been very well explored, but it is said to be rich in minerals.
-
-South of Palaúan lies the little island of Balabac. It is only
-thirty-six miles long and eight or ten wide, with a population of 3,000
-or 4,000. Its only town is Balabac. Its forest growths are like those of
-Palaúan, and there is said to be an abundant deposit of coal there.
-
-  _Questions._—Name some of the principal rivers of Luzon. Where is the
-  best tobacco land in this island? Where does the finest hemp grow?
-  What minerals are found on Luzon? Where is Laguna de Bay? What is its
-  outlet? Where on Luzon is the best timber found? How large is Manila
-  Bay?
-
-  What are the Visayas? What is the principal city of this group? Where
-  is it? What are its manufactures? What are the principal products of
-  Negros? Why is Cebu of interest historically? What is the principal
-  crop on this island? What sort of soil has Bohol? How do the people
-  live there? What is the principal crop on Leyte? What is its chief
-  city? Which is the largest of the Visayan islands? How does its
-  population compare with that of the other islands of the group? What
-  sort of country is it? Where is the Strait of San Bernardino? Why is
-  it famous?
-
-  Where is Mindanao? Where, on Mindanao, did Magellan first land? Are
-  there any active volcanos on the island? What sort of climate has
-  Mindanao? Is it a well watered country? What are its products? What is
-  its capital city? Has it any good harbors? Where is the Sulu
-  archipelago? What is its capital city? What sort of town is it? What
-  do the people manufacture? Where is Palaúan? Where is the Strait of
-  Balabac? Why is this strait important? Where is the island of Balabac?
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-                             Chapter XXII.
-                              THE FUTURE.
-
-
-We have now learned something of the different islands of the Philippine
-archipelago and of the possibilities that lie in them. Much has been
-done in the past to make this country a source of income to the Spanish
-crown; much, however, remains to be done, to make of the islands a
-country whose prosperity shall help the people themselves.
-
-The wealth of a country is not to be estimated by the amount of its
-exports, or by the number of its great buildings, fine harbors, or
-splendid cities. A nation may have all of these while the people
-themselves are poor. The United States is a great and rich nation, not
-because of the value of its national possessions, but because the great
-mass of the people are fairly well off. There can be no real prosperity
-in a country unless the people themselves share it; there can be no just
-government if that government is considered as something apart from the
-people. The people must have a part in it before it can be a good
-government.
-
-But before a people can take any real part in the government of a
-civilized land, they must understand something of the principles on
-which good government is based. They must know something of the world’s
-history and of the government of other countries. They must have a
-common language, and must be a united people, all ready to work for the
-common good. That country can never prosper which is divided by a
-feeling of race difference, or by jealousies that make hard feeling
-among its people.
-
-It is because the United States has learned these things by experience
-that it has opened public schools in the Philippine Islands. It seeks to
-have all the people learn English, because only by means of a common
-language can the Americans and the Filipinos come to understand one
-another; only by means of such a language can the different peoples
-among the Philippines come into real harmony.
-
-The time is coming, too, when English will be the language of the whole
-commercial world. Already the people of other great countries know that
-they must learn to speak it for business uses, and it is taught as a
-matter of course in most of the schools of Europe.
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  THE CAGAYAN DE ORO RIVER.
-]
-
-A people must have even more than a common language, common interests,
-and modern education, to become a prosperous people. Not only must men
-be wise enough to take part in their own government, but they must have
-control of the trades and industries and commercial ventures of their
-own land. So long as the commercial business of a country is almost
-wholly carried on by foreigners, that country will never become rich. It
-is not meant by this that foreigners should not be allowed to do
-business in the country; that is an idea which belongs to dark ages of
-the world’s history. But there should be no need for them in the
-country. The people should have such patriotic pride in the welfare of
-their own land as to conduct its business themselves.
-
-Nevertheless, wherever there is a demand for anything in the commercial
-world, there will surely, in time, be a supply. There must be merchants
-in the Philippine Islands. There must be tradesmen, artisans, mechanics,
-workers in wood, iron, and leather, and followers of the arts and crafts
-known to civilization. If the Filipino people do not take up these lines
-of work, and carry them out well and wisely, outsiders will come in and
-monopolize them. They have already come to the archipelago. Moreover,
-they will continue to come, from China and Japan, from India and Ceylon,
-and from all the countries of Europe, if the people of the country do
-not themselves learn to take their places. So long as the foreigners are
-here, there will be nothing for the native people to do but to work as
-laborers, or as clerks and servants.
-
-The great resource of the Philippine Islands must always be agriculture.
-When modern methods of farming are adopted here, and modern machinery
-has taken the place of the wooden implements and the out-of-date tools
-now in use; when we have large sugar mills and refineries in place of
-the small and primitive ones now here, we shall see great progress made.
-
-With peace in the country, and good government making every man secure
-in his right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness, farm work
-will be very different here. Nearly the entire population of the
-archipelago ought then to draw a good living from the land. When all the
-good land is brought under cultivation, the crops raised in the islands
-ought to increase tenfold over what are now grown.
-
-Before much can be accomplished, however, a great deal of government
-work must be carried out. This the Americans have in view; already some
-millions of dollars have been set aside by the civil government to make
-roads, harbors, and bridges, and for public works of many sorts in the
-archipelago. A day of hope seems opening, not merely for the Americans
-to whom the task has fallen of carrying on the work, but for the whole
-Filipino people. They and the Americans must work together to bring the
-promises of this day into full fruitage.
-
-No word about the islands can be complete unless it touches upon the
-wonderful beauty of this country. This is a great part of the good
-inheritance of the people. It ought to quicken the pleasure and pride of
-every Filipino in his beautiful land. Its lofty mountains, its lovely
-plains and noble rivers, the rich verdure that clothes the country, all
-go to make up beautiful pictures everywhere. There is much that can and
-must be done to make the cities and towns more fit and beautiful places
-for people to live in; but for the outside country nature has done great
-things.
-
-The banana plants and the nipa and cocoanut palms are beautiful as well
-as useful. So are the great mango trees and the fields of growing rice.
-In all nature there is nothing more graceful than the giant bamboos that
-grow by every stream. Their beauty is of a very perfect sort. This plant
-does more than delight the eye; of all tropical growths it is the most
-useful to man. In a little composition which was written by a Chinese
-schoolboy in his own country, a fine account is given of the many uses
-to which the bamboo can be put. He says:
-
-[Illustration:
-
-  MANILA SCHOOLBOYS.
-]
-
-“We have a bamboo hedge in our grounds, and nothing could be better. I
-am writing with a bamboo-handled pencil; I have seen bamboo masts on
-vessels. On the whole, the bamboo is one of the most precious
-possessions of China. Its tapering stalks supply joists for houses, ribs
-for sails, shafts for spars, tubes and buckets for water, fishing-rods,
-and the handles and ribs of our fans. The great bamboo, split, makes an
-excellent roof. Rafts are made of the bamboo; baskets are woven of it.
-The Chinaman sits in a bamboo chair at a bamboo table; and he may rest
-himself, in the heat of the day, beneath the bamboo tree, with a bamboo
-hat upon his head. When I have been all about the edges of the world,
-and have seen all kinds of strange people, I ask nothing better than to
-come back home and sit under the shade of a bamboo veranda, and when my
-life is finished, to go to heaven from a bamboo bed.”
-
-To how many other uses than even these do the Filipino people put
-bamboo! They make the sails of ships from it; they build bridges of it;
-boats, rafts, water-pipes, scaffolds for building houses, and all kinds
-of baskets and furniture. Indeed this plant, with the India rubber plant
-and the bijuca, would enable almost any Filipino to build and furnish a
-house that would answer all the needs of the climate.
-
-                  *       *       *       *       *
-
-We have now studied the main facts in the history of these islands. The
-Story of the Philippines has many sad chapters, but there need be no
-more such. The Filipino people have been patient under trial. They have
-been forbearing through much injustice and misrule. They have been brave
-and patriotic always. Now we may hope that a new day has dawned upon the
-land. What this day will bring forth depends, to a great extent, upon
-the Filipino boys and girls who are now growing up. They must learn to
-be good citizens. They must be able, when they are men and women, to
-take a wise part in governing the country.
-
-The night before José Rizal was shot, he said to a friend: “What is
-death to me? I have sown; others are left to reap.”
-
-Rizal would have been glad to see this new day. He would have been glad
-to see schoolhouses opening everywhere in the country, for he knew that
-knowledge is power. The seeds which he helped to sow are those of
-liberty, justice, and peace. The Filipino people must be wise enough to
-cherish these seeds into strong, healthy growth. If they do this the
-country will surely reap the harvest which he foresaw, of peaceful days,
-full of hope and happiness.
-
-
-
-
-                                 INDEX.
-
-
- Acuña, Bravo de, 71.
-
- Aetas, 44.
-
- Agriculture, 239.
-
- Aguinaldo, Emilio, 184, 194, 196, 207.
-
- Albay Province, 224.
-
- Alexander VI., Pope, 33.
-
- Alfonso XII. of Spain, 167.
-
- Alum, 224.
-
- American, fleet, 204;
-   occupation, 203;
-   Revolution, 135;
-   teachers, 214, 215.
-
- Anda, Simon de, 120–122, 126.
-
- Apo, Mount, 231.
-
- Arandia, Pedro de, 103, 105, 109, 112, 113.
-
- Arayat, Mount, 223.
-
- Archbishopric of Manila created, 65.
-
- Arsenal, Cavite, 165, 205, 206.
-
- Artillery regiment, Spanish, 164.
-
- Assembly, Filipino, recommended, 218, 219.
-
- Augusti, Governor-General, 201, 206.
-
- Augustines, 30, 64, 125.
-
- Azaldegin, General Lopez, 85, 86.
-
-
- Balabac, 234.
-
- Balanguengui Islands, 152.
-
- Balboa, 14, 17.
-
- Bamboo, 232, 241, 242.
-
- Bandits, 157, 158.
-
- Barbosa, Captain Duarte, 23.
-
- Barcelona, 173.
-
- Bautista, Fray Pedro, 67.
-
- Biac-na-’bato, 195;
-   treaty of, 196, 200.
-
- Birds’ nests, edible, 234.
-
- Bishop of Manila, 63–65.
-
- Blanco, Governor-General, 173, 181, 183, 184, 186.
-
- Bohol, 229.
-
- Bombon, Lake, 111, 223.
-
- _Boston_, U. S. cruiser, 205.
-
- Bridge of Spain, 23, 164, 171.
-
- British in Manila, 117–122.
-
- Burgos, Dr. José, 163, 164, 180.
-
- Butuan, chief of, 19, 21, 23.
-
-
- Cabeza de barangay, 62.
-
- Cable cut, 206.
-
- Calle de Camba, massacre of, 199.
-
- Canary Islands, 16.
-
- Cañcao, 205.
-
- Caraballo, Juan, 25.
-
- Carabaos, 192, 234.
-
- Castillo, Captain Gregorio, 91.
-
- Cathedral, Manila, 67, 93, 156, 157, 159.
-
- Cavite Arsenal, 165, 205, 206.
-
- Cavite, insurrection of, 162, 182.
-
- Cebu, 228;
-   King Charles I. of, 21;
-   King Tupas of, 32, 37;
-   raid on, 200;
-   women of, 153.
-
- “Cedula personal,” 168, 193.
-
- Censorship of native books, 151.
-
- Chaffee, Major-General, 217.
-
- Charles I., King, 15, 16, 19, 21.
-
- China, emperor of, 71.
-
- Chinese in Manila, 56–59, 72, 105, 106, 155.
-
- Cholera in Manila, 138, 168.
-
- Christina, Queen, 146.
-
- Church and State, relations between, 62–65, 89.
-
- Civil government, American, 217;
-   Spanish, 156.
-
- Claveria, Governor-General, 152.
-
- Coffee, 224, 225.
-
- Columbus, 13, 14.
-
- Commission, Schurman, 214, 215;
-   Taft, 216, 217.
-
- Commissioners, Filipino, 218.
-
- Comparvano, Spanish Minister, 147.
-
- _Concepcion_, the, 16, 25.
-
- Congress, 217, 218.
-
- Constitution of 1812, 136, 138, 180.
-
- Corregidor Island, 206, 226.
-
- Cortes, de Cadiz, 135, 180;
-   Spanish, 135, 136.
-
- Cotton, 144.
-
- Cuba ceded to United States, 209.
-
- Cuesta, Filipino leader, 154.
-
-
- Dattos, 48.
-
- Davao Gulf, 231.
-
- Del Cano, Juan Sebastian, 27, 29.
-
- Delegates to Congress, Filipino, 219.
-
- Desmarinas, Gomez Perez, 64, 65, 67;
-   Luis Perez, 68, 73.
-
- Dewey, Admiral George, 204–207.
-
- Draper, British general, 117, 119, 121.
-
- Dutch, the, 74, 75, 76, 229.
-
-
- Earthquakes, 84, 156, 167.
-
- Education, 138, 214, 237.
-
- “El Filibustero,” 172.
-
- English language, 237.
-
- Executive, 216;
-   Council, 218.
-
-
- Fajardo, Governor-General, 84, 85.
-
- Ferdinand VII., 136.
-
- Fernate, king of, 67.
-
- Filipino, Assembly, 159;
-   clergy, 162;
-   commissioners, 218;
-   people, 44, 45, 48, 214.
-
- Folgueras, Governor-General, 140.
-
- Foreigners in trade, 103, 137, 145, 239.
-
- Forests, 232, 233.
-
- Forman, John, historian, 187.
-
- Freemasons, 164.
-
- Friars, 64, 82, 125, 147, 162, 169, 171, 177, 187.
-
-
- Galleons, 75, 76, 99–103, 135.
-
- Gil, Padre Mariano, 183.
-
- Goiti, Martin de, 36, 39, 54, 57, 70.
-
- Gold, 224, 231.
-
- Gomez, Dr. Mariano, 164.
-
- Government, central, 216;
-   civil, 156, 217;
-   form of, recommended, 218.
-
- Guam, 209.
-
- Guardia Civil, 157, 182, 184, 199.
-
- Guzman, Don Francisco Tello de, 68.
-
-
- Head of a hundred, 48, 62.
-
- Hemp, 225, 228, 229, 231, 232.
-
- History of Philippines, 210, 221.
-
- Holland, peace with, 77.
-
- Hot Springs, 226.
-
-
- Ide, Hon. Henry C., 218.
-
- Igorrote-Chinese, 59.
-
- Igorrotes, 45, 112, 113, 168.
-
- Iloilo, 227.
-
- Insurrection of Cavite, 162, 182.
-   _See_ Revolts.
-
- Iron, 224.
-
- Isabella II., 158, 159.
-
- _Isla de Cuba_, 205.
-
- _Isla de Panay_, 173.
-
- Islas Filipinas, named, 28.
-
-
- Jaena, Graciano Lopez, 169, 170.
-
- Japan, emperor of, 65, 82, 181.
-
- Jesuits, 126, 159, 177.
-
- Joló, 114, 153, 232;
-   a Moro of, 47.
-
- Jomohol, 18.
-
- Jusi weaving, 227.
-
-
- Katipunan, 180, 181, 183.
-
- Kieman, Farranda, 65, 66.
-
- King of the Tagals, the, 148, 149.
-
- King’s Regiment, the, 105, 137, 140, 166.
-
- Koxinga, 92–94.
-
-
- Lachambre, General, 187.
-
- Lacondola, 37–39.
-
- Ladrone Islands, 18, 209.
-
- Ladrones, bands of, 198.
-
- Laguna de Bay, 224.
-
- Lara, Governor-General, 88, 90.
-
- _La Trinidad_, 16, 17.
-
- Lavazares, Governor-General, 52, 57.
-
- Laws, object of, 212.
-
- Legardo, Sr. Benito, 218.
-
- Legaspi, Miguel Lopez de, 18, 28–40, 52.
-
- Legaspi, port of, 164.
-
- Legislative bodies, 217.
-
- Leyte, port of, 164, 229.
-
- Liberal Party, 135, 170.
-
- Li-ma-hong, 54, 56–59.
-
- Lingayen, bay of, 222.
-
- Llaneras, General, 191.
-
- Louis Philippe, 146, 147.
-
- Luneta, the, 30, 184.
-
- Luzon, 34, 37, 136, 222.
-
-
- MacArthur, Major-General, 217.
-
- Machinery, improved, 228.
-
- Mactan, island of, 21.
-
- Magellan, Ferdinand, 14–24, 229;
-   Straits of, 17, 19.
-
- _Maine_, the, 204.
-
- Malhon, 18.
-
- Malong’s revolt, 91.
-
- Mandarins in Manila, 71.
-
- Mango trees, 240.
-
- Manila, 137, 145, 207, 208;
-   archbishopric of, 65;
-   cathedral, 67, 93, 156, 157, 159.
-
- Manila Bay, 207, 222, 226;
-   battle of, 205.
-
- Marauit campaign, 180.
-
- Martinez, Governor-General, 140, 142.
-
- Masbate, 226.
-
- Matanda, Rajah, 37.
-
- Maynila, 34, 38.
-
- Mayon volcano, 168, 225.
-
- McKinley, President, 210.
-
- Merritt, Gen. Wesley, 207.
-
- Mexico, 79, 128, 137;
-   High Court of, 52.
-
- Military government, 213.
-
- Mindanao, 18, 70, 229–232.
-
- Mindoro, 226.
-
- Monet, General, 192.
-
- Montjierat, fortress of, 174.
-
- Montojo, Admiral, 204, 205.
-
- Morga, Governor-General, 70.
-
- Morgado, Capt. Alonzo, 142.
-
- Moriones, Governor-General, 164, 166.
-
- Moro pirates, 71, 94, 138, 142, 152.
-
- Moros, 46, 47, 70, 180.
-
- Moses, Hon. Bernard, 218.
-
- Municipal school, 159.
-
-
- Native clergy, 147, 162, 177, 192.
-
- Navidad, 28, 30.
-
- Negritos, 44, 50.
-
- Negros, 152, 228.
-
- “Nolle me Tangere,” 172.
-
- Normal school, 159.
-
- Norzagaray, Governor-General, 154.
-
- Novales, Captain, 140.
-
- Nuevo Segovia, Bishop of, 113.
-
- Nuñez, General, 192.
-
-
- Order of Safety, the, 152.
-
- Outlaws, 155.
-
-
- Palaúan, 234.
-
- Pampangans, revolt of, 91.
-
- Parado, General Gonzales, 181.
-
- Parian, the, 156;
-   gate, 155, 156.
-
- Paris, peace of, 121.
-
- Paterno, Sr. Pedro A., 194–196.
-
- Peace, Commission, 208;
-   of Paris, 121;
-   treaty of, 208–210.
-
- Pearl fisheries, 234.
-
- Philip II., King, 28, 29, 30, 63, 68.
-
- Philip III., King, 68.
-
- Piña cloth, 227.
-
- Pirates, Chinese, 54–59; _see_ Moro.
-
- Polavieja, Governor-General, 174, 187, 191.
-
- Pope Alexander VI., 33.
-
- Porto Rico, 203, 209.
-
- President of U. S., 204, 209, 214, 216, 218.
-
- Prisoners released by U. S., 213.
-
- Problete, Archbishop, 89, 96.
-
- Protocol of peace, 208.
-
- Punta, 205.
-
-
- Raon, Governor-General, 126.
-
- “Real Situado,” 103.
-
- Recoletos, 177.
-
- Reformers in Spain, 145.
-
- Report of Schurman Commission, 215.
-
- Representative government, 219.
-
- Revolts—
-   Sumoroy’s, 85, 86.
-   Malong’s, 91.
-   Silan’s, 124.
-   Luzon, 136.
-   Novales’, 140.
-   Bohol, 145.
-   Tayabas, 148.
-   Tagal regiment, 148.
-   Cuesta’s, 154.
-   Cavite, 162.
-   Zamboanga, 164.
-   Seventy-fourth Regiment, 198.
-
- Reyes, Ventura de Los, 136.
-
- Ricafort, Governor-General, 144, 145.
-
- Riccio, friar-mandarin, 92–94.
-
- Rio de Janeiro, 16.
-
- Rivera, Governor-General, 168, 189, 191, 194, 197, 201.
-
- Rizal, Dr. José, 170–175, 243;
-   his widow, 174.
-
- Roderigues, Estevan, 70.
-
- Rojo, Archbishop, 117, 120, 122.
-
- Royal dues, 106.
-
-
- St. Lazarus Hospital, 83.
-
- Salazar, Archbishop, 65.
-
- Salazar, Simon de Anda y, 117, 120–122, 126.
-
- Salcedo, Governor-General, 96.
-
- Salcedo, Juan, 34–37, 51, 53, 54, 58, 59, 61.
-
- _San Antonio_, 16, 17.
-
- San Bernardino Strait, 229.
-
- Sanchez, Alonzo, 63.
-
- Sangley, 205.
-
- San Fausto Chapel, 40.
-
- San José College, 126.
-
- San Juan del Monte, 182, 183.
-
- San Lazarus Islands, 19.
-
- San Lucar Barrameda, 16, 27.
-
- _Santiago_, 16, 17.
-
- Santo Tomos, 125.
-
- Schools in the Philippines, 138, 213, 214, 237.
-
- Schurman, Hon. Jacob, 215;
-   Commission, 214.
-
- Secret societies, 164, 179.
-
- Self-government, 159, 213, 214.
-
- Sepoy troops, 118, 120.
-
- Serrano, Juan, 23.
-
- Seventy-fourth Regiment, revolt of the, 198.
-
- Silan, revolt of, 124, 125.
-
- Silang, battle of, 174.
-
- Sioco, Japanese pirate, 57.
-
- Soldiers as teachers, 214.
-
- Soler, Governor-General, 168.
-
- Soliman, chief of Maynila, 36, 38, 39.
-
- South Pacific squadron, 204.
-
- Spanish-Americans, 144.
-
- Spanish Cortes, 135, 136.
-
- Spanish, fleet, 205;
-   friars, 162, 169, 171, 177, 187;
-   troops, 186, 188.
-
- Steam gunboats, 152.
-
- Steel plows, 228.
-
- Strait, of Balabac, 234;
-   of San Bernardino, 229.
-
- Students, Filipino, 154, 169, 241.
-
- Study of English, 237.
-
- Sual, 196.
-
- Suez canal, 164.
-
- Sultan of Sulu, 113, 115.
-
- Sulu archipelago, 232.
-
- Sumoroy’s revolt, 85, 86.
-
- Supreme Court, 61, 62, 68, 119, 120.
-
- Suragao, 18;
-   district, 232.
-
- Taal, town of, destroyed, 111;
-   volcano, 109, 223.
-
- Tacloban, 164, 229.
-
- Tagals, 48;
-   king of the, 148, 149.
-
- Taufer, Miss Josephine, 174.
-
- Tavera, Dr. Pardo de, 218.
-
- _Te Deum_ sung in Manila, 196.
-
- Tibi, 226.
-
- Tobacco, inspectors, 130;
-   land, 222, 228;
-   monopoly, 129, 130, 134, 155, 167.
-
- Torre, Governor-General, 158.
-
- Torre’s guard, 158.
-
- Trade, 99–107;
-   control of, 135;
-   restrictions on, 74, 100, 101.
-
- Treaty of Paris, 121;
-   of Peace, 208;
-   of Trent, 162.
-
- Trent, treaty of, 162.
-
- _Trinidad, La_, 16.
-
- _Trinidad_, galleon captured by British, 118.
-
- Typhoons, 231.
-
-
- United States, 203–210, 212, 214, 216, 236.
-
- _Uranus_, island steamer, 197.
-
- Urbiztondo, Governor-General, 153.
-
- Urdaneta, Padre Andres de, 30, 33, 42.
-
-
- Valenzuela, Sancho, 183.
-
- Vargas, Don José, Basco y, 128, 130.
-
- Venenchillo, Fray Francisco, 111.
-
- Vicos, 125.
-
- _Victoria_, 16, 17.
-
- Vigan, 222, 224.
-
- Villalobos, Ruy Lopez de, 28.
-
- Visayans, 48.
-
- Visayas, the, 226.
-
-
- War, declaration of, 203.
-
- Worcester, Hon. Dean, 218.
-
- Wright, Hon. Luke E., 218.
-
-
- Zamboanga, 231.
-
- Zamora, Dr. Jacinto, 164.
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
-                        The World and Its People
-
-
-A series of geographical readers that describe the countries and the
-inhabitants of all parts of the world; graded to suit the needs of young
-people from primary to high school age; prepared by well-informed
-writers who combine entertainment with instruction; and filled with a
-wealth of maps and illustrations: a series of recognized value as a
-preparation for the regular text-books, and a supplement to them.
-
- Book   I. FIRST LESSONS
-              Edited by LARKIN DUNTON, LL.D. 160 pages          36 cents
-
- Book  II. GLIMPSES OF THE WORLD
-              Edited by LARKIN DUNTON, LL.D. 160 pages          36 cents
-
- Book III. OUR OWN COUNTRY
-              By MINNA C. SMITH. 222 pages                      50 cents
-
- Book  IV. OUR AMERICAN NEIGHBORS
-              By FANNIE E. COE. 332 pages                       60 cents
-
- Book   V. MODERN EUROPE
-              By FANNIE E. COE. 404 pages                       60 cents
-
- Book  VI. LIFE IN ASIA
-              By MARY CATE SMITH. 334 pages                     60 cents
-
- Book VII. VIEWS IN AFRICA
-              By ANNA B. BADLAM. 450 pages                      72 cents
-
- Book VIII. AUSTRALIA AND THE ISLANDS OF THE SEA
-              By EVA M. C. KELLOGG. 450 pages                   68 cents
-
- Book  IX. HAWAII AND ITS PEOPLE
-              By ALEXANDER S. TWOMBLY. 384 pages                68 cents
-
- Book   X. THE SOUTH AMERICAN REPUBLICS
-              By W. FISHER MARKWICK and WILLIAM A. SMITH, M.A.
-                362 pages                                       60 cents
-
-            _The prices above indicated are for introduction_
-
-
-                       Silver, Burdett & Company
-                             _=Publishers=_
-                =New York=      =Boston=      =Chicago=
-
-[Illustration: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS]
-
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-
-
-                          TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES
-
-
- 1. Silently corrected obvious typographical errors and variations in
-      spelling.
- 2. Retained archaic, non-standard, and uncertain spellings as printed.
- 3. Enclosed italics font in _underscores_.
- 4. Enclosed bold font in =equals=.
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE STORY OF THE
-PHILIPPINES ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
-  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
-  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
-  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
-  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
-  United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
-  you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
-  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
-  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
-  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
-  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
-  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
-  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
-  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
-  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
-  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
-  Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
-  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
-  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
-  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
-  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
-  works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
-  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
-  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
-  receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
-  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/68782-0.zip b/old/68782-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 51de710..0000000
--- a/old/68782-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h.zip b/old/68782-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 6516fb7..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/68782-h.htm b/old/68782-h/68782-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fedf21..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/68782-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8777 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html>
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
-  <head>
-    <meta charset="utf-8" />
-    <title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The story of the Philippines, by Adeline Knapp</title>
-    <link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover" />
-    <style> /* <![CDATA[ */
-       body { margin-left: 8%; margin-right: 10%; }
-       h1 { text-align: center; font-weight: bold; font-size: xx-large; }
-       h2 { text-align: center; font-weight: bold; font-size: x-large; }
-       .pageno { right: 1%; font-size: x-small; background-color: inherit; color: silver; 
-               text-indent: 0em; text-align: right; position: absolute; 
-               border: thin solid silver; padding: .1em .2em; font-style: normal; 
-               font-variant: normal; font-weight: normal; text-decoration: none; }
-       p { text-indent: 0; margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-align: justify; }
-       .sc { font-variant: small-caps; }
-       .large { font-size: large; }
-       .xlarge { font-size: x-large; }
-       .small { font-size: small; }
-       .index li {text-indent: -1em; padding-left: 1em; }
-       .index ul {list-style-type: none;  padding-left: 0; }
-       ul.index  {list-style-type: none;  padding-left: 0; }
-       .dl_1 dd { text-align: justify; padding-top: .5em; margin-left: 2.7em;
-               text-indent: -1em; }
-       .dl_1 dt { float: left; clear: left; text-align: justify; width: 1.5em;
-               padding-top: .5em; padding-right: .5em; }
-       .ol_1 li {padding-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em; }
-       .x-ebookmaker .dl_1 dt { float: left; clear: left; text-align: justify;
-               width: 1.5em; padding-top: .5em; padding-right: .5em; }
-       dl.dl_1 { margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em; }
-       ol.ol_1 {padding-left: 0; margin-left: 2.78%; margin-top: .5em;
-               margin-bottom: .5em; list-style-type: decimal; }
-       div.pbb { page-break-before: always; }
-       hr.pb { border: none; border-bottom: thin solid; margin-bottom: 1em; }
-       .x-ebookmaker  hr.pb { display: none; } 
-       .chapter { clear: both; page-break-before: always; }
-       .figcenter { clear: both; max-width: 100%; margin: 2em auto; text-align: center; }
-       .figleft { clear: left; float: left; max-width: 100%; margin: 0.5em 1em 1em 0;
-               text-align: justify; }
-       .figright { clear: right; float: right; max-width: 100%; margin: 0.5em 0 1em 1em;
-               text-align: right; }
-       div.figcenter p { text-align: center; text-indent: 0; }
-       div.figleft p { text-align: center; text-indent: 0; }
-       div.figright p { text-align: center; text-indent: 0; }
-       .x-ebookmaker  .figleft { float: left; } 
-       .x-ebookmaker  .figright { float: right; } 
-       .figcenter img { max-width: 100%; height: auto; }
-       .figleft img { max-width: 100%; height: auto; }
-       .figright img { max-width: 100%; height: auto; }
-       .id001 { width:80%; }
-       .id003 { width:10%; }
-       .id004 { width:40%; }
-       .id005 { width:40%; }
-       .x-ebookmaker  .id001 { margin-left:10%; width:80%; } 
-       .x-ebookmaker  .id003 { margin-left:45%; width:10%; } 
-       .x-ebookmaker  .id004 { width:40%; } 
-       .x-ebookmaker  .id005 { margin-left:30%; width:40%; } 
-       .ic002 { width:100%; } 
-       .ig001 { width:100%; } 
-       .table0 { margin: auto; margin-top: 2em; }
-       .table1 { margin: auto; }
-       .nf-center { text-align: center; }
-       .nf-center-c0 { text-align: justify; margin: 0.5em 0; }
-       img.drop-capi { float: left; margin: 0 0.5em 0 0; position: relative; z-index: 1; }
-       p.drop-capi_8 { text-indent: 0; margin-top: 0.25em; margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
-       p.drop-capi_8:first-letter { color: transparent; visibility: hidden;
-               margin-left: -.8em; }
-       .x-ebookmaker img.drop-capi { display: none; visibility: hidden; }
-       .x-ebookmaker p.drop-capi_8:first-letter { color: inherit; visibility: visible;
-               margin-left: 0em; }
-       .c000 { margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
-       .c001 { margin-top: 4em; }
-       .c002 { margin-top: 1em; }
-       .c003 { page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em; }
-       .c004 { margin-top: 2em; }
-       .c005 { page-break-before:auto; margin-top: 4em; }
-       .c006 { margin-top: 2em; text-indent: 1em; margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
-       .c007 { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: 0.25em; margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
-       .c008 { vertical-align: top; text-align: right; padding-right: 1em; }
-       .c009 { vertical-align: top; text-align: justify; text-indent: -1em;
-               padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; }
-       .c010 { vertical-align: top; text-align: right; }
-       .c011 { text-align: center; }
-       .c012 { font-size: .9em; text-indent: 1em; margin-top: 0.25em;
-               margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
-       .c013 { margin-top: 2em; font-size: .9em; text-indent: 1em; margin-bottom: 0.25em;
-               }
-       .c014 { border: none; border-bottom: thin solid; margin-top: 0.8em;
-               margin-bottom: 0.8em; margin-left: 35%; margin-right: 35%; width: 30%; }
-       .c015 { margin-top: .5em; }
-       .c016 { vertical-align: bottom; text-align: right; }
-       div.tnotes { padding-left:1em;padding-right:1em;background-color:#E3E4FA;
-              border:thin solid silver; margin:2em 10% 0 10%; font-family: Georgia, serif;
-               clear: both; }
-       .covernote { visibility: hidden; display: none; }
-       div.tnotes p { text-align: justify; }
-       .x-ebookmaker .covernote { visibility: visible; display: block; }
-       .figcenter {font-size: .9em; page-break-inside: avoid; max-width: 100%; }
-       .x-ebookmaker img {max-height: 30em; max-width: 100%; }
-       .chapter  { clear: both; page-break-before: always; }
-       .ol_1 li {font-size: .9em; }
-       .x-ebookmaker .ol_1 li {padding-left: 1em; text-indent: 0em; }
-       body {font-family: Georgia, serif; text-align: justify; }
-       table {font-size: .9em; padding: 1.5em .5em 1em; page-break-inside: avoid;
-               clear: both; }
-       div.titlepage {text-align: center; page-break-before: always;
-               page-break-after: always; }
-       div.titlepage p {text-align: center; text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold;
-               line-height: 1.5; margin-top: 3em; }
-       .ph1 { text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold; font-size: xx-large;
-               margin: .67em auto; page-break-before: always; }
-       .ph2 { text-indent: 0em; font-weight: bold; font-size: x-large; margin: .75em auto;
-               page-break-before: always; }
-       .left {text-align: justify; display: block; margin-left: 0em; margin-right: auto;
-               max-width: 50%;top: 1em; }
-       .x-ebookmaker p.dropcap:first-letter { float: left; }
-    /* ]]> */ </style>
-  </head>
-  <body>   
-<p style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The story of the Philippines, by Adeline Knapp</p>
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
-at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
-are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
-country where you are located before using this eBook.
-</div>
-
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: The story of the Philippines</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:0; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:1em;'>for use in the schools of the Philippine Islands</p>
-<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Adeline Knapp</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: August 18, 2022 [eBook #68782]</p>
-<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</p>
-  <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left'>Produced by: Richard Tonsing and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by The Internet Archive)</p>
-<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE STORY OF THE PHILIPPINES ***</div>
-
-<div class='tnotes covernote'>
-
-<p class='c000'><strong>Transcriber’s Note:</strong></p>
-
-<p class='c000'>The cover image was created by the transcriber and is placed in the public domain.</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div id='Front'  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_001.jpg' alt='THE WORLD ON MERCATOR’S PROJECTION.' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter ph1'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c001'>
-    <div><span class='xlarge'>THE STORY</span></div>
-    <div class='c002'><span class='large'>OF</span></div>
-    <div class='c002'>THE PHILIPPINES</div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<div id='Frontispiece'  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_002.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>VIEW FROM THE CITY WALL, MANILA.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='titlepage'>
-
-<div>
-  <h1 class='c003'><span class='xlarge'>THE STORY</span><br /> <span class='small'>OF</span><br /> THE PHILIPPINES<br /> <span class='small'>FOR USE IN THE SCHOOLS OF THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS</span></h1>
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c004'>
-    <div>BY</div>
-    <div class='c002'><span class='large'>ADELINE KNAPP</span></div>
-    <div class='c002'><span class='small'>Author of “How to Live,” etc.</span></div>
-    <div class='c002'><span class='small'>WITH MANY ILLUSTRATIONS</span></div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id003'>
-<img src='images/i_title.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-  <div class='nf-center'>
-    <div><span class='large'>SILVER, BURDETT AND COMPANY</span></div>
-    <div>NEW YORK      BOSTON      CHICAGO</div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c001'>
-    <div><span class='small'><span class='sc'>Copyright, 1902, by</span></span></div>
-    <div><span class='small'>SILVER, BURDETT AND COMPANY</span></div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_5'>5</span>
-  <h2 class='c005'>PREFATORY NOTE.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c006'>The history of the Philippine Islands is little known
-to its people to-day, for the records are few and not
-easy of access. Just at the present time this knowledge
-is especially necessary to the Filipino people. A
-knowledge of the conditions of the past is of the greatest
-importance to a people desirous of planning wisely
-and well for the future.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>“The Story of the Philippines” aims to teach Filipino
-young people the salient facts regarding the past
-of their country, and, besides this, it points out some of
-the things needful to the best growth and progress
-of the islands. Certain chapters are devoted to matters
-pertaining to geography, commerce, and government,
-directing attention to the main physical features of the
-country and the possibilities of its successful development,
-and touching upon lines of commercial and social
-advancement which lie just ahead. The book shows
-that the Filipinos have a past filled with the records of
-brave deeds and patient forbearance; that they have a
-beautiful country, rich in natural resources; and that the
-future development and prosperity of their islands depend
-largely upon themselves.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The volume has been prepared in order to fill a definite
-educational need in the schools of the Philippine
-Islands, and as the first secular history of their land to
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_6'>6</span>be brought within reach of Filipino school children it
-should be of real value. But it is not only to the
-teachers and pupils in the schools that this book is
-useful; it should appeal to all who live in the Philippine
-Islands and all others who are interested in them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The author has had access to the best historical material
-available in the Philippines and in America. The
-book was written in the islands, and as nearly as possible
-from the standpoint of the people. It is impossible
-to name the many devoted friends of the islands—Filipinos
-and Americans—who have helped to make
-this book possible. No mere words of thanks can express
-the obligation of the author and publishers to
-them; but their aid was given in a spirit of desire to
-help in the education of Filipino young people. If the
-book does this, their reward will be commensurate with
-the great service they have rendered.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_7'>7</span>
-  <h2 class='c005'>CONTENTS.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<table class='table0'>
-  <tr>
-    <th class='c008'><span class='small'>CHAPTER.</span></th>
-    <th class='c009'>&#160;</th>
-    <th class='c010'><span class='small'>PAGE.</span></th>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>I.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Discovery of the Islands</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_13'>13</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>II.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Early Settlements</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_27'>27</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>III.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Country and its People</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_42'>42</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>IV.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Early Troubles</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_52'>52</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>V.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Beginnings of Strife</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_61'>61</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>VI.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Colonial Wars and Difficulties</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_70'>70</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>VII.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Spanish and the Filipinos</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_78'>78</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>VIII.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>A New Beginning</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_88'>88</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>IX.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Trade in the Philippines</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_99'>99</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>X.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Islands under Arandia’s Rule</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_109'>109</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>XI.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>British Occupation</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_117'>117</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>XII.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>To the End of the Eighteenth Century</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_124'>124</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>XIII.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Constitution of 1812</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_132'>132</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>XIV.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Changes in the Islands</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_142'>142</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>XV.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Efforts to Keep Peace</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_151'>151</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>XVI.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Insurrection at Cavite</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_162'>162</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>XVII.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Uprising of 1896</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_177'>177</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>XVIII.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The End of Spanish Rule</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_191'>191</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>XIX.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Beginning of American Occupation</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_203'>203</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>XX.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Civil Government for the Philippines</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_212'>212</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>XXI.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Physical Geography of the Archipelago</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_221'>221</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>XXII.</td>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Future</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_236'>236</a></td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_9'>9</span>
-  <h2 class='c005'>ILLUSTRATIONS.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<table class='table0'>
-  <tr>
-    <th class='c009'></th>
-    <th class='c010'><span class='small'>PAGE.</span></th>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c010'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>View from the City Wall, Manila</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><i><a href='#Frontispiece'>Frontispiece</a></i></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>King Charles I.</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_15'>15</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>In the Straits of Magellan</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_19'>19</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Map of Magellan’s Route</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_20'>20</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Landing of Magellan</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_22'>22</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Tomb of Magellan, on the Island of Mactan</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_24'>24</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Statue of Sebastian del Cano</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_29'>29</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Ancient Fort Commanding Cebu Harbor</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_32'>32</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Monument to Legaspi at Cebu City</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_35'>35</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Legaspi Sailing to Manila</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_38'>38</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Aborigines of Mindanao</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_44'>44</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>A Moro of Joló, in the Sulu Archipelago</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_47'>47</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Ancient Alphabets</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_49'>49</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Negritos in a Prahu</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_50'>50</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Plaza de Goiti, Manila</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_55'>55</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Chinese War Junks Attacking Manila</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_57'>57</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>King Philip II.</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_63'>63</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The City Wall and Moat, Manila</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_66'>66</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>A Member of the Guianga Tribe of Mindanao</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_72'>72</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Warriors of Mindanao</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_73'>73</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Dutch Ships Attacking a Chinese Trading Junk</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_75'>75</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Fuerza del Pilar, Mindanao</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_81'>81</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>St. Lazarus Hospital, Manila</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_83'>83</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>A Church at Malate</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_90'>90</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Manila Cathedral</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_93'>93</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_10'>10</span><span class='sc'>An Old Spanish Fort at Siassi</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_95'>95</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Arrival of a Spanish Galleon</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_101'>101</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Santa Lucia Gate, Manila</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_104'>104</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Taal Volcano</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_110'>110</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Igorrotes</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_113'>113</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>A Street in Joló</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_114'>114</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Royal Gate and Sally Port in the City Wall, Manila</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_119'>119</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The British Assault on the Walls of Manila</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_121'>121</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Monument to Simon de Anda on the Malacon, Manila</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_127'>127</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>A Modern War Ship</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_133'>133</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>King Ferdinand VII.</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_137'>137</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>A Street in Manila</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_139'>139</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Magellan Monument, Manila</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_143'>143</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Queen Christina</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_146'>146</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Manila Bay from the City Walls</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_148'>148</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Pirate Fleet Attacking a Coast Town</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_153'>153</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Parian Gate</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_155'>155</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Ruins of Manila Cathedral after an Earthquake</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_157'>157</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Queen Isabella II. as a Child</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_158'>158</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Grounds of the Cavite Arsenal</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_165'>165</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Pumping Station, Carriedo Waterworks</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_167'>167</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Bridge of Spain</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_171'>171</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Fort General Weyler in Mindanao</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_178'>178</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Bridge of San Juan del Monte</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_182'>182</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Dungeon at Cavite</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_185'>185</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Biac-na-’Bato, where the Treaty was Made</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_195'>195</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Emilio Aguinaldo</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_199'>199</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Admiral Montojo</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_204'>204</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Governor-General Augusti</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_206'>206</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The First American Flag Raised in Manila</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_209'>209</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Governor William H. Taft</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_215'>215</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>General Adna R. Chaffee</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_217'>217</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='pageno' id='Page_11'>11</span><span class='sc'>Mayon Volcano</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_225'>225</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Weaving Jusi</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_227'>227</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Falls of Botocan in Luzon</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_230'>230</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>A River Scene on the Island of Luzon</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_233'>233</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Cagayan de Oro River</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_238'>238</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>Manila Schoolboys</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><a href='#Page_241'>241</a></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c010'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td class='c011' colspan='2'>COLORED MAPS</td></tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The World</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><i><a href='#Front'>Inside Front Cover</a></i></td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c009'><span class='sc'>The Philippine Islands</span></td>
-    <td class='c010'><i><a href='#Back'>Inside Back Cover</a></i></td>
-  </tr>
-</table>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_12'>12</span>
-  <h2 class='c005'>KEY TO PRONUNCIATION OF PROPER NAMES.</h2>
-</div>
-
- <dl class='dl_1 c004'>
-    <dt> a</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>fat</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> ā</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>fate</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> ä</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>father</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> ȧ</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>|ask</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> e</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>pen</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> ē</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>mete</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> ė</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>her</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> i</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>pin</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> ī</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>pine</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> o</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>not</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> oi</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>oil</i>, <i>boy</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> ou</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>pound</i>, <i>proud</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> ō</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>note</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> ö</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>move</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> u</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>tub</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> ̤ū</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>mute</i>.
-    </dd>
-    <dt> ̇u</dt>
-    <dd>as in <i>pull</i>.
-    </dd>
-    </dl>
-
-<p class='c007'>A double dot under a vowel in an unaccented syllable indicates
-that its sound is almost that of the short <i>u</i> in <i>but</i>, <i>tub</i>, etc.̤ū
-as ̤ä in <i>America</i>, ̤e in <i>prudent</i>, ̤i in <i>charity</i>, ̤o in <i>actor</i>, ̤ē in <i>the
-book</i>, ̤ū in <i>nature</i>.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_13'>13</span>
-<img src='images/i_013.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter ph1'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c001'>
-    <div>THE STORY OF THE PHILIPPINES.</div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<div>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter I.<br /> <span class='large'>THE DISCOVERY OF THE ISLANDS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_013.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-When Christopher Columbus (kris´to fer kō-lum´bus)
-discovered America, in the year
-1492, he set all Europe talking about the
-unknown lands that lay beyond seas.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>At that time little was known of geography. Most
-people believed that the world was flat, and that if
-a man were to reach the edge he could jump off into
-space. Some people thought, too, that this great,
-flat earth rested on the backs of four huge tortoises,
-and that the movements of these creatures caused
-earthquakes.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Sailors believed that somewhere in the Atlantic
-Ocean Satan lived. When a ship was wrecked they
-thought that Satan had reached out an awful hand
-and dragged the ship down into the sea. Even learned
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_14'>14</span>captains believed this, and declared that they had seen
-ships drawn under in this manner. To them the great,
-dashing waves in a storm must have looked like huge
-hands, and so they made this mistake.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The sea was full of terror to those sailors of long
-ago; yet they braved it. They went forth in frail
-little ships, such as a modern sailor would hardly risk
-a voyage in. Until a short time before Columbus’s
-day they even had no compass, but were guided by
-the winds and the stars. They made long voyages
-in their tiny ships, and little by little they began to
-see that those who said that the world is round, and
-not flat, must be right.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In the year 1513, a little over twenty years after
-Columbus’s discovery, a Spanish captain named Balboa
-(bäl bō´ä) reached Central America. With his soldiers
-he crossed the Isthmus of Darien (dā rē ȧn´), and discovered
-the great ocean which washes the western coast of
-America. This ocean he named the “Southern Sea.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Men were in those days slowly groping their way
-across seas to the new lands. Of course, as soon as
-they knew of this ocean, they wanted to find a way to
-sail into it from the Atlantic Ocean. They knew that
-if they could do this they would have a shorter route
-from Europe to the famed “spice islands” which were
-believed to be in the South Seas.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>About this time there came to Spain a great soldier
-and sea-captain named Ferdinand Magellan (fêrd´ī nänd
-m̤a jel´̤an). He was a Portuguese noble, a clever man
-of much learning. While yet a very young man he
-became an officer in the Portuguese navy, and fought
-for his king in many far countries.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_15'>15</span>During a war which Portugal waged in Africa, Magellan
-was badly wounded in one knee, so that he was
-ever after lame. On his return to Portugal from
-Africa, other captains of the king became jealous of
-his fame and tried to belittle all that he had done.</p>
-
-<div  class='figright id004'>
-<img src='images/i_015.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>KING CHARLES I.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>They told the king untrue tales about him, and
-made the sovereign believe
-evil against him.
-Among other things,
-they said that he was
-pretending to suffer
-from a malady of
-which he had once
-been a victim, but of
-which he was really
-cured. They said that
-he did this because he
-did not wish to serve
-the king any longer.
-So they stirred up the
-king’s mind against
-the brave captain, and
-Magellan was very
-badly treated. At
-last, deeply hurt by the king’s unfairness, he left the
-country. He went to Spain, and became a subject of
-King Charles I.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The king of Spain gave Magellan a warm welcome.
-He was glad to have him at court, and listened eagerly
-to what Magellan had to say about certain rich islands
-that lay in the Southern Sea. Many sailors from Spain
-and from Portugal had heard of these islands, and
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_16'>16</span>when they returned from their voyages to the Malay
-Peninsula in the East, they told how they had seen,
-in Malacca harbor, dusky traders from that unknown
-land. None of them knew, however, just where these
-islands lay.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>At last King Charles I. made a compact with Magellan.
-He made the captain a cavalier of Spain, and
-fitted out a fleet for him. Magellan pledged himself
-to spend ten years trying to find the southern islands
-for Spain, and the king gave to him and to his heirs
-the governorship of all islands that he might discover
-and conquer.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It was on August 10, 1519, that Magellan’s fleet,
-flying the royal standard of Spain, left San Lucar de
-Barrameda (sän lö´cär dā bär rä mā´thä). There were
-five ships, <i>La Trinidad</i> (lä trē´nē däth), <i>San Antonio</i>
-(sän än tō´nē ō), <i>Victoria</i> (vik tō´rē ä), <i>Santiago</i> (sän
-tē ä´gō), and <i>Concepcion</i> (kōn thep´thē ōn). They sailed
-southward, from San Lucar de Barrameda toward the
-Canary Islands, and on the 13th of December reached
-Rio de Janeiro (rē´ō dā zhä nā´rō).</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>From there they went along down the eastern coast
-of South America, trying every opening which they
-thought might be a passage into the sea they sought.
-They lost a good deal of time sailing up the Rio de la
-Plata (rē´ō dā lä plä´tä), and at last had to come back
-to the Atlantic. By this time it was late in winter,
-and the weather was very cold.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>By now the officers and sailors on all save Magellan’s
-own ship had become rebellious. They were sure that
-no passage could be found into the Southern Sea, and
-they wanted to go back to Spain. This rebellion grew
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_17'>17</span>until Magellan had to put it down by the use of force.
-He was able to win over the sailors, but the officers
-still made trouble, and at last their revolt was so serious
-that the fleet could not go on until this matter
-was ended. One captain even made an attack on <i>La
-Trinidad</i>, the ship which Magellan commanded. Not
-until one of the rebellious captains, with a companion,
-was put ashore, another killed, and a third executed
-for mutiny, was order restored so that the fleet could
-continue the voyage.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But the way was long and trying. The sailors began
-to lose courage again, and only the bravery and strong
-will of Magellan kept the fleet together. One ship,
-the <i>Santiago</i>, was wrecked in a great gale, and while
-off the coast of New Guinea (nö gin´nē) the crew and
-most of the officers of the <i>San Antonio</i> mutinied. They
-put their captain in irons and sailed back to Spain.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There they lodged a complaint against their captain
-and against Magellan. They accused the latter of
-great cruelty, and raised much ill feeling against him.
-Magellan’s wife and family were put into prison, and
-if the cavalier himself had been in Spain, it would have
-gone hard with him.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But Magellan was very far from Spain. With the
-three remaining ships he was still sailing in search of
-a passage into the sea which Balboa had discovered.
-On the 28th day of October, 1520, the fleet reached
-the seaway now known as the Straits of Magellan, between
-Patagonia (pat ä gō´nē ä) and Tierra del Fuego
-(tē er´rä del fwā´gō).</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Hardly daring to hope that this was the passage they
-sought, they entered it and sailed on. Nearly a month
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_18'>18</span>later, on November 26, 1520, they passed out of the
-Straits and found themselves on the broad, blue Southern
-Sea. This sea was so quiet, so fair and beautiful,
-that Magellan at once named it the “Pacific,” or
-“peaceful,” Ocean.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The longed for seaway was discovered, and they
-were the first to sail through it! We may be sure that
-the hearts of the little company were glad. There was
-no more doubt; no more grumbling; no more rebellion
-against their leader. They knew, at last, that he was
-a great captain, and they followed him willingly across
-the unknown sea. They were now full of hope for the
-success of their voyage. They were eager to reach
-the rich spice islands which they were sure lay before
-them, and the ships sailed bravely forward over the
-beautiful Pacific.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>On March 16, 1521, they came to the Ladrone
-(lä drōne´) Islands. To these Magellan gave the name
-Islas de las Velas (ēs läs dā läs vā´läs). It was Miguel
-de Legaspi (mē gā´el dā lā gäth´pē) who, when he
-visited them in 1564, called them the Ladrones. The
-expedition did not linger here, however, but soon sailed
-away toward the southwest, where the Spaniards hoped
-to find the spice islands which they sought.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>They held steadily to their westward course, and in
-due time reached Jomohol (hō mō hōl´), now called
-Malhon (mäl hōn´), in the Straits of Suragao (sö rä gä´ō),
-between Samar (säm´är) and Dinegat (dē nā gät´). Here
-they touched, but did not remain. They sailed on
-along the coast of Mindanao (mēn dä nä´ō), instead,
-and early in Easter week came to the mouth of the
-Butuan (bö tö än´) River.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_19'>19</span>They were nearly out of food and water by this time,
-so they landed to see what supplies they could find.
-The chief of Butuan and his people were at first frightened
-by the sight of these white strangers. The Spaniards
-wore armor and carried firearms. They must
-have seemed strange to those simple people, who had
-never before seen such men or such weapons. The
-natives welcomed the strangers, and brought them fresh
-food and water. They helped the Spaniards to load
-these on their ships, and were in every way friendly.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_019.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>IN THE STRAITS OF MAGELLAN.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>Afterwards Magellan claimed the country for King
-Charles I. of Spain, and raised the Spanish flag. The
-chief looked on during this act, and consented to it;
-but it is not likely that he knew what Magellan was
-doing. Then Magellan named the country the San
-Lazarus (sän lāth´är ůs) Isles.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_20'>20</span>
-<img src='images/i_020.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>MAGELLAN’S ROUTE.<br /><br />The Map shows the World as known about 1500.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_21'>21</span>Magellan learned from the Butuan people that a rich
-and fertile island called Cebu (sā´bö) lay to the north,
-and to this island he wished to go. The chief of
-Butuan then offered to go with him and show him
-the way; so, with the chief and some of his people,
-the fleet sailed to Cebu. They reached harbor there
-April 7, 1521.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>At first the Cebuans (sā´bö äns) were very unfriendly
-toward the strangers, and, but for the chief of Butuan,
-would have driven them away. He answered for the
-Spaniards, however. He told the king of Cebu that
-they wished to be friends, and at last the Spaniards
-were allowed to land.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Magellan must have had the good gift of making
-friends, for he soon won over the king of Cebu just as
-he had won over the chief of Butuan. He and the
-king swore friendship, and each drank blood drawn
-from the breast of the other. This they did for a sign
-that thereafter they were to be brothers. Magellan
-also made a treaty with the king in the name of King
-Charles I. of Spain.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There were a number of Spanish friars with the fleet.
-These at once began to teach the people, and before
-long the king was baptized as King Charles I. of Cebu.
-Many of his people were baptized also. Magellan then
-promised the Cebuans to help them in a war which
-they were having with the people of Mactan (mäk´tän),
-an island near Cebu. To keep this promise, Magellan
-crossed to Mactan with forty of his men in the evening
-of April 25th. He would not let any of the Cebuans
-go with him, as he wished to show them how quickly
-Spanish soldiers would defeat such a foe.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_22'>22</span>
-<img src='images/i_022.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p><span class='left'><i>From a Painting in the Municipal School, Manila.</i></span><br /><br />THE LANDING OF MAGELLAN.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_23'>23</span>The Spanish landed at night, and as soon as it was
-light the people of Mactan came down to the beach in
-great numbers. A fierce battle was fought, in which
-the Europeans, being greatly outnumbered, were defeated.
-One old Spanish account says that the Spanish
-soldiers sprang into the water and swam to the ships,
-leaving their leader on shore. Magellan was a skillful
-swordsman, and killed many of the enemy. At last,
-however, a savage, who fought with a huge club, struck
-him a blow that crushed both his helmet and his skull.
-He died, there by the sea, on the island of Mactan,
-and a monument to his memory now stands on the
-spot where it is supposed that he fell.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>On the right bank of the River Pasig (pä´sig), in
-Manila, near the bridge of Spain, is another monument
-in honor of this brave nobleman and soldier.
-Ferdinand Magellan ranks with the great sailors of the
-world. Not even Columbus was wiser or more skillful
-than he. The discovery of the passage between the
-two great oceans, and the long, dangerous journey
-across seas to these islands, are feats that make him
-worthy of a high and honorable place in the world’s
-history.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>After the death of Magellan, Captain Duarte Barbosa
-(dö är´tā bär bo´thä) took command of the fleet. The
-king of Cebu had not sworn friendship with him, however,
-and the chief of Butuan had gone back to his
-home, so the Spanish had no strong friend in the
-island. The king invited Barbosa and his men to a
-feast on the island, and at this feast the captain and
-twenty-six of his men were killed. The Cebuans
-offered to give up a Spanish sailor named Juan Serrano
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_24'>24</span>(hō än´ sā rä´nō) for two cannons from one of the ships,
-but the Spanish would not come inshore to bring the
-cannons and take their shipmate on board. They
-sailed away and left him to his fate.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id005'>
-<img src='images/i_024.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>THE TOMB OF MAGELLAN, ON THE ISLAND OF MACTAN.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>In all, thirty-two Spaniards were killed at Cebu.
-This left them so short of men that they could not get
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_25'>25</span>the three ships away. So, as the <i>Concepcion</i> was the
-poorest of the three, they sunk her in Cebu harbor.
-After doing this they made haste to get away from the
-scene of their ill fortune. Captain Juan Caraballo
-(kär ä bäl´yō) was now made commander of the expedition,
-and with less than a hundred men all told, the
-two ships went on to Borneo.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—Ferdinand Magellan, a Portuguese noble, leaving
-his own country because of ill treatment, became a subject
-of Spain. King Charles I. fitted out a fleet for him,
-and Magellan agreed to spend ten years seeking for islands
-in the Southern Sea, to conquer for Spain. On August 10,
-1519, the fleet sailed from San Lucar de Barrameda, southward.
-Magellan sailed down the eastern coast of South
-America, seeking a passage into the ocean which Balboa had
-discovered and named the Southern Sea. They had many
-hardships. One ship was wrecked and one deserted; but on
-October 28, 1520, they reached the passage now known as
-the Straits of Magellan. This passage is between Patagonia
-and Tierra del Fuego. They sailed through the Straits, and
-on November 26, 1520, entered the Southern Sea. Magellan
-named this sea the Pacific Ocean. On March 16, 1521, the
-fleet reached the Ladrone Islands. They did not remain long,
-but sailed toward the southwest. They touched at Malhon,
-and went on along the coast of Mindanao. They landed at the
-mouth of the Butuan River, and were well received by the
-chief and his people. Magellan claimed the country for
-Spain. The chief of Butuan went with the Spanish to Cebu.
-Magellan swore friendship with the king of Cebu, and the
-latter was baptized. Magellan, with forty Spaniards, offered
-to fight the people of Mactan, who were at war with the
-Cebuans. Magellan was killed, however, and the Spaniards
-were driven back. The new Spanish leader was killed, with
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_26'>26</span>twenty-six of his men, at a feast given by the king of Cebu
-on shore. The Spanish sunk one of their ships; and the
-other two, with all the Spaniards left, sailed for Borneo.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—What did people believe in the time of Columbus
-about the shape of the earth? What did they think
-about the sea? What European first saw the Pacific Ocean?
-How did he reach it? Who was Magellan? How did he
-come to take service with the king of Spain? When did
-Magellan’s fleet leave Spain? What course did it take?
-Tell when he discovered the Straits. Where did Magellan
-go after entering the Pacific? Give an account of his landing
-at Butuan. Where did he go next? How did he die?
-What then became of the fleet?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_27'>27</span>
-<img src='images/i_027.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter II.<br /> <span class='large'>EARLY SETTLEMENTS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_027.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-In the month of September, 1522, a few
-weeks over three years after Magellan’s
-proud fleet sailed from San Lucar de Barrameda,
-in Spain, a single ship put into that
-port. She was seaworn and battered, with torn sails,
-and timbers warped and scarred by many a storm. The
-people hailed her with joy, and everywhere in Spain
-men were glad when they heard of her safe home-coming.
-This ship was the <i>Victoria</i>, commanded by Captain
-Juan Sebastian del Cano (sā bäs´tē än del kä´nō),
-a statue of whom now stands in the main hall of the
-Palacio in Manila. She was the only one left of the
-five ships that had gone out with Magellan three years
-before.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But battered and scarred as she was, the <i>Victoria</i> was
-a ship to be proud of. She had sailed clear around the
-world, and at that time no other ship had ever done
-such a thing. No wonder, then, that everybody was
-glad to see her, and was proud of her. The people were
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_28'>28</span>sorry when they learned of the sad fate of Magellan,
-but there were still brave captains and clever seamen
-in Spain, and these at once began making plans to go
-to the new-found San Lazarus Isles.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>One of the expeditions that were fitted out was lost;
-but in 1542 a second company left the city of Navidad
-(nä vē däth´) in Mexico, or New Spain, as that country
-was often called. This one was commanded by a Spanish
-nobleman named Ruy Lopez de Villalobos (rē lō peth´dā
-vēl yä lō’bos). After a long, hard journey the expedition
-reached the island now called Samar. The
-Spanish did not try to settle there, but Ruy Lopez
-named this island Isla Filipina, in honor of Prince
-Philip of Spain.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>That one little fact is of interest to us, because about
-a year later a certain Spanish gentleman who was writing
-a letter home from Mexico spoke of the whole
-group of islands as Las Islas Filipinas. This name was
-at once taken up in Spain. No one remembered that
-Magellan had named the islands San Lazarus, but
-every one called them Islas Filipinas; and so these
-Philippine Islands received a name which they have
-ever since kept.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Spanish gentleman who wrote that letter was
-Don Miguel Lopez de Legaspi. He was a nobleman
-of Spain, but for many years he lived in Mexico.
-He was one of the many great men who, in early times,
-made Spain’s name a proud one. He was a young man
-when he went to New Spain and began to practice law.
-He was an honest gentleman and an able statesman,
-and before many years he was made mayor of the City
-of Mexico. He seems to have been a truly religious
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_29'>29</span>man, wise and just;
-a man to trust, and
-one well able to
-lead other men.
-For such men
-there are always
-high places in the
-world. Legaspi
-was, moreover, a
-brave soldier and
-a skillful sailor.</p>
-
-<div  class='figright id004'>
-<img src='images/i_029.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>STATUE OF SEBASTIAN DEL CANO.<br /><br />In the Palacio, Manila.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>It is not strange,
-therefore, that the
-king of Spain
-should have known
-about him. The
-king at this time
-was Philip II., for
-whom, when he
-was prince, these
-islands were
-named. He came
-to the throne in
-1555, and soon after
-was minded to send
-out an expedition
-to settle in the
-country named for
-him. He looked
-about for a man to
-command this expedition,
-and his
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_30'>30</span>choice fell upon Legaspi. So he made him general of
-the whole force.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There were four ships and a frigate in the new fleet,
-and all were strongly armed and well stocked for the
-journey. The force of men numbered 400 soldiers
-and sailors, carefully chosen, and fit for the brave adventure
-before them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>With the fleet there were also six friars of the Order
-of St. Augustine, and the leader of these was a man
-after Legaspi’s own heart. His name was Andres de
-Urdaneta (än´drās dā ur´dä nā´tä). He had been at
-one time a captain in King Charles’s navy, and had
-long wanted King Charles I. to send him on an expedition
-to the Pacific. But the king was weary of wars
-and longed for rest. Of his own accord he left the
-throne, to retire into private life; and Urdaneta took
-holy orders.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>When Philip II. was making ready his great expedition,
-he remembered his father’s friend Urdaneta,
-and chose him to go with Legaspi as captain of the
-spiritual forces of the fleet. These two men, Legaspi
-and Urdaneta, were warm friends. It is very fitting
-that in the monument on the Luneta in Manila, their
-figures should to-day stand side by side. When we
-see this monument, we should remember the brave
-journey these two men made together years ago, and
-the bright future which they hoped to secure for these
-islands.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This new fleet sailed from Navidad, on the coast
-of Mexico, on the 21st day of November, 1564. The
-expedition was unlike the ones that had gone before
-it. It had for its aim the setting up of Spain’s rule in
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_31'>31</span>the islands, whereas the others had gone out to seek
-new lands and to conquer them. The men with Legaspi
-meant to stay in the islands and to make their
-homes there.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Legaspi had been warned not to go first to Cebu.
-His advisers thought it would be better to settle on
-one of the other islands and slowly to make friends
-with the Cebuans before going to live among them.
-This, however, was not Legaspi’s plan. He knew
-that the Cebuans were the very people whom he must
-win over at first, if he hoped to have peace in his new
-home. You see, the Spaniards as yet knew nothing
-about the great island of Luzon. They had no knowledge
-of the size and nature of this new country, but
-thought the best part of it lay to the south.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Legaspi sailed for Cebu, but when he began to draw
-near to the archipelago he sent one of his ships ahead
-to learn what sort of welcome the expedition might
-look for from the Cebuans. The commander of this
-ship brought back a gloomy report. The Cebuans
-had not been at all friendly. Instead, they had caught
-and killed one of the men of the landing crew from the
-ship, and would have killed the others had not the Spanish
-pulled off from shore and gone back to their ship.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>When this report was brought to Legaspi he was
-very sorry. He at once, however, made up his mind
-to go to Cebu and subdue the people. This he thought
-was his duty toward his king; so the fleet sailed to
-Cebu. It came safe into harbor, and the soldiers
-landed in front of the town of Cebu on the 27th day of
-April, 1565. The Spanish were amazed and delighted
-with the beauty and fruitfulness of the island. Weary
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_32'>32</span>with their long voyage, they would gladly have made
-friends with the people and been at peace in that lovely
-spot.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_032.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>ANCIENT FORT COMMANDING CEBU HARBOR.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>The people, however, would not be friends. They
-had driven the Spanish from their shore once, and did
-not mean that the strangers should come back to live
-there. The chief, King Tupas (tö´päs), was a brave
-and warlike man, and with a large army he came down
-to the shore to beat off the newcomers. A fierce battle
-was fought there by the sea, but it did not last
-long. The spears and arrows of the Cebuans were of
-little use against Spanish armor, while the Spanish firearms
-did deadly work among the lightly-clad Cebuan
-warriors. After a few hours the Cebuans were forced
-back from the shore, and the Spanish held the town.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Legaspi now set to work to win the liking of the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_33'>33</span>Cebuans. He believed firmly that the king of Spain
-was by divine right the lawful ruler of these islands;
-but for himself, he meant to govern kindly and wisely
-in the name of the king. He could not do this until
-he had shown the people that he and his soldiers were
-their friends. To this task, therefore, he bent all his
-wisdom.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>So earnestly did the Spanish commander work to
-win over the people, that in a very few months the
-whole island was in a state of peace. A little later,
-Padre Urdaneta went back to Spain to report all that
-had been done. King Philip II. was much pleased
-with the friar’s report, and made Legaspi “governor-general
-of all the territory in the archipelago that he
-might conquer for Spain.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Matters now went very quietly with the natives for
-several years; but trouble came to the Spaniards from
-the outside. At this time there was great rivalry between
-Spain and Portugal in the discovery and settlement
-of new lands. In each of these countries there
-were many daring sailors and brave soldiers who liked
-nothing better than to go on wild adventures for their
-kings, to find and to claim new lands.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>So great was the rivalry between these two countries
-that Pope Alexander VI., soon after the discovery of
-America, made a decree dividing between them all the
-lands that might be discovered. The dividing line was
-the meridian of Cape Verde Island. By his decree
-the Pope gave all heathen lands discovered west of
-that line to Spain. All the lands that should be discovered
-east of the meridian he gave to Portugal.
-Under this ruling, as we may see by looking at
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_34'>34</span>a map, the Philippine Islands would have fallen to
-Portugal.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Spain, however, claimed these islands by right of
-discovery, and was ready to uphold her claim by force
-of arms. This Legaspi had to do before he had been
-long in Cebu. An expedition of Portuguese came out
-against the Spanish, and, but for Legaspi’s brave
-defense of the island, would have taken it from them.
-The Portuguese were forced to retire, however, and
-though for years there was much trouble over the
-matter, Portugal never made good her claim to the
-Philippines.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>By 1570 Legaspi had made the town of Cebu a city
-and the seat of government. In the spring of this
-year a grandson of his, a young Spanish captain named
-Juan Salcedo (säl sā´dō), came from Mexico to help
-him in the islands. He was a very young man, but
-a good soldier, and wise beyond his years. His grandfather
-was glad, indeed, to have such a helper, and
-sent him out at the head of a strong force to visit all
-the islands.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Spanish had learned by this time about the
-island of Luzon that lay to the north, so Salcedo was
-ordered to go up there and see what it was like. He
-sailed from Cebu early in the summer, and made his
-way northward to the great bay of Manila. Here he
-found a town called Maynila by the people who lived
-there, and here he landed with his company of soldiers,
-all in full armor.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id005'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_35'>35</span>
-<img src='images/i_035.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>THE MONUMENT TO LEGASPI AT CEBU CITY.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>The people of Luzon had never before seen European
-soldiers. They thought that these were gods,
-and not men, and made haste to be friends with them.
-They could not understand the firearms which the
-soldiers carried, and were much afraid of them. They
-gave up their city at once, and brought food and fruits
-as offerings to the strange visitors. Salcedo spoke
-kindly to them, and when he had made them understand
-what he wanted, they all swore loyalty to Spain.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_36'>36</span>But Soliman (sō lē´män), chief of Maynila, soon
-saw that these huge strangers were only men, after all.
-Then he was filled with sorrow to think that he had
-given up his city to them, and made up his mind to
-win it back. He gathered all his warriors and led
-them against the Spanish, but it was of no use. Salcedo’s
-forces were too strong for his army, and Soliman
-was defeated. He was driven out from his city
-again; but this time, rather than let the Spanish have
-it, he set fire to it and burned it down.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Juan Salcedo now showed himself to be kind as well
-as brave. When he had taken Soliman prisoner, he
-did not punish him for breaking his oath of fealty to
-Spain. He forgave him freely, and let him take the
-oath again. Then he let him go on ruling his people
-in the name of the king of Spain.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>After this Salcedo passed on through Luzon, claiming
-the country for Philip II. He visited those parts
-now known as Laguna (lä gö´nä), Pangasinan (pän gäsē
-nän´), and the Camarines (cäm ä rē´nēs). He took the
-city of Cainta (kä ēn´tä), where a Moro chief ruled, and
-then went to what is now Ilocos Sur (ēl ō´cos sör).
-One of his captains, named Martin de Goiti (mär´tin
-dā go ē´tē), he left at Maynila with a small force to
-guard the camp. Goiti also conquered the people of
-Pampanga (päm pän´gä). Later Salcedo sent a messenger
-to his grandfather, Governor-General Legaspi,
-asking him to come at once to Maynila.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>During all the time that Salcedo was taking Maynila
-and bringing the country under the rule of Spain,
-Legaspi was busy in the Visayas (vis ä´yäs). He had
-been in the country five years or more, and had done
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_37'>37</span>much to make peace with the people. The chief of
-Cebu had accepted baptism, with many of the Cebuans,
-and one of his daughters was married to a Spaniard.
-There was great good feeling between the two races,
-and the Cebuans looked upon the Spanish as friends.
-Well pleased, therefore, with the way things were
-going in Cebu, Legaspi went on a tour through all
-the Visayan group.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Legaspi was at Iloilo on the island of Panay (pän ī´)
-when this messenger found him and told him all that
-Salcedo had done in Luzon. Legaspi was much
-pleased at the news. He saw at once that Maynila
-was the place of all others on the islands in which
-to set up the government, and he made ready to
-go to Luzon. He could do this all the more easily
-because of the way he had managed things in the Visayas.
-All the native chiefs were still in power, and
-Legaspi left them to rule as they had always done,
-save that they now ruled in the name of the king of
-Spain. The governor-general was able, therefore, to
-leave behind him a quiet, orderly government, and
-to give his mind freely to the new work before him.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The journey northward was made in safety, and
-early in March of the year 1571, Legaspi and his party
-reached Cavite (kä vē´tā). Here they were met by
-the Tagal (tā´gäl) chief, Lacondola (lä con dō´lä), rajah
-or king of Tondo (ton´dō), who is sometimes also
-spoken of as Rajah Matanda (mä tän´dä) or the “old
-Rajah.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Lacondola welcomed Legaspi as the lawful ruler, and
-told him that he and his people were loyal to the king of
-Spain. The party then went on to Maynila, and here
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_38'>38</span>also Legaspi was greeted as the king’s representative.
-Soliman, the former king of Maynila, was never a really
-willing subject of Spain. But he was a nephew of Lacondola,
-and the old Rajah’s counsel had great weight
-with him; so he never rebelled against the new ruler.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_038.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>LEGASPI SAILING TO MANILA.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>Legaspi now declared King Philip the overlord of
-that whole country, and made Maynila the capital.
-He changed the spelling of the name to <i>Manila</i>. This
-word is made up of two Tagal words—<i>may</i>, which
-means “to have,” and <i>nila</i>, a kind of tree that once
-grew thickly around the city—and <i>Maynila</i> means that
-there were many nila trees there.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_39'>39</span>Lacondola and Soliman joined forces with Martin de
-Goiti, to help strengthen the new rule in the islands.
-The country now known as Batangas (bä tän´gäs) Province
-was then ruled by several chiefs who were usually
-at war with the Tagals and other tribes. They and
-their people had come from Borneo and had intermarried
-with the Negritos (nā grē´tōs). They were
-great hunters and good fighters, but would not yield
-to the Spaniards; so, with the aid of other tribes, the
-Spaniards drove them from the country. There were
-other chiefs ruling in the districts about Manila Bay;
-but these showed themselves friendly to Spain, and
-were left in office, to govern in the name of the king.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The work of putting the country in order now went
-on rapidly. In June, 1571, Legaspi formed the City
-Council of Manila, and began to lay the foundation for
-a wise and just rule in these islands. He made a plan
-for Manila, and had the city laid out in squares and
-streets just as we see it to-day inside the walls. He
-also set the people to work building these walls for a
-defense against the wild tribes. The walls were nineteen
-years in building, and to-day, after more than
-three hundred years, they are still strong and beautiful,
-to show how well the Tagal people builded. The
-fort at the mouth of the Pasig River was also begun
-at this time.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Governor-General Legaspi was a strong, wise ruler
-for this country. He was a man far ahead of his times
-and of his people, “a good man among men, and a
-great man among statesmen.” If his plans for the
-Philippines had been carried out, the history of the
-islands would be very different from what it is to-day.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_40'>40</span>If those who came after him had been as wise and as
-kind as he, the Filipinos would have been a happy,
-contented people.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But dark days came all too soon to the colony. On
-the 20th day of August, 1572, Legaspi died, worn out
-by the hard labors of his active, useful life. He was
-buried in the Augustine Chapel of San Fausto, in
-Manila, and another sort of rule soon began in the
-islands.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—The <i>Victoria</i>, commanded by Juan Sebastian
-del Cano, reached Spain in September, 1522. She was the
-first ship to sail around the world. Twenty years later Ruy
-Lopez de Villalobos commanded an expedition which went to
-Samar. He named this island “Isla Filipina,” and later
-Legaspi gave the name “Islas Filipinas” to the entire archipelago.
-Miguel de Legaspi commanded an expedition sent
-out by King Philip II. to settle in the islands. With him
-came the Augustine friar P. Urdaneta. This fleet left Navidad,
-Mexico, November 21, 1564. The Spanish went to Cebu,
-conquered the people, and then began to make friends with
-them and to build up the government. Later the Spanish
-had trouble with the Portuguese, who came to claim the
-country, but were driven away. In 1570, Juan Salcedo came
-out. He went to Luzon, took Maynila, and then sent a
-messenger to Legaspi to tell him to come there. Legaspi was
-in the Visayas, pacifying the country, but he at once went
-to Maynila. He was well received by Lacondola and Soliman,
-and set up his capital in Maynila. He formed the City
-Council, made a plan for the city, and had work begun on
-the walls. He began a wise and humane rule in the islands,
-but died, in August, 1572, before he was able to carry out
-many of his plans.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><span class='pageno' id='Page_41'>41</span><i>Questions.</i>—When did the <i>Victoria</i> return to Spain? What
-had she done? How did the Islas Filipinas get their name?
-Who was Miguel de Legaspi? Who was Urdaneta? When
-did Legaspi’s expedition start? Where did it sail from?
-How was he received in Cebu? Who was Juan Salcedo?
-Tell of his work in Luzon. When did Legaspi come to
-Manila? Who received him? When was the City Council
-founded? What sort of man was Legaspi? When did he die?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_42'>42</span>
-<img src='images/i_042.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter III.<br /> <span class='large'>THE COUNTRY AND ITS PEOPLE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_042.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-Before we go farther with this story of the
-Philippines, let us look, for a little while,
-at the country itself, and the people who
-live in it.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Men who are wise in science tell us that there must
-have been in the Pacific Ocean, some thousands of years
-ago, a great body of land that has now sunk out of
-sight. We do not know when it sank; but after it did
-so there must have been, one after another, a great
-many volcanic eruptions that broke up the sunken
-continent into smaller tracts of land. Many of these
-eruptions took place under water, and with the overflow
-of lava the separate tracts grew larger.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Later still this sunken land began slowly to rise from
-the sea. In some places this change is still going on.
-New islands have come up out of the sea within the
-memory of people who are still alive, and there have
-been, within modern times, great changes on some of the
-Philippine Islands. The whole group is of volcanic
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_43'>43</span>origin, but there are now very few active volcanoes left
-in the country. Of these Mayon (mī ōn´), in the southern
-part of Luzon, is the largest. This is said to be
-the most beautiful volcano in the world. Its form is a
-perfect cone. Taal (tä´äl) volcano, which is on an island
-in Lake Bombon (bôm´bôn), is also a famous volcano.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There are over 1,200 islands in the archipelago, but
-we do not know exactly how many there are. They
-have never been counted. Some of them are hardly
-more than bits of rock showing above the sea, while
-Luzon, the largest, is 480 miles long.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>On all of the islands there are large mountains.
-Great peaks rise, in some cases to a height of 7,000 or
-8,000 feet, covered to the very top with forests of
-mighty trees. The finest building timber in the world
-will some day come from these islands. Teak, ebony,
-mahogany, and cedar trees grow here, besides rubber
-and camphor trees, and many others for which there
-is great demand in all the markets of the world. Fine
-fruit trees of many sorts are also found. When there
-are good roads in the islands over which to haul logs,
-and modern mills and machinery to make them into
-lumber, the timber trade of the Philippines will be
-a great industry.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There are now about eight millions of people in
-the Philippines. How many were here when the
-Spanish came we do not know. The larger part of the
-people in the islands are of the Malay (mā´lā) race.
-These were not the first dwellers in the country, but
-came from the Malay Peninsula, and it is likely that
-they had not been here more than two or three hundred
-years when the Spanish came. They are the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_44'>44</span>people whose lives and acts make up most of what we
-call the “history” of the islands, and they are the
-people usually meant by the term “Filipinos.”</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id005'>
-<img src='images/i_044.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>ABORIGINES OF MINDANAO.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>Up in the mountains, living in nearly as wild a state
-as when the Spanish came, we still find the aborigines.
-This is a word which means the first dwellers in a country.
-It is thought that the first people who lived in
-the northern islands were the Aetas, or Negritos. A
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_45'>45</span>race called the Indonesians (in dō nā´sē äns) are the
-aborigines of the great island of Mindanao.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Negritos are dying out. They are a small, timid
-people, with thick lips and flat noses. Their hair is
-like curly wool. They hunt and fight with bows and
-arrows, and are very quick and active. Their chief food
-is fish, and the brown mountain rice which they plant
-and harvest. Even if taken when children and brought
-up in a city, they do not grow to like civilized life, but
-run away and go back to the mountains as soon as they
-have the chance.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>An important tribe of wild people in these islands
-are the Igorrotes (ig ō rō´tēs), of whom there are many
-on Luzon. The Igorrotes are the finest and strongest
-of all the wild tribes in the country. They are very
-brave, and are good fighters, using in warfare a short,
-broad knife, which they wield with deadly skill. They
-never submitted to the Spaniards, and were badly used
-by that people. The Spaniards always made war upon
-them, and at one time tried to put an end to all of the
-tribe in Luzon. They burned their villages and killed
-all who fell in their power. They could not conquer
-them, however, and the Igorrotes have always hated
-the Spanish fiercely.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The civilized Filipino people spring from none of
-these wild tribes. As we have said, they are Malays,
-and came here from the great Malay Peninsula. The
-Malays, from earliest times, were a sea-going folk, daring
-sailors, and skillful in managing their boats. They
-went boldly to sea in tiny crafts, with only the stars
-to guide them, taking risks such as no Europeans dared
-to take. They overran the islands of the South Pacific,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_46'>46</span>going even as far as the island of Madagascar. They
-settled in the Philippines, drove the natives back into
-the mountains, and made their homes along the coasts
-and on the rich plains. They had a written alphabet
-of their own when the Spanish came, and were far
-ahead, even then, of the native races.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Malays who settled in the island of Mindanao
-were converted to the Moslem faith by some Arabian
-missionaries who came to that island as early as the
-twelfth or thirteenth century. From Mindanao this
-religion was carried to the island of Sulu (sö l´ö), and it
-is now the faith of the people of the entire Sulu archipelago.
-The people who held to this religion were
-called Moros by the Spanish, and by this name they
-are still known.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There are many tribes in the islands, both of the
-aborigines and of the Malay people. In early days
-these tribes were more separate than at present, and
-had little to do with one another, save when there was
-war among them. Each had its own language, and
-even now a great many dialects are spoken in the
-islands. This fact, among others, has helped to keep
-the tribes apart and to prevent them from becoming
-a strong, united people.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>We see, from what has been said, that the dwellers
-in the Philippine Islands are not strictly a people
-in the sense that the Spanish or the English are a
-people. Even the Malay folk in the islands have
-been, from the very first, split up into many tribes,
-having little in common. Under some methods of
-government these tribes might have been united;
-but Spanish rule was not of a sort to bind them
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_47'>47</span>together. Rather, it set tribes against one another,
-and used some to help conquer others. It did not
-draw them together in a strong national life such as
-has made the United States of America a great and
-powerful nation.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id005'>
-<img src='images/i_047.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>A MORO OF JOLÓ, IN THE SULU ARCHIPELAGO.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>The United States has been settled by people from
-many countries. These people have gone to America
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_48'>48</span>from nearly every nation on earth; but the different races
-have become one strong American people by reason of
-a common interest in the good government of their
-country, and a common desire for its welfare. Each
-State has its own life and government, but all are
-united to form the great country of which each is a
-part, and to support the Federal Government which
-binds the States together.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>When the Filipino people have learned thus to stand
-together, a new day will dawn for these islands. When
-the people all speak one language, and when young and
-old can read and write that language, the country will
-be more united, and will begin to know something of
-that national life which other countries enjoy. The
-people will then be united; they will know how to
-govern their land wisely and justly. They will understand,
-as they have not done before, the relation one
-nation bears to others in the world, and will be able
-to develop the great wealth of their country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The two great tribes of Malay Filipinos are the Tagals
-and the Visayans. The Tagals live in southern Luzon, the
-Visayans in the group of islands called the Visayas, which
-lie south of Luzon and north of Mindanao. There are,
-besides, many lesser peoples in the islands, so that, as
-we have seen, there could be no common national life.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The tribes were governed by great chiefs or kings,
-who ruled through small chiefs and dattos. Each of
-these was at the head of about a hundred families
-whom he stood for in the tribal council, and for whom
-he was spokesman before the great chief. The small
-chief was called the head of a hundred. It was a
-simple, but effective, form of government, and suited
-the people. Legaspi and Salcedo made no changes in
-it, except to declare the king of Spain the ruler of all
-the tribes. They had the great chiefs swear loyalty to
-Spain, and then left them to govern for the king.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_49'>49</span>
-<img src='images/i_049.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>ANCIENT ALPHABETS IN USE IN THE ARCHIPELAGO WHEN THE SPANISH CAME.<br /><br />Among the Moros of Mindanao and Sulu there are still in use words that were obsolete in the Arabic in the time of Mohammed.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_50'>50</span>
-<img src='images/i_050.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>NEGRITOS IN A PRAHU.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_51'>51</span>Later, however, when Legaspi and Salcedo were
-gone, many evils crept in. The great chiefs were put
-out of power, and little by little self-government was
-taken from the people. They came at last to have no
-voice in the ordering of their own lives, and no one to
-speak for them to their unknown ruler in Spain.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—The Philippine Islands are believed to be part
-of a great continent that once lay in the South Pacific Ocean.
-This continent sank. Afterwards a slow upheaval brought the
-islands up from the sea. The Aetas, or Negritos, were the
-earliest inhabitants of the country. The Indonesians of Mindanao
-are also aborigines. The Igorrotes are a wild tribe of
-Luzon and the Visayas, who have from the first been enemies
-of Spain. The Spanish treated them cruelly and won their
-hatred. The civilized Filipinos are of Malay origin, and
-came here from the Malay Peninsula. Those who settled in
-Mindanao were converted to the Mohammedan faith in the
-twelfth or thirteenth century by Arabian missionaries; and
-they are called Moros. The people of the islands are broken
-up into many tribes, and this has hindered their becoming a
-united people. The tribal form of government was simple,
-and so well suited to the country that Legaspi made little
-change in it. The Spanish who came after him, however,
-took all self-government from the people.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—What are we taught of the origin of the Philippine
-Islands? Who are the aborigines? What is the origin
-of the civilized Filipinos? How did the Moslem faith come
-into the country? Describe the early form of government.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_52'>52</span>
-<img src='images/i_052.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter IV.<br /> <span class='large'>EARLY TROUBLES.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_052.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-Until the beginning of the nineteenth century,
-when Mexico became independent of
-Spain, the Philippine Islands were governed
-for Spain by that country. This worked
-great hardship in the islands. Mexico herself was a
-dependency of Spain, and so the Philippines really
-became a dependency of a dependency. All laws for
-the country were made in Mexico, and in this way
-the islanders were removed one step farther from the
-foreign ruler who was their king.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The High Court of Mexico appointed the governor-general,
-and at the same time that it did so named the
-man who should succeed him. This it did in order
-that there might be no time lost in filling the office
-when it became vacant. When Legaspi died, therefore,
-his successor was already appointed, and at once
-took up the duties of his office.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The new governor-general was named Guido de
-Lavazares (wē´dō dā lä vä thär´ās), and he was a very
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_53'>53</span>different sort of man from Legaspi. He was more
-warlike and less wise, and he liked to meddle in matters
-which did not concern him. During his term of
-office, he went to the aid of a king of Borneo who had
-been dethroned by his rebellious subjects, and helped
-the king to regain his throne.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>He was so elated with his success in doing this that
-he became ambitious. He so far forgot common sense
-that he wanted King Philip to let him and his Philippine
-forces make war on China and conquer that country
-for Spain. He could not have done this, and the
-king of Spain was too sensible to let him try. Later,
-however, the governor-general had all he wished of
-fighting the Chinese.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>After Legaspi’s death his grandson, Juan Salcedo,
-went on with the work of setting up Spanish rule in
-the islands. He passed through the northern part of
-Luzon, and wherever he went told the people that
-Philip II. was their king. He made it a point always
-to make friends with the great chief of any tribe to
-which he went. This chief he would win over to swear
-fealty to Spain. Then Salcedo would leave him to
-rule as before, only in the name of the king.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>He promised to help the chiefs against their enemies,
-and was ready, with his soldiers, to fight their battles
-whenever they needed him. In turn he trusted them
-to be loyal to the king, and to keep their people from
-rebelling. He did not try to improve the country in
-any way, or to teach the people anything that would
-help them to make it better. His one idea was to win
-territory for his king. This, indeed, was all that the
-king wanted him to do.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_54'>54</span>Spain wanted much territory, a wide dominion,
-more than she wanted loyal subjects. It was this
-greed for power and for wealth that caused her downfall,
-and in the end lost for her the rich country which
-she had gained at great cost.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Salcedo, after all, was a far better man and kinder
-to the people than were most of those who came after
-him. He had much of that wise kindliness which
-made Legaspi a good ruler. He took the country by
-force, but he was not a tyrant. He did not oppress
-the people, nor did he make unwise laws to govern
-them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>He made his headquarters in Ilocos Sur, meaning to
-rule the northern provinces from there. He had, however,
-hardly settled down when news reached him of
-a great danger that threatened Manila. Gathering all
-his forces he marched southward as fast as his army
-could travel, to help Martin de Goiti, who was still in
-charge of Manila, to defend the city. It was this same
-danger, which so alarmed Salcedo, that gave Guido de
-Lavazares his wish to fight the Chinese. It was a most
-unexpected danger, and came without warning upon
-the colony.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>At about the time when Legaspi was founding his
-capital at Manila, a Chinese pirate named Li-ma-hong
-(lē mä hong´) was sailing the waters of the China Sea.
-He led a large force of men as lawless as himself, and,
-as time went on, he became the terror of sea-going
-folk all about there. He grew so bold, and his pirate
-fleet so strong, that he dared to attack even the great
-war junks of China. At last the Chinese Government
-declared him an outlaw, and put a price on his head.
-After this the China Sea was not a safe place for him,
-so he made up his mind to go somewhere else.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_55'>55</span>
-<img src='images/i_055.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>PLAZA DE GOITI, MANILA.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_56'>56</span>He had captured the crew of a trading junk, and
-from these men he learned about the Philippine Islands.
-What they told him pleased him so much that he decided
-to go to Manila, take the city, and set up a kingdom
-of his own on Luzon. He felt certain of success
-in this undertaking; for he had a fleet of sixty-two
-armed junks and a force of 4,000 fighting men. In
-his company were many tradesmen as well as soldiers,
-and many women went with the fleet. He also had
-plenty of supplies, and Li-ma-hong was sure that, once
-he had taken the country, he could set up a colony.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>He took with him, on his own junk, the crew of the
-captured junk, to pilot the way, and with his fleet
-sailed for Luzon. In November, 1574, they reached
-the north coast of that island. Here some of the
-pirates, who went ashore for supplies, sacked and
-burned a village and killed many of the Filipinos.
-Those who escaped made their way to where Salcedo
-was, and told him what had happened. Thus it
-came about that the Spanish captain learned of Li-ma-hong’s
-scheme before the pirate reached Manila.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Leaving the northern part of Luzon, the Chinese
-kept on along the coast toward Manila. Before they
-came to the bay, however, the fleet was caught in a
-typhoon. Several of the junks and some 200 men
-were lost in the storm. Still, Li-ma-hong thought
-he had a force strong enough to take Manila, so they
-went on. The pirate commander landed an army of
-1,500 men before Manila, and sent them up to take
-the city.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_57'>57</span>
-<img src='images/i_057.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>CHINESE WAR JUNKS ATTACKING MANILA.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>They were led by a Japanese named Sioco (sē ō´kō),
-whom Li-ma-hong had made his lieutenant, and in a few
-hours a savage fight was waging between the Spanish
-and the Chinese. The Spanish force was small, but
-well armed, and every man knew that he was fighting
-for life against a cruel foe. No mercy was to be looked
-for from those wild pirates, and no quarter was asked
-or given. Even the aged governor-general bore arms
-in the fight, for every man was needed. The first
-Spaniard killed was brave Martin de Goiti, but he was
-not the last. The little garrison was nearly destroyed
-before their fortune turned and the pirates were driven
-back. The Japanese leader Sioco was killed, and
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_58'>58</span>after that the Chinese fell back and reëntered their
-junks.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>A few days later Li-ma-hong himself led a second
-attack. But meanwhile native troops had been gathered,
-and again the pirates were beaten. This time
-the fleet retired to the mouth of the Agno River, and
-Li-ma-hong set up his kingdom in what is now the
-province of Pangasinan. Here the Chinese built temples
-and began to plant crops and engage in trade.
-They felt very secure, and if they had been let alone
-the pirates would no doubt have been prosperous; but
-punishment was at hand for them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Juan Salcedo, with his soldiers, had reached Manila,
-and soon afterwards a war junk from China came into
-harbor, looking for Li-ma-hong. This war junk was
-sent by the emperor, who had learned of the mischief
-the pirate was doing in the Philippines. The captain
-had orders to find Li-ma-hong and bring him to justice,
-and he meant to do this if he could.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The junk joined the Spanish in an expedition by
-water, while another force of Spanish and Filipino soldiers
-went forward to engage the pirates on land.
-When these attacking forces arrived, Li-ma-hong saw
-that he must retreat for his life, so he played a trick
-upon the enemy and upon some of his own soldiers.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>He told off some of his men to go forward against
-the enemy, and make the latter believe that they were
-the main body of the Chinese. The trick was successful.
-When the Spanish and native troops made the
-attack, the pirates, after a show of fighting, began to
-fall back toward the mountains. The enemy gave
-chase and furnished Li-ma-hong the chance for which
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_59'>59</span>he was watching. With all his fleet he slipped down
-the river, keeping under cover of the reeds and tall
-grass, gained the sea and fled, leaving his soldiers at
-the mercy of the foe.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Chinese thus meanly deserted by their leader
-did not wait to be killed, but retreated in earnest to
-the mountains. Here they took refuge with the Igorrotes,
-and here they spent the rest of their lives. They
-married women from among the Igorrotes, and from
-them are descended those people who are to-day known
-as the Igorrote-Chinese.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It was some time before peace and a sense of safety
-were restored in Manila. Work was pushed more rapidly
-on the city walls, which were still building, and
-upon Fort Santiago. Other troops of Spanish were
-sent from Mexico to make the defense of the city
-stronger, but long before they came Salcedo went back
-to his work in the north. He died of fever in Ilocos
-Sur a year or two later.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Captain Salcedo was still a young man, but twenty-seven
-years old, at the time of his death (March 11,
-1576). Had he lived longer, he would doubtless have
-become a great statesman, for he showed much tact
-and wisdom in his dealings with the people. He
-was honestly mourned by both the Spanish and the
-native soldiers of his army. A few years after his
-death, his bones were brought to Manila and laid to
-rest beside those of his grandfather, Miguel de Legaspi.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—Up to the beginning of the nineteenth century
-the Philippine Islands were governed as a dependency of
-Mexico. The High Court of Mexico named the governor-general
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_60'>60</span>and made laws for the country. Legaspi was succeeded
-by Guido de Lavazares. After Legaspi’s death Salcedo
-went to Ilocos Sur to carry on his work of subjecting the
-country to Spain. In 1574 the Chinese pirate Li-ma-hong
-made an attack on Manila, meaning to take the city and set
-up a kingdom there. Driven back from the city, he retreated
-to the mouth of the Agno River and settled there with his
-pirate band. A Chinese war junk came to the help of the
-Spanish, and Li-ma-hong was forced to flee. He escaped,
-deserting some of his own soldiers whom he had sent inland.
-In 1576 Juan Salcedo died in Ilocos Sur.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—Describe the government of the archipelago
-previous to the nineteenth century. Who succeeded Legaspi?
-What sort of man was he? What did Salcedo do
-after Legaspi’s death? What was his method in dealing with
-the people? Give an account of Li-ma-hong’s invasion.
-When did Juan Salcedo die?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_61'>61</span>
-<img src='images/i_061.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter V.<br /> <span class='large'>BEGINNINGS OF STRIFE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_061.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-For the first two hundred years, as we have
-said, the Spanish colony in the Philippines
-was governed from Mexico. A Supreme
-Court, or Audencia, like that of Mexico, was
-set up in Manila. This court tried cases and settled
-law questions for the whole archipelago. The Mexican
-code of law was in force here, and the officials in
-the islands tried to make the government as much as
-possible like that of Mexico.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This, however, was a very different country from
-Mexico. The Filipinos were a very different people
-from the native Mexicans. What worked well, therefore,
-for one country and one people, did not suit
-at all for the other. Often, in these islands, right and
-justice were hindered by the very laws made to help
-them. The men who framed these laws did not know
-the islands or the Filipinos, so they could not understand
-why the code that was good for Mexico should
-fail here.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_62'>62</span>Soon still other troubles arose. The rulers who
-came after Legaspi did away, one by one, with the
-native forms of government. There were no longer
-any tribal councils in which the heads of groups could
-speak for their people. The native kings and chiefs
-were set aside, and the people then had no representatives.
-There was nothing to check the power of the
-governor-general. He had full control over the lives
-and liberties of the people, and no one could call him
-to account but the king of Spain.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In name the ancient office of head of a hundred
-still lived in the office of “cabeza de barangay” (cäbā´thä
-dā bär än’gī), which the Spanish kept up. The
-office itself, however, was no longer high or honorable.
-The chief duty of the cabeza de barangay came to be
-the raising of money among the people for the government.
-If the people were poor, if times were bad, if
-the crops had failed, still this money must be raised.
-The government looked to the barangay chief to get
-it, in one way or another. Often, when the people
-were unable to pay, his property was taken, and many
-a headman of a village was stripped of all he had by
-the officers of government. In time, therefore, the
-office fell into such disgrace that no self-respecting
-Filipino would take it. At last a law had to be passed
-compelling service as cabeza de barangay.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Very early in the history of the colony there began
-to be strife among the Spanish authorities. The bitter
-misunderstanding between Church and State arose
-almost at once, and it continued through all the years
-of Spanish rule in the islands. Soon after its formation,
-the Supreme Court, too, became a party in the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_63'>63</span>quarrels of the powers. Each of these three parties
-was determined to control matters, and the result was
-very bad for the colony. At times, indeed, the quarrel
-was so sharp that affairs in the country were at
-a standstill, and ruin threatened the colony.</p>
-
-<div  class='figright id004'>
-<img src='images/i_063.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>KING PHILIP II.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>So matters went on until the year 1587, when they
-became so bad that
-the Bishop of Manila
-sent a secret messenger
-to Spain to lay
-complaint before the
-king. This messenger
-was a friar named
-Alonzo Sanchez (älon´thō
-sän’cheth). He
-went first to Mexico
-and laid his case before
-the viceroy, who
-sent him on to Spain.
-There he gained a
-hearing from King
-Philip II., who promised
-to look into the
-matter.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The king then put the case in charge of one of his
-ministers, who studied it with great care, and at last
-made a report which was the basis of a royal decree.
-In this decree the king gave attention to a good many
-things that were wrong in the islands, and made some
-definite laws in regard to them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The decree did away altogether with the Supreme
-Court, and appointed justices of the peace in its place.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_64'>64</span>It set forth plainly just what should be the field of
-action of the State and what of the Church. It gave
-the governor-general full power to do as he liked in
-matters regarding all distant and unexplored parts of
-the country. In what he did in such places he need
-not consult even the king’s will. If, however, he wished
-to undertake a war, or any expedition that must be
-paid for out of the royal treasury, he must first submit
-his plans to a council made up of the Bishop of Manila
-and the chief military captains in the islands.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The decree also forbade the making of any more
-slaves in the islands. All slaves held by Spaniards
-were to be set free at once. All between the ages of
-ten and twenty years, held by Filipinos, were to be
-freed at the latter age, and all over twenty years old
-were to be set free in five years.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Arrangement was made for a tribute to be raised
-from among the people. The money so gathered was
-to be divided in a fixed ratio between the Church, the
-State, and the army. All begging friars—and of these
-many had come to the country—were ordered to leave
-the Philippines, and forty Augustine friars were sent
-out to Manila.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>A new governor-general was sent to the islands,
-with instructions to carry out the decree. This official
-was Don Gomez Perez Desmarinas (gö meth´ pā reth´
-des mär ē´näs). He was a man of great energy and
-force of character, and no doubt meant to be just and
-fair. He did not, however, get along well with the
-Bishop of Manila, and before long the trouble between
-Church and State broke out again. This time the
-bishop decided to go, himself, to Spain, and see
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_65'>65</span>whether some understanding could not be had by
-which peace could be kept.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Bishop Salazar (säl ä thär´) was then seventy-eight
-years old. He was an Augustine friar, and had been
-parish priest of Manila. In 1581, when Pope Gregorio
-XIII. founded the See of Manila, Salazar was made
-bishop; but he now felt that the Church must have
-still greater authority in the islands. One object of
-his visit to Spain was to get the consent of the king
-and of the Pope that Manila should be made an archbishopric.
-In this he succeeded. The Pope issued a
-bull dated August 14, 1595, creating the Archbishopric
-of Manila, and Salazar was made the first archbishop.
-He died, however, before official notice reached him
-of his new dignity.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>News traveled slowly in those days, but in the
-course of time the emperor of Japan heard that a colony
-of Europeans had settled in the Philippine Islands.
-He seems to have thought that Japan had some interest
-in these islands; for in 1593 he sent an ambassador
-to Manila. The name of this ambassador was Farranda
-Kieman (fä rän´dä kī ā´män).</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>His coming was the cause of some anxiety to the
-Spanish. As soon as he landed in Manila he waited
-upon Governor-General Desmarinas with his message.
-This was a demand upon the Spanish in the Philippines
-to surrender, and to declare themselves to be
-vassals of Japan. If they did not do this, Kieman
-told Desmarinas, the emperor would send war junks
-to take the country by force.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>To all this the governor-general replied with great
-politeness, but very firmly. He told the ambassador
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_66'>66</span>that he and the other Spanish colonists were already
-subjects of a great king, in whose name he ruled, and
-that he could not yield the country to Japan. At the
-same time his king wished to be on good terms with
-the emperor, whose power and greatness were so well
-known, and the governor-general hoped a treaty could
-be made between the two rulers. Such a treaty, he
-pointed out, would be a great help to both countries.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_066.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>THE CITY WALL AND MOAT, MANILA.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>Farranda Kieman thought that all this was reasonable,
-and soon afterwards envoys were sent from Manila
-to the court of Japan. They were well received, and
-a treaty was made for trade and mutual defense between
-Japan and the Philippines. However, the ship on
-which the envoys were returning home was wrecked,
-and they and the treaty were lost.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_67'>67</span>In May, 1593, another envoy, Fray Pedro Bautista
-(pā´drō bä ö tēs´tä), was sent to Japan, and a new
-treaty was made. A copy of this was sent back to
-Manila, but the friar envoy asked permission to stay
-in Japan. His request was granted; he stayed in
-Japan, and began preaching to the people. Some
-years later the fruit of this act, which at the time
-seemed so slight, came back to Manila in a way most
-unexpected.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In the meantime Governor-General Desmarinas was
-busy in Manila. He was anxious to see the city walls
-finished, and kept the people at work on this great
-task. The fort at the mouth of the river was completed,
-and the walls of the city already made a noble showing.
-The Cathedral of Manila and the Santa Polenciana
-(sän´tä pō len´sē ä´nä) College of Orphans were
-built, and many other good buildings were completed.
-Desmarinas had also brought the provinces of Zambales
-(thäm bä´lēs) and the Camarines under Spanish
-rule.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In the autumn of 1593, a native king of Fernate
-(fer nä´tē), one of the Molucca Islands, came to Manila
-to ask for help against the Dutch sailors who made
-trouble on his island. Desmarinas gathered a large
-fleet, and on October 6th started with the native king
-for Fernate. While on the way, the Chinese oarsmen
-on the governor-general’s galley rose in revolt one
-night, took the galley, and killed the governor-general.
-Some of the Spanish troops on board escaped by jumping
-overboard. After the death of Desmarinas, the
-Chinese put the rest of the Spanish ashore and went
-off with the galley.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_68'>68</span>This sad event broke up the expedition. The fleet
-returned to Manila and Don Luis (lö´is) Perez Desmarinas,
-a son of the dead official, took up the government.
-He ruled quietly until 1596, when his successor,
-Don Francisco Tello de Guzman (frän sēs´kō
-tėl´lō dā gäth´män), came to Manila.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In the year 1598, King Philip II. of Spain being
-dead, his son, King Philip III., again set up the
-Supreme Court in Manila. This was done with great
-pomp and show. There was a long procession in the
-streets of Manila, and high civic and religious ceremonies.
-The court was given the same powers as the
-court of Mexico and of Lima, in Peru, and during
-Spanish rule was never again done away with.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—The code of laws by which Mexico was ruled
-was made the code of the Philippines as well. This arrangement
-was not a good one. The ruler who came after Legaspi
-did away with the native chiefs and kings. Only the office
-of head of a hundred was left, and that had so little honor
-that no self-respecting Filipino cared to take it. Early in
-the history of the colony began the strife between authorities
-which, during the rule of Spain, caused most of the trouble in
-the colony. At last Bishop Salazar of Manila sent a messenger
-to Spain. The result was a royal decree defining the
-official field of the State and of the Church. Gomez Perez
-Desmarinas was made governor-general, and came to Manila.
-He did not get along well with the Bishop of Manila, and
-later the bishop went, himself, to Spain. He succeeded in
-getting Manila made an archbishopric, and was himself appointed
-archbishop, but died before the official notice reached
-him. In 1593 the emperor of Japan sent an ambassador to
-Manila to demand tribute from the Spanish colony. This
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_69'>69</span>the governor-general declined to give, but a treaty was made
-with Japan. In that same year the king of Fernate came to
-Manila seeking help against the Dutch. Governor-General
-Desmarinas raised a fleet to go to Fernate, but while on the
-way was killed by the Chinese oarsmen on board his galley.
-His son Luis Perez Desmarinas succeeded him in office
-until 1596, when a new governor-general came out. In 1598
-the Supreme Court was again set up by order of King Philip
-III. of Spain.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—What code of laws was put in use in the Philippines?
-What changes in government did Legaspi’s successors
-make? Why did Bishop Salazar send a messenger to Spain?
-What was the result of the messenger’s visit? When was
-Manila made an archbishopric? Who came to Manila to
-get help from the Spanish? What did the governor-general
-do? How did he die? Who reinstated the Supreme Court?
-When was it done?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_70'>70</span>
-<img src='images/i_070.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter VI.<br /> <span class='large'>COLONIAL WARS AND DIFFICULTIES.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_070.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-From now on trouble came thick and fast
-upon the Spanish colony in the Philippines.
-Some of it was due to the wild and troubled
-times through which all the civilized world
-was passing, but most of it was caused by the short-sighted
-folly of the home government.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1599, when Antonio Morga (än tō´nē ō mor´gä)
-was governor-general, the first real attempt was made
-to occupy Mindanao and the Sulu archipelago. For
-this purpose an expedition started from Manila under
-the leadership of Estevan Roderigues (es´tā vän rō dārēg´ēs),
-a Portuguese nobleman, who had received permission
-from Spain to set up a colony in Mindanao.
-He was to be governor of that island, and, from his
-headquarters there, was to try to conquer the Moros
-of Sulu, who had never submitted to Spain’s rule.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This expedition was a sad mistake, and failed from
-the beginning. The Mindanao Mohammedans resisted
-all efforts of the Spanish to land, and Roderigues lost
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_71'>71</span>his life in the very first battle. His body was taken to
-Manila for burial. Several other expeditions were sent
-out, from time to time, to punish the Moros and force a
-settlement upon the island; but none of them succeeded.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The efforts of the Spanish only aroused the anger
-and hatred of these people. For two hundred and fifty
-years after that Moro pirates harried the shores of all
-the islands where the Spanish dwelt. They killed and
-robbed both Europeans and Filipinos; they burned
-towns and villages, and carried off the people to be
-their slaves. For fear of them the coasts were deserted.
-No one dared live near the sea; fishermen
-dared not follow their calling, nor farmers till their
-fields. Traders dared not come to the island ports to
-buy or to sell, and the coastwise trade of the country
-was all but ruined.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>While the Spanish were busy trying to gain a foothold
-in the south, there came to Manila two visitors
-who were the innocent cause of still more trouble in
-the country. These were two high mandarins of China,
-who reached the city in the year 1603. Their story
-was that the emperor of China had heard that there
-existed, near the city of Cavite, a great mountain of
-pure gold. The emperor, they said, could hardly
-believe this to be true; so he had sent them to see
-this mountain, that they might come back and tell
-him about it.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>At that time Bravo de Acuña (brä´vō dā ä kön yä)
-was governor-general. He received the mandarins
-politely, and sent them with an escort to Cavite, to
-see for themselves that no such mountain was there.
-The visitors were royally entertained during their stay
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_72'>72</span>in Manila, and at last went home with their report to
-their emperor.</p>
-
-<div  class='figleft id004'>
-<img src='images/i_072.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>A MEMBER OF THE GUIANGA TRIBE OF MINDANAO.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>This visit caused a great fright in Manila, for the
-Spanish at once
-suspected that
-there was a plot
-behind it for the
-Chinese to seize
-the city. They
-believed, or pretended
-to believe,
-that the
-mandarins had
-come merely to
-spy out the land
-and prepare the
-way. At once
-the city was
-made ready
-against invasion.
-The garrisons
-were increased,
-new
-ones were
-formed, and
-every Spaniard
-armed himself.
-The Filipinos
-were much excited
-over the stories told of coming trouble; while
-the Chinese, suspected and insulted by all, could not
-but understand that some danger threatened them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_73'>73</span>At last the Chinese, wild with fear, took matters
-into their own hands. They began to fortify places
-outside the city, and one evening opened the battle by
-firing upon some Filipinos inside the city walls. They
-followed up this act by crossing the river and making
-a savage attack on Binondo (bē nón´dō), then only a
-small village on the river bank. After that they gathered
-their forces at Tondo, and kept up the siege of
-Binondo all that night.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_073.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>WARRIORS OF MINDANAO.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>Next morning a strong force of Spanish marched
-out against them. This force was led by Luis Perez
-Desmarinas, and in it were the pick of all the young
-Castilian gentlemen in the country. The best of the
-Spanish soldiery were there also, as well as a body of
-native troops. These troops were Pampangans, who
-were then the best trained of the Filipino soldiers.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>On the other hand were thousands of frightened
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_74'>74</span>Chinese, ready to fight to the death, and there was
-awful work in the streets of Binondo that day. Neither
-side gave or got any quarter, and by night, of
-all those brave young Spanish gentlemen scarce one
-was left alive.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But at last the Chinese gave way. They had neither
-weapons to carry on war, nor food to help them withstand
-a siege. They began, therefore, to fall back
-toward the interior; but they were hotly chased, and
-as they fled nearly 25,000 of them were killed. It was
-sad business, and all the more sad because it is likely that
-neither side really knew what the fighting was about.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Besides trouble with the Moros in the south and
-with the Chinese in the north, the colony had much to
-bear from Spain’s old-time foe, the Dutch. At this
-time there were really very few Spanish in the islands.
-There had been less than a thousand when the battle
-with the Chinese was fought. Many were killed on
-that fatal day, so that in the new trouble the Spaniards
-would have fared ill, had it not been that the
-army of the colony now numbered many Filipino soldiers
-in its ranks.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>From the end of the sixteenth century down to the
-year 1763, there was war between Spain and the Dutch,
-and this war caused much hardship in the islands. It
-was Spain’s short-sighted method in dealing with her
-colonies to restrict their trade whenever it was likely
-to interfere with that of her home merchants. So
-harsh were the measures by which she held in check
-the trade of her colonies that she kept all her dependencies
-poor, so that in the end the mother country lost
-more than she gained.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_75'>75</span>At this time the Philippine merchants were allowed
-to trade only with Mexico. Once a year, usually in
-July, a state galleon left Manila carrying goods to that
-country. The goods were sold in Mexico, and the
-money and other goods were sent back by galleon
-to Manila.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_075.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>DUTCH SHIPS ATTACKING A CHINESE TRADING JUNK.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>The galleons also carried the mail, and great sums
-of money which Mexico sent over to meet the expenses
-of the island government. They were always rich
-prizes, and Spain’s enemies knew this all too well.
-They would lie in wait for them, to capture and despoil
-them. The Dutch ships, in particular, often did
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_76'>76</span>this. From first to last they captured a good many
-of the royal galleons.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Every capture meant calamity to the islands. It
-meant for Manila merchants the loss of a whole year’s
-business. To the State and to the Church it meant
-loss of income, of salaries, and of money to carry on
-all public work. To the natives it meant harder and
-longer tasks, deeper poverty, heavier burdens which
-they must endure in raising the extra tribute, and
-heavier taxes by which the loss was made good.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>For a hundred and fifty years there was fighting
-over the royal galleons. At one time, when Spain
-and England were at war, there were six years during
-which no galleon reached Manila. The country was
-in such sore straits that even the Chinese revolted,
-and the Spanish were nearly starved.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Spain, however, seemed to learn no lesson from these
-experiences. She went on as of old, sending one galleon
-a year, richly laden, at the mercy of the enemy, “putting
-all her eggs into one basket,” as the saying is, and
-when the “one basket” came to mishap all was lost.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Besides keeping a lookout for the galleons, the Dutch
-ships were wont to lie in wait outside Manila harbor,
-to catch Chinese and Japanese trading junks
-coming into port. In this way they often captured
-rich prizes, and made still greater drain upon the
-islands. It was necessary for the colony to raise large
-sums of money and many bodies of fighting men to go
-against these ships in order to protect the harbor from
-them. Many battles were fought with the Dutch in
-Philippine waters, and many times the efforts of the
-natives brought victory to the Spanish side.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_77'>77</span>But it was a hard and bitter experience. The colony
-lived in a state of constant danger and of real
-want from this source. Not until the middle of the
-eighteenth century, when peace was made with Holland,
-had the people of these islands any security of
-life or commerce.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—In 1599 the first real attempts were made to
-settle in Mindanao. An expedition was sent south, but failed,
-and its leader was killed. The Spanish only stirred up the
-Moros against themselves, so that the pirates came north and
-laid waste the coast towns. In 1603 two Chinese mandarins
-came to Manila, looking for a mountain of gold which they
-had heard was near Cavite. This visit awakened a fear that
-the Chinese meant to seize Manila, and the city was made
-ready against invasion. The Chinese of Manila were driven
-by abuse to make an attack on some natives, and the Spanish
-then fell upon them, killing over 25,000. The Spanish themselves
-lost the pick of their soldiers and cavaliers that day.
-Owing to Spain’s war with the Dutch, the islands at this time,
-and for many years after, suffered great losses and hardships.
-The Dutch used to lie in wait to capture the galleons that
-carried merchandise and money back and forth between Manila
-and Mexico. Whenever a galleon was lost, the whole
-country suffered; but the weight fell heaviest upon the natives,
-who, by extra tribute and taxes, had to make the loss good.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—Tell about the first expedition to settle Mindanao.
-What did the Moros do to avenge what they deemed
-Spanish invasion? Give an account of the battle against the
-Chinese. What led up to this battle? How was trade carried
-on between the islands and Mexico? What was the result of
-the capture of a galleon by Spain’s enemies? Why was Spain’s
-restriction of her colonies’ trade a bad thing for her?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_78'>78</span>
-<img src='images/i_078.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter VII.<br /> <span class='large'>THE SPANISH AND THE FILIPINOS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_078.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-At the time when Spain took the Philippine
-Islands and began to rule them, every
-country in Europe was busy setting up colonies
-in the newly discovered parts of the
-world. If the king owed something to a troublesome
-subject, or wished to reward or please a favorite, an
-easy way to pay the debtor or help the favorite was
-to make him a governor or other official in some far-off
-new colony. In turn the governor thought it only fair
-to make his colony as profitable to the Crown as he
-could. That he had no right to oppress other peoples
-in order to do this was a matter about which he
-never thought.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It is hard for us, who live in an age when the rights
-of man are upheld, to remember that there was once a
-time when no one in power thought very much about
-these rights. Statesmen had not then learned that a
-mother country owes a duty to her colonies. They
-thought only of the help that a colony should give
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_79'>79</span>toward supporting the home government. England
-for many years held this idea about America. She
-put great hardships upon her colonies there. She
-taxed them very unjustly, and put unfair limits to their
-trade. The Americans, however, knew that no government
-had a right to oppress even its own colonies.
-When the king of England went too far in his unjust
-rule, the people rebelled. They threw off the yoke
-of England just as, some years later, Mexico threw off
-the yoke of Spain, and became independent.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Philippine Islands suffered beyond what was
-the usual fate of colonies, even at that time. They
-were far out of the regular routes of ocean travel.
-The people there knew nothing at all of the ideas of
-human liberty that were even then setting the world
-thinking. Then, too, they were ruled by a people
-who were behind the rest of the world in accepting
-these ideas. Spain, blinded by her own pride and
-folly, has been slowest of all European nations to listen
-to the gospel of human rights. She ruled her colonies
-cruelly long after other nations came to see that they
-owed a duty to their dependencies, and as a result
-Spain lost her colonies at just the time when she most
-needed their help.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Philippines, moreover, were not ruled from
-Spain direct. They were, as has been said, a dependency
-of Mexico, and Mexico was in turn a dependency
-of Spain. It happened, therefore, that even when the
-islands had officials who might have been glad to help
-the people, these officials were themselves in a hard
-place. They had two masters over them. Spain
-looked to Mexico for the royal dues from the islands,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_80'>80</span>and Mexico, in turn, looked to the governor-general,
-who must see to it that his colony was profitable to
-the Crown.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>So, we see, there was a great burden laid upon the
-archipelago, and this burden the people had to carry.
-For three hundred and eighty years the Filipinos were
-subjects of Spain. They submitted to her rule because
-there was never a time when, without outside
-help, they could throw off that rule. But they never
-were, in their hearts, willing subjects. During all the
-time the Spanish were in the islands there was never
-a very long period when the people were not somewhere
-in revolt.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>On Luzon, on Bohol (bō hōľ), on Samar, Leyte
-(lā´ē tā), Mindanao, and in the Sulu Islands, there was
-one uprising after another during the seventeenth
-century. In Cebu it was needful, always, for Spain to
-keep a strong armed force, and it was often necessary
-to send the troops from Cebu to put down trouble in
-the other islands. The love of liberty dies hard from
-the human heart; and while there was at no time a
-general revolt of the people, the frequent revolts of
-different tribes kept the Spanish busy.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Yet at no time did the Filipinos go to war to gain
-national independence. They were not united enough
-for that. It is a part of the pity of it all that this
-should have been so. It is sad to think of all the suffering
-and want the people bore, and of all the lives
-that were lost in their small battles. It is sadder still
-to remember that the aim of these battles was not to
-win independence from Spain, but to secure only such
-decent treatment as is the right of every human being.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_81'>81</span>
-<img src='images/i_081.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>FUERZA DEL PILAR, MINDANAO.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_82'>82</span>It will be remembered that the friar whom Governor-General
-Desmarinas sent to make a treaty with Japan
-stayed in that country. He set up missions there, and
-both he and other friars who came over from Manila
-preached to the people. In time the emperor learned
-of this. He asked about the new teachers, and was told
-that this was Spain’s way of getting a hold on another
-country. Spanish friars would go into a country to
-teach the people religion, and later Spain would send
-her soldiers to protect the friars and their converts.
-After that, his advisers told the emperor, it was only a
-matter of time when Spain would come to rule the
-country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The emperor was alarmed to hear all this. He ordered
-the friars back to Manila, and forbade any one to
-teach Christianity in his country. The missionary friars
-defied him, however, and later some were put to death
-with their Japanese converts. But other friars came
-from Manila, and in 1633 the emperor became angry,
-and did a dreadful thing.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>He gathered in his own country a band of 150 people
-who were lepers. He loaded them into a ship and
-sent them to Manila. The commander of the ship
-bore to the governor-general a message which made
-a sensation in Manila. The message set forth the fact
-that the emperor did not allow Christians to come to
-Japan. Since, however, the priests of Manila seemed
-very fond of such people as these lepers, he sent this
-shipload as a present to them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>We may imagine the rage of the Manila officials
-over this “present.” Some of them were for taking the
-ship outside the harbor and sinking her with her load.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_83'>83</span>Others advised sending her back to Japan. The friars,
-however, to whom the lepers had been sent, claimed
-them. They begged the governor-general to have
-mercy on the poor creatures, and at last he relented.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_083.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>ST. LAZARUS HOSPITAL, MANILA.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>The lepers were brought ashore with much ceremony,
-and kept in Manila. As soon as possible a hospital
-was built for them, and they were taken to it.
-This hospital was named St. Lazarus Hospital. It
-still exists in Manila, though the present building is
-not the one put up for those first lepers.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In putting down the revolts of the people against
-tyranny, the Spanish had, from time to time, lost
-many troops. Many were also killed in the great battle
-with the Chinese, of which we have read, and in
-the wars with the Moros still other Spanish lives were
-lost. The Moro pirates from the south were a source
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_84'>84</span>of great danger, as we have already seen. In 1635 the
-Spanish were forced to build a fort at Zamboanga (sämbō än´gä)
-to keep these pirates in check. Garrisons
-were also stationed at several places in Sulu for the
-same purpose. The Spanish, however, never really
-controlled the Sulu archipelago. The soldiers were
-never safe more than a day’s march from their forts,
-and they lived in constant danger of attack from the
-Moros.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In one way and another the army of the colony was
-much weakened, and an uprising of the Chinese, in
-1634, made great trouble. This uprising took place
-in Laguna Province. Enraged by official oppression
-30,000 Chinese rose in rebellion. So strong were they,
-that they held their own against the Spanish for nearly
-a year. Indeed, they might not have been conquered
-at all but for the help of the native troops, who fought
-with the Spanish. Over 6,000 Chinese were killed in
-this revolt.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In November 1645, happened one of the worst
-earthquakes Manila has ever known. Every public
-building in the city, save one monastery and two
-churches, was destroyed. The governor-general nearly
-lost his life in the wreck of his palace, and over 600
-people were killed in Manila.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It became necessary to rebuild the city, and then
-the Spanish found that there was a great lack, not
-only of soldiers, but of laborers. The need became so
-great that, in 1649, Governor-General Diego Fajardo
-(dē ā´gō fä häŕdō) made a bad mistake. He began
-to force the people into military service, and also compelled
-them to work upon the arsenal at Cavite.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_85'>85</span>The people had borne much. Patient as they were,
-this injustice was more than they would endure, and
-they became deeply angry. Rebellion spread like
-wildfire through a number of the islands, and there
-was almost, though not quite, a general revolt. It
-began on Samar, and was led by a Filipino named
-Sumoroy (sö mō roy´). At the head of a large force he
-attacked the Spanish and the friars. He led his army
-down the coast of Samar, burning towns and churches.
-Many of the priests and Spanish on the island were
-killed, and the rebellion grew.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Troops were at once sent out against the rebels, and
-the governor of Samar sent messengers to demand
-Sumoroy’s head. The messengers did not return, but
-the rebels sent back the head of a pig to the governor.
-The revolt spread to other islands. Soon the people
-of Masbate (mäs bä´tē) and Leyte, of Cebu, Caraga
-(cä rä´gä) and Zamboanga, were in arms. The trouble
-even reached Manila, and the officials there became
-alarmed.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Governor-General Fajardo had not dreamed that his
-act of injustice would work so much mischief. Now,
-greatly concerned, he sent General Lopez Azaldegin
-(ä thäl´dā gin) to Samar. This officer had all the forces
-that could be raised, and full authority to put down
-the rebels as he saw fit.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>A great many battles were fought up and down
-Samar, and at last Sumoroy was driven back into the
-mountains. The Spanish carried on the war with savage
-cruelty. They severely punished all rebels whom
-they caught, and showed mercy to none. When they
-found that Sumoroy had escaped to the mountains,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_86'>86</span>they raided his home and tortured his mother to
-death.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>By such outrages they hoped to frighten the people
-into submission. By threats and torture they tried to
-make his people betray Sumoroy, and at last they
-succeeded. He was captured and turned over to the
-enemy. General Azaldegin had the rebel leader’s head
-struck off and stuck upon a pole. It was then sent
-about among the islands to teach the people what
-treatment rebels might expect from Spain.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Thus the rebellion was quelled for a time. The
-people had gained nothing by it, but it had kindled
-a fire in their hearts. This fire was not quenched; it
-only waited, hidden, ready to blaze up again when the
-right moment should come.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—The early idea of a colony was that it should
-be only a source of income to the mother country. This idea
-was held by other countries than Spain; but Spain clung to
-the idea long after other nations gave it up. She did not
-listen to the gospel of the rights of man, and in time she lost
-most of her colonies. Her policy in the Philippines kept
-the natives rebellious. For three hundred and eighty years
-the Filipinos were ruled by her, but in their hearts they never
-consented to that rule. There was one revolt after another,
-the people trying by this means to gain decent treatment.
-In 1633, angered by the efforts of friars to convert his people,
-the emperor of Japan sent a “present” to the priests at
-Manila. This “present” was a shipload of 150 lepers.
-After some debate the priests persuaded the governor-general
-to let the lepers land, and St. Lazarus Hospital was built for
-them. The colony was now much weakened by wars, and in
-1634 a revolt of the Chinese in Laguna was nearly successful.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_87'>87</span>It was only put down by native help. The great earthquake
-of 1645 nearly destroyed Manila, and 600 people were killed
-in the city. Laborers and soldiers were now so scarce that
-Governor-General Fajardo tried to compel the people to serve
-in the army and work on the arsenal at Cavite. This led to
-a revolt which took all the forces the Spanish could muster
-to put it down.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—What was the early idea of what a colony
-should be? How were the American colonies driven to
-revolt? How did Spain treat her colonies? Why did not
-the islands throw off her yoke? Why did the Japanese emperor
-send lepers to Manila? What caused the rebellion on
-Samar? Who led it? How was it put down?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_88'>88</span>
-<img src='images/i_088.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter VIII.<br /> <span class='large'>A NEW BEGINNING.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_088.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-The story of the colony at this time is a sad
-one. Bad management, dishonesty, and
-cruelty at last brought the country to such
-a pass that both Mexico and Spain were
-weary. The king even thought of giving up the colony,
-hopeless of ever receiving any benefit from it. The
-islands were a drain upon the treasury rather than a
-help to it, and it looked as if things would never be
-any better.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In the year 1653, however, a new beginning was
-planned. The country was to be given another chance.
-To this end a new governor-general and a new archbishop
-were sent out from Mexico. These two men,
-it was thought, could work peacefully together. It was
-hoped that they would bring better days to the islands.
-The governor-general, Sabinino Manrique de Lara (säbē
-nē´nō män´rēk dā lä´rä), was an honest, pious man.
-The new archbishop was wise and just, and seems to
-have had a sincere desire to help the country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_89'>89</span>The archbishop was charged by the Pope with the
-task of cleansing the land from the evil acts that had
-made so much sorrow. When the ship reached Manila,
-before any one else was allowed to land, the archbishop
-went ashore. He landed alone, knelt at once, and
-blessed the soil. The governor-general then landed,
-and prayers were offered for the good of the country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Some days afterwards, in the open air, outside the
-city walls, a solemn service was held. Archbishop
-Problete (prō blā´ tā) then went through the ceremony
-of purifying the land. He blessed the colony and declared
-it clean of all the evil done there. From that
-day peace and good-will were to be upon all the people.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>After this, things went better for several years.
-There was peace and good understanding between
-Church and State, so that both worked for the good
-of the country. Governor-General Lara allowed the
-archbishop a voice in matters of State, and yielded
-to him in many ways. He even permitted him to veto,
-or forbid, orders which the governor-general himself
-approved. These privileges the Churchman seems not
-to have abused.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But more than mere words and public services were
-needed to cleanse the land. Evil and oppression had
-worked wrong that was not to be undone in any easy
-way. The rebellion of 1649 was not yet forgotten,
-nor were there lacking people ready to make trouble
-to gain their own ends. Here and there, every little
-while, conflict broke out anew, but always in a small
-way. It was never grave enough to cause fear in
-Manila. It was enough, however, to keep the people
-restless, and the Spanish soldiers on the alert.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_90'>90</span>
-<img src='images/i_090.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>A CHURCH AT MALATE.<br /><br />The oldest church building in Manila.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_91'>91</span>The commander of the Spanish forces in the Visayas
-was Captain Gregorio de Castillo. Weary of putting
-down the frequent small revolts, he at last hit upon a
-plan to end the trouble. He issued a notice promising
-that all rebels who would come into camp and lay down
-their arms would be forgiven.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In spite of past lessons, many of the Filipinos trusted
-to this promise. A large number of them came and
-gave up their weapons. When too late they saw what
-a mistake they had made. They were taken to Manila
-as prisoners, and were not pardoned. Instead, most
-of them were punished. Some were put to death;
-others were sent to the galleys; only a few were set
-free.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>We may be sure that the memory of this false dealing
-rankled in the hearts of the people. In 1660 rebellion
-broke out with fresh force. This time the
-Pampangans were in the uprising. This people had
-from the first been loyal to Spain. They were among
-the best of her native soldiers, and had always helped
-to keep her enemies out of the country. For reward
-the government set them, with many others, to cutting
-timber for the arsenal. This work all were compelled
-to do without pay.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>From Pampanga the revolt swept through other
-provinces of Luzon. It took more definite shape than
-any other uprising had done, and gained strength. A
-Filipino named Malong was at the head of the movement.
-He was a real leader, and he at once began
-to raise an army. The Ilocans and Cacaygans joined
-him, and in a little while 40,000 men had been enrolled.
-They were not well armed, nor were they well supplied
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_92'>92</span>with food; but they marched through the country,
-making war on the Spanish.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Again, however, effort failed because it was not
-united. The tribes could not grasp the idea of real
-union. The people had no clear thought of a national
-life together. So they fought among themselves as
-well as against the common enemy, and their warfare
-came to naught. They could not long resist the
-trained Spanish troops, and in time the rebellion was
-put down. The army was scattered, and its leaders
-became outlaws in the mountains.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>While Governor-General Lara was in office another
-Chinese invasion threatened. A Mongol chief named
-Koxinga (kox in´gä), who had been driven from his
-own country by the Tartars, was the leader of it.
-When the Tartars overran China, about the middle of
-the seventeenth century, Koxinga and many of his
-followers refused to submit. They went to Formosa,
-drove out the Dutch people, and settled there. Later
-Koxinga laid a plan to take the Philippine Islands and
-set up his kingdom there.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Koxinga’s chief adviser was an Italian friar named
-Riccio (rē´ chē ō). This friar he had made a high mandarin,
-or nobleman. He now sent him to Manila,
-dressed in the garb of his office, to demand tribute
-from the Philippine Government.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Naturally this demand caused amaze and alarm in
-Manila. The Spaniards were aghast at the idea of
-a Catholic priest demanding tribute from a Catholic
-country, in the name of a heathen ruler. Later the
-authorities at Rome called the friar to account for his
-conduct. At this time, however, the Spanish were at
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_93'>93</span>a loss how to act. They did not dare send the priest-mandarin
-away, nor could they give him any answer.
-They therefore kept him waiting in Manila while they
-made up their minds what to do.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_093.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>THE MANILA CATHEDRAL.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>As was usual, when trouble arose, the government
-thought that the Chinese in Manila were plotting to
-take the city. They felt sure that these men would be
-ready to help Koxinga when he came, so everything
-was made ready for another attack upon the Chinese
-in Luzon.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>All government troops, both Spanish and native,
-were collected at Manila. The forts at Yligan (ē´lēgän),
-at Calamianes (cäl ä mē än´ēs), and at Zamboanga,
-were torn down and the soldiers brought to
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_94'>94</span>Luzon. Only the fort at Caraga, Mindanao, was left
-standing. This one they did not dare to give up; the
-soldiers there were all that kept the Moros from destroying
-the settlements on that coast.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>When the Chinese saw the Spaniards making ready
-for war, they knew from past experience that it meant
-trouble for them. As usual, therefore, they began the
-trouble themselves. They attacked the Spanish, and
-the latter at once began fighting the Chinese wherever
-they found them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This time the Spanish meant to kill every Chinaman
-in the country. They hunted out all who hid, and cut
-them down. Not one whom they caught was spared.
-Not one of all in the islands would have been spared
-if the country could have gotten along without them.
-Some one remembered, however, before it was too
-late, that if all the Chinese were killed there would
-be no one left to carry on the small trades of the country.
-Because bootmakers and tailors and small shopkeepers
-were needed, therefore about 5,000 Chinamen
-were spared, and these were permitted to remain in
-Manila.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>After peace was made, Riccio was allowed to go back
-to Formosa, to tell Koxinga what had been done. He
-found the chieftain getting ready to come to Manila
-with an army to take the country, and Riccio told him
-what had happened.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Koxinga’s rage was great when he heard his mandarin’s
-story. He planned to go at once to the islands
-to punish this wicked cruelty to his countrymen. He
-fell ill, however, and died of fever before he could
-start. Thus Manila escaped the fate that must almost
-surely have fallen upon the city if the Chinese chief
-and his great army had reached the bay.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_95'>95</span>
-<img src='images/i_095.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>AN OLD SPANISH FORT AT SIASSI.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_96'>96</span>The foolish attack upon the Chinese took so many
-Spanish soldiers from the southern islands that the
-Moros now had free swing along the coasts of Mindanao
-and the Visayas. Other troubles came up in
-Manila, and soon evil and sorrow were as active and
-as real as though the islands had never been cleansed
-by book and ceremony. Not even these can stay the
-results of cruelty and evil in men’s lives.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Poor Governor-General Lara, in spite of his wish to
-be a good leader in the Philippines, made many enemies.
-These men began to accuse him of dishonesty in
-office. They charged him with disloyalty to the king,
-and he was put into prison. He was also made to pay
-a fine equal to $60,000, Mexican money. Afterwards
-he was set free, but he never got over the effects of
-his disgrace. Filled with sorrow and shame, he went
-back to Spain and became a friar.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1663 Diego Salcedo became governor-general. He
-was no sooner in office than the good understanding
-between the Church and the State came to an end.
-Salcedo treated Archbishop Problete very harshly, and
-took from him many of the privileges granted him by
-Lara. Great strife grew out of this, and the government
-was soon in as bad order as it had ever been.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>At last the archbishop became ill and died. Salcedo
-then behaved in a very unseemly manner. He made
-a great feast, and would not allow the usual mourning
-services to be held for the archbishop. This conduct
-came to the ears of the authorities at home, and the
-governor-general was punished as he deserved. He
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_97'>97</span>was put into prison to await the sailing of the galleon
-that should take him to Mexico for further punishment.
-He was sent to Mexico later, but died at sea
-on his way there.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>All this was a sad end to the new rule that was to
-have done so much good in the country. No good,
-however, can grow out of injustice and cruelty. These
-people may have meant well, but they did not do right.
-They had not set up rules of fairness and truthful
-dealing in the islands, so all their cleansing with words
-came to naught.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—In 1653 a new governor-general and a new
-archbishop were sent out to Manila. The land was blessed
-and pronounced clean of all the evil that had been done
-there. There was now to be a new state of things. For some
-years matters went better at Manila. There was peace between
-the Church and the State. Later, however, revolt
-broke out here and there in the Visayas. To quiet the
-natives they were promised forgiveness if they would come in
-and lay down their weapons. The Spanish general who made
-this promise broke his word. Those who came and surrendered
-were severely punished, and only a few were pardoned.
-After this the government tried to make the natives work
-without pay, cutting timber for the arsenal. This made
-trouble, and there was a rebellion which came near to being
-general, but which was finally put down. A threatened invasion
-by Koxinga, a Chinese chief from Formosa, led to
-a general slaughter by the Spanish of the Chinese in Manila.
-Only 5,000 Chinese were left alive in the islands. Governor-General
-Lara made enemies who accused him of dishonesty.
-He was put in prison and fined. He was set free later, but felt
-the disgrace so keenly that he went back to Spain and took
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_98'>98</span>holy orders. He was succeeded by Diego Salcedo, who soon
-quarreled with the archbishop. When the latter died, Salcedo
-behaved in a way so unseemly that he was sent out of the
-country in disgrace. He died at sea, on his way to Mexico.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—What great change was made in 1653? What
-did the new officials do? How did the new government succeed?
-What promise did Captain Gregorio de Castillo make
-to the rebels in the Visayas? How did he keep it? What
-led to the revolt of 1660? Give an account of this uprising.
-Who was Koxinga? What envoy did he send to Manila?
-How was this envoy received? What action did the Spanish
-take in regard to his demands?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_99'>99</span>
-<img src='images/i_099.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter IX.<br /> <span class='large'>TRADE IN THE PHILIPPINES.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_099.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-The Spanish galleons which used to sail the
-Pacific Ocean between Manila and Mexico
-have been the subject of many a romance.
-The world never tires of reading the stories
-written about them. They seem to belong to the age
-of romance and poetry. The galleons come, however,
-pretty close to modern times. The last one left Manila
-for Mexico in 1811, and the last one for Manila sailed
-from Acapulco in 1815.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>These ships were in shape something like a half-moon.
-They were very high at bow and stern, short
-from fore to aft, and very wide. They were of about
-1,500 tons burden, with light draught. They usually
-had four decks, and always carried big guns.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The galleons were the Spanish mail ships, and the
-only carriers for trade between the islands and Mexico.
-This trade with Mexico was the colony’s only
-source of income. The local government had no
-money of its own. It could not act independently;
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_100'>100</span>all that it brought in tribute and taxes to the royal
-treasury belonged to the Crown, to be disposed of at
-the king’s will.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Not only were the islands governed through Mexico,
-but all their trade was with that country. So severe
-were the laws that restricted their trade, that the people
-were not allowed to go even to China and Japan
-to buy goods. They might buy only such goods as
-Chinese and Japanese traders brought to Manila.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Once a year, usually in July, a galleon left Manila
-laden with goods from the islands. These were sold
-in Mexico, and the money which they brought, or
-an equal value in Mexican goods, was sent back on
-the return galleon. We have seen how great were the
-risks which these ships ran in making their voyages.
-The enemies of Spain often captured them, while some
-were lost at sea and never again heard from. It was
-not all romance, the life of those who sailed and
-manned the galleons. Often there was greed and
-cruelty to contend with, rather than poetry and story
-to be lived. Always there was danger, and it was not
-the spirit of adventure, but the desire for gain that
-sent these men to sea.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The many risks which the galleons ran made shipping
-ventures uncertain. Nor was this the greatest ill
-which the Manila merchants had to bear. The merchants
-of Spain were always jealous of them, for they
-were afraid that the island trade with China and with
-Mexico would hurt their own business. So they were
-always clamoring for laws that should keep Manila
-merchants from dealing with those countries.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>By the beginning of the eighteenth century very
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_101'>101</span>harsh laws had been made governing all shipments.
-Goods might be shipped only in bales of a certain size
-and weight, and only a limited number of bales might
-be sent by each galleon. Nor did the restrictions end
-here. There were some goods in which Manila merchants
-might not deal at all. They could ship no
-woven stuffs save the finest
-linen. If the goods sent to
-Mexico by the Philippine Government brought more
-than a certain amount in Mexico, the full sum could
-not be sent back in money. The islands must take
-the surplus in Mexican goods.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_101.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>THE ARRIVAL OF A SPANISH GALLEON.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>So business suffered, and each year the country grew
-poorer. At the same time the men who ruled the
-country grew very rich. One acting governor-general,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_102'>102</span>in less than two years of service, got together a fortune
-of $250,000. There were other officials, as well,
-who managed to take home with them to Spain sums
-nearly as large.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>All this, of course, worked hardship in the islands.
-Money was very scarce. Merchants became bankrupt
-and had to go out of business. Often the government
-itself had no money with which to pay for public
-work. The army, too, suffered. The soldiers had no
-barracks, but lived as they could, and wherever they
-found shelter. Often there were long periods when no
-rations were issued to them, and they begged their food
-from house to house. When their demands were not
-granted, they would take by force what they wished,
-and this led to great evil.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>A large army was needed to control the people and
-to enforce payment of tribute. This tribute was collected
-from the natives for the support of the government.
-Those who had not yet been baptized were
-taxed only a small sum; those who belonged to the
-Church paid more.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Few, however, paid in money. Nearly all paid in
-kind—in goods which they made, or produce which
-they raised from the land. All tribute in goods was
-kept in the royal storehouses until the galleon was
-about to sail. Then the goods were sent to Mexico,
-to be sold. Sometimes, however, some of these goods
-were traded for merchandise brought to the islands by
-Chinese dealers.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>A certain per cent. of the price which the shipments
-brought in Mexico was sent back to Manila to pay
-government expenses. Usually, however, this fixed
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_103'>103</span>percentage was not sufficient to meet these expenses.
-It was needful, then, to increase it by a further sum
-from the royal treasury. This additional sum was
-called the “Real Situado” (rā´äl sē tö´ä dō).</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>One galleon a year was not enough to meet the
-needs of merchants who wished to ship goods to
-Mexico. In 1724, therefore, a royal decree was made
-public that thereafter two galleons of 500 tons each
-would be sent. This decree, however, limited the
-number of merchants who might ship goods, and
-the amount which each might send. It also fixed the
-amount in cash that might be taken in payment. All
-values over this amount must be taken in Mexican
-goods.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>A few years later this decree was revoked. Only
-one galleon a year was to be sent, and new and more
-severe restrictions were put upon all shipments. It
-became more and more difficult, as time went on, for
-the merchants of Manila to carry on trade.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>During the eighteenth century no foreign merchants
-were allowed to do business in Manila. Spain, in fact,
-did all that she could to kill trade and industry in the
-islands. At the same time she compelled those who
-ruled the country to enforce payment of the last
-penny’s value of tribute that could be drained from
-the country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The governor-general at this time (1754–1759) was
-Pedro de Arandia (dā ä rän´dē ä). He was one of the
-most able and enterprising officials the islands had
-thus far had. He tried to make a good many reforms
-in the country, and to build up its commerce. He is
-said to have died of worry and regret that he could
-not rule the land as he thought right, and at the same
-time be at peace with those about him who were also
-in authority.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_104'>104</span>
-<img src='images/i_104.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>THE SANTA LUCIA GATE, MANILA.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_105'>105</span>Arandia showed himself to be something of a statesman.
-He made reforms in the army, and tried to bring
-the wild tribes to acknowledge Spain’s rights in the
-islands. At the same time he did many dishonest
-things. He made a great fortune for himself while
-in office. Perhaps he was sorry for his dishonesty
-afterwards, for when he died he left his fortune to
-religious institutions. In those days men saw no wrong
-or absurdity in devoting ill-gotten wealth to carrying
-on good works.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It was Arandia who formed the first real military
-body in the country. This was a regiment made up
-of five companies of Filipino soldiers and four companies
-of Europeans. The latter Arandia had brought
-with him from Mexico. He called the whole corps
-the “King’s Regiment,” and took great pride in it.
-As troops came in from the provinces they were added
-to the regiment, until at last it numbered about 2,000
-soldiers in two battalions of ten companies each. In
-October of 1754 the soldiers, for the first time in the
-history of the islands, were quartered in barracks.
-They were also, both officers and men, paid regularly
-every two weeks.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1755 the Chinese question came up again. This
-time it was decided to send home all those Chinese
-who would not be baptized. They were given a few
-months to wind up their business, and a day was set
-when they should leave the islands. All who accepted
-baptism were allowed to remain, and a good many did
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_106'>106</span>this. Over 2,000, however, were sent out of the country
-on June 30, 1755.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Need now arose for shops and for small traders to
-carry on business in place of these Chinese. To supply
-this need a trading company of Spanish and half-Spanish
-was formed in Manila. This trading company
-was in existence for some years, but was never
-very successful. It could not buy on as good terms
-as the Chinese had been able to make, nor could it
-sell to such good advantage. It received a great deal
-of aid from the government, but finally made a bad
-failure and went out of business.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The ruling which sent the Chinese out of the islands
-worked other harm to the business of the country. Not
-only were there none to do the work which the Chinese
-had done, but their going was a direct money loss
-to the government. The Chinese had been heavily
-taxed, and when they were sent away a shortage of
-$30,000 in the tax receipts followed as a direct result.
-This made money so scarce in Manila that a petition
-was sent to Spain asking for a reduction of the royal
-dues. These royal dues were the amount which the
-colony had each year to raise for the king, and the
-government was now scarcely able to collect it from
-the people.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But Spain was in great need of money. Wars with
-other nations had almost emptied her treasury, and
-the petition for reduction was refused. A decree was
-passed, however, which made things a little easier for
-the merchants. The islands must pay the full amount
-of the royal dues, but merchants might send by the
-galleon more goods and goods of a finer quality than
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_107'>107</span>before. They might also bring back more Mexican
-goods. In this way they could make more money,
-and thus the country was better able to raise the sums
-demanded.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—The only trading ships that carried shipments
-of goods from Manila were the Spanish galleons. The entire
-trade of the islands was with Mexico, and was restricted by
-very severe laws. A galleon sailed but once a year, and the
-amount of goods which could be sent by her was limited by
-law. The great risks which the galleons ran made shipments
-uncertain of return, and business was at a disadvantage. In
-1724 a decree was made public allowing two galleons a year,
-of 500 tons each, to be sent. The number of merchants who
-could ship goods was now limited, and the amount that each
-could send. Later this decree was revoked. Only one galleon
-could be sent, and more severe restrictions were put upon
-shipments. No foreign merchants were allowed to do business
-in Manila. In 1754 Pedro de Arandia became governor-general.
-He made many improvements in the army, and
-tried to build up trade. He formed the first real military body
-in the islands, and called it the “King’s Regiment.” In 1755
-a law was made that all Chinese who refused baptism should
-be sent out of the country on June 30. Over 2,000 were
-sent away on that day. This made a dearth of traders, and
-a trading company of Spanish and half-Spanish was formed.
-It was never a success, however. The departure of these
-Chinese cost the country a loss of $30,000 in taxes that year.
-This made times so hard that the colony prayed the king for
-a reduction in the royal dues. Their petition was refused,
-but some of the restrictions in regard to shipments by the
-galleon were made lighter. Merchants could ship more and
-better goods. This made matters easier, and the country
-could better meet the demands of the Crown.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><span class='pageno' id='Page_108'>108</span><i>Questions.</i>—What were the Spanish galleons? How often
-did they sail? When did the last one leave Manila for
-Mexico? Why were such severe restrictions put upon the
-trade of the islands? What were some of these restrictions?
-What improvements did Governor-General Arandia make in
-the army? Give an account of the decree expelling the
-Chinese from the islands. What effect followed the departure
-of the Chinese?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_109'>109</span>
-<img src='images/i_109.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter X.<br /> <span class='large'>THE ISLANDS UNDER ARANDIA’S RULE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_109.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-It was while Pedro de Arandia was governor-general
-that the famous overflow of Taal
-volcano took place. At that time the
-crater of Taal was torn open so that it
-measured more than a mile and a half across, and from
-this awful opening poured down a broad stream of
-melted lava, killing and destroying everything that it
-touched. It rushed down the side of the mountain
-and fell hot and hissing into the lake. Great clouds of
-steam arose from the heated waters, and such a shower
-of ashes and stones fell as made the people think the
-world was coming to an end.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>For six months terrible storms raged in that part
-of Luzon. The volcano broke out on the 15th day
-of May, 1754, and it was then that the boiling lava
-began to flow. Huge stones shot up from the crater
-and fell into the lake, or were hurled down upon
-the land. Darkness reigned, and the people were
-filled with terror.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_110'>110</span>This state of things lasted until about the second
-day of June. Then, suddenly, a mighty column of
-smoke arose from the mountain, thick, black, and
-awful. Higher and higher it mounted, until it spread
-over the sky, and the sun shone through it with a
-sickly yellow light.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_110.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>TAAL VOLCANO.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>This smoke poured out for nearly all the time until
-July 10. On that day heavy showers of mud, black
-as ink, began to fall. Terrible sounds were heard, as
-of cannon being fired off inside the mountain. The
-land trembled, and great waves from the lake dashed
-against the shore. Dead fish, alligators, and snakes
-were cast up on shore, and the town of Balili (bä lē´lē)
-was soon a swamp of black, liquid mud.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Then fire began to pour out of the crater. It lasted
-until September 25, when there was another great
-shower of stones. The people of Taal were driven
-from their homes and fled for their lives. Then, writes
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_111'>111</span>Fray Francisco Venenchillo (ven en chēl´yō), who,
-through these dreadful weeks of disasters, kept a daily
-journal of all that he observed, “a fearful storm of
-thunder and lightning began, and never stopped until
-December 4.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In the meanwhile the volcano was still in eruption,
-and awful things kept happening. Lake Bombon rose
-and swept over the town of Taal. On November 14
-inky darkness settled over the country. This lasted
-for two days, during which, even as far away as Manila,
-candles were needed at noonday. During these two
-days, fire and lava poured out steadily from the mountain.
-At last, on December 2, began a two days’
-hurricane. It wiped out the town of Taal, and then
-all was quiet.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In all, the trouble lasted for six months and seventeen
-days. The towns of Taal, Sananan (sän ä´nän),
-Sala (sä´lä), and Lipa (lē´pä) were wholly ruined, and
-great harm was done in towns fifteen miles distant
-from the volcano. It was a marvelous event, and
-traces of it are still to be seen in all the country around
-Lake Bombon.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Never since then has there been such an overflow
-from Taal volcano. The ruins of the old town of
-Taal may still be seen just where the Pansipit (pän sē´pit)
-River enters the lake, but they are being overgrown
-by grasses and flowers. In a few years they will be
-quite hidden. The present town of Taal is farther up
-the river. It is noted for the fine sugar produced
-there. This sugar is well known, and commands a
-good price in foreign markets. Excellent cotton stuffs
-are also made there.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_112'>112</span>When Governor-General Arandia had formed his
-new King’s Regiment, he at once found work for it to
-do. Besides the regiment he collected a body of good
-native troops and began a campaign against the Igorrotes.
-The Spanish had never been able to subdue
-these people. In Arandia’s day they were still as wild
-and savage as when the Europeans first came to the
-islands. Arandia set out to conquer them or to kill
-every one of them that could be found.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The war was carefully planned. About 1,100 soldiers
-were sent against them, and these soldiers waged
-a warfare as savage, as cruel, as the wild tribes themselves
-could have carried on. The Igorrotes were surprised
-in their villages and given no quarter. Their
-towns were burned down, and women and children
-were killed without mercy. Growing crops were destroyed,
-and the land was laid waste wherever an Igorrote
-home was found.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But in spite of this cruelty the Spanish could not
-conquer the people. Instead, the King’s Regiment was
-driven back again and again, and whenever the Igorrotes
-took a Spaniard prisoner, they avenged upon
-him the wrongs of their tribe. The attempt was at
-last given up. The Igorrotes could not be subdued,
-nor could they be coaxed into swearing loyalty to
-Spain.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Arandia then sought to bargain with them. In 1758
-a decree was passed that was meant not only for them,
-but for the other heathen tribes. The decree read
-that those who would accept baptism need pay no
-tribute or tax for the rest of their lives. The Igorrotes
-were not caught by this offer. As a matter of fact,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_113'>113</span>they gave themselves no trouble to pay tribute or tax,
-anyway, so the offer had no attraction for them.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_113.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>IGORROTES.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>At this same time Arandia had still another trouble
-on his hands, but one for which he was not to blame.
-A few years before, in 1749, the sultan of Sulu was
-deposed from his throne during a rebellion. Being in
-name, at least, a vassal of Spain, he came to Manila
-to ask Spanish aid in regaining his rights.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_114'>114</span>
-<img src='images/i_114.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>A STREET IN JOLÓ.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_115'>115</span>The acting governor-general at that time was the
-Bishop of Nuevo Segovia (nö ā´vō sā gō´vē ä). This
-worthy gave the sultan a warm welcome and showed
-him high honor. The Moro ruler was urged to accept
-baptism, and at last did so, with several of his suite.
-After that he and a large number of followers were
-kept in great style in Manila. The sultan was known
-as Ferdinand I., and great attention was paid him as
-rightful ruler of the Sulu archipelago. But for some
-reason nothing was done to help him recover his lost
-throne.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Finally, however, he was told that he was to be
-taken to Sulu. In fact, with a large Spanish escort,
-the party did go as far as Zamboanga. There the sultan
-and his people, with a prince of Sulu who had
-come to Mindanao to greet him, were thrown into
-prison. To explain this, it was charged that the sultan
-had written disloyal letters to friends in Sulu. In one
-of these letters, it was claimed, he had said that he had
-not acted of his own free will in accepting baptism.
-These letters had been intercepted at Zamboanga, and
-were declared to be treasonable.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The sultan was taken back to Manila as a prisoner,
-and this act at once drove the Moros to fresh fury.
-Again there was war all along the southern coast. It
-was pressed with great cruelty on both sides, and many
-lives were lost. The trouble lasted for some years,
-but the Spanish gained neither power nor territory
-by all this waste of lives and money.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>When Arandia came into office he wished to send
-the sultan back to Sulu and restore to him his rights.
-In this, however, he was opposed by the clergy. Had
-he persisted in trying to do this it would have made
-great strife; so he yielded. Ferdinand I. stayed on in
-Luzon, but was not kept in confinement. His son, his
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_116'>116</span>daughter, and several chiefs of his people were with
-him in the city; but he was none the less a prisoner,
-and remained such until the British took Manila in
-1762. In 1763 the English commander sent him to
-Sulu and reseated him on his throne. As for the
-Moros of the Sulu archipelago, they never again trusted
-the Spanish.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—In the year 1754 there was a terrible eruption
-of Taal volcano. It began on May 15 and lasted for over
-six months. During this time the mountain poured out fire
-and lava. Awful showers of mud and stones fell, and there
-were terrible hurricanes. The towns of Taal, Sananan, Sala,
-and Lipa were wholly ruined, and great harm was done in
-places fifteen miles away. During Arandia’s term of office,
-war was waged against the Igorrotes, to conquer or to kill
-them all. This war was carried on with great cruelty, but
-the Igorrotes were not to be subdued, and it was given up.
-Later they were offered freedom from taxation if they would
-accept baptism, but they refused it. In 1749 the sultan of
-Sulu came to Manila seeking aid to put down a rebellion
-of his people. He was well received, and was persuaded to
-let himself be baptized. Afterwards it was claimed that he
-had written treasonable letters home, and he was kept a
-prisoner in Manila. Arandia tried to have him restored to
-his rights, but could not. The sultan was sent back in 1763
-by the British, who then held Manila. This treatment of the
-sultan greatly enraged the Moros against the Spanish.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—When was the great overflow of Taal volcano?
-Give an account of it. Who decided to conquer the Igorrotes?
-Describe this war and its results. Why did the sultan of Sulu
-come to Manila? How was he treated by the Spanish?
-Who finally reseated him on his throne?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_117'>117</span>
-<img src='images/i_117.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter XI.<br /> <span class='large'>BRITISH OCCUPATION.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_117.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-In the latter part of the year 1761 war was begun
-between Spain and France on the one
-hand, and England on the other. Spain and
-France were first to declare this war, but
-England carried on her part in it with great vigor.
-The English took Havana, and an English fleet under
-Admiral Cornish (k̤or´nish) was sent to the Pacific
-with orders to take the Philippine Islands.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>With a fleet of thirteen vessels Admiral Cornish
-entered Manila Bay on the evening of September 22,
-1762. The ships anchored off Cavite, and next day
-Cornish sent to demand the surrender of the city. This
-was, of course, refused by Archbishop Rojo (rō´hō),
-who was then acting governor-general of the city.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The archbishop’s forces at that time consisted of
-a small part of the King’s Regiment, not more than
-about 600 men and officers, and 80 pieces of artillery.
-The English troops, who were landed under command
-of General Draper (drā´per), numbered one regiment of
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_118'>118</span>British infantry, two companies of artillery, 2,200
-Sepoys from India, and 3,000 seamen—in all, 6,380
-men.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Nevertheless, in spite of the inequality of the two
-armies, the Spanish Churchman defied the second demand
-to surrender. A part of the Spanish force went
-bravely out to fight the landing English, but with what
-success it is easy to guess. They were driven back
-into the city, and the enemy landed in full force. The
-British encamped around Manila, at Malate (mä lä´tā),
-Santiago, and San Juan. On the 24th of September
-they began to bombard the city.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>At this time one of the royal galleons was expected
-at Manila. This was the <i>Philipina</i>, carrying a very
-rich cargo and a large sum of money for the government.
-Some of the English ships went out to lie in
-wait for her. They missed her; for the Spanish friars
-managed to reach her first, and by their aid she gained
-a place of safety. The British, however, brought in
-another galleon, the <i>Trinidad</i>, from which they took
-$2,500,000.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>A nephew of the archbishop was on board the <i>Trinidad</i>,
-and was captured with the ship. When the English
-learned who he was, they sent him to Manila with
-an escort, and turned him over to his uncle. The
-escort then started back to the ship, but was attacked
-and killed by Filipinos. The natives cut off the head
-of the English officer, and refused to give it up.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The British were greatly angered by this outrage,
-and they now stormed the city in earnest. The Spanish
-had by now got together a large native force, which
-was sent against the enemy. They could not stand
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_119'>119</span>against the British regulars, however, and were soon
-beaten back. The enemy’s artillery made great
-breaches in the walls, and on October 5 General
-Draper and his army forced a way into the city. By
-another day the following terms of surrender were
-agreed upon:</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_119.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>ROYAL GATE AND SALLY PORT IN THE CITY WALL, MANILA.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Spanish were to have full religious freedom;
-private property was to be held safe; the Supreme
-Court was to keep order, and free trade was to be
-allowed. The Spanish were to pay the British an
-indemnity of $4,000,000. These terms were signed,
-and the British flag floated over Manila.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_120'>120</span>The English and Sepoy troops, turned loose in
-the city, did great mischief and destroyed much public
-property. The archbishop then went to General
-Draper and begged him to put a stop to this. The
-general issued orders forbidding violence and pillage
-by his soldiers. He himself shot and killed one Sepoy
-whom he saw attack a Filipino.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But while the British were in possession of Manila,
-they were not without opposition. It was the law in
-the archipelago that if at any time the country should
-be without a governor-general, the Supreme Court
-should govern. This law one of the justices of the
-court now tried to put in force. Simon de Anda y
-Salazar (sē´mōn dā än´dä ē säl ä thär´), the justice in
-question, pretended to think that the Spanish could
-have held Manila but for the weakness of the archbishop.
-Refusing to listen to reason, he gathered a
-band of Filipinos whom he promised to lead against
-the English. With a few of them he fled in a prahu
-to Bulacan the night before the city surrendered. He
-took with him some of the stamped paper of the government.
-This would, he knew, be a help to him in a
-plan which he meant to carry out.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Now, ignoring the fact that Archbishop Rojo was
-the acting governor-general, Simon de Anda began an
-absurd fight against the English. He claimed the
-right, as a justice of the Supreme Court, to act as
-governor-general. On the stamped paper he wrote a
-proclamation ordering the British to leave Manila.
-He sent this proclamation to General Draper, who
-ignored it and declared Anda a nuisance.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>After this Anda raised a small army, and fought several
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_121'>121</span>battles with the British. They only served to keep
-the country stirred up, so that neither the Spanish
-nor the British could go about their affairs in peace.
-General Draper, meanwhile, was busy restoring the
-sultan of Sulu to his throne. Anda had become a
-hindrance to peace, while at the same time he had no
-power to carry on effective warfare. Seeing this, the
-Chinese of Pampanga made a plot to kill him.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_121.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>THE BRITISH ASSAULT ON THE WALLS OF MANILA.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>Simon de Anda was told of this plot, and his rage
-was great. He collected all his Filipinos and marched
-against the Chinese. He had real war at last, and the
-Spanish accounts say that 8,000 Chinese were slain.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In the meantime the war in Europe was over. By
-the Peace of Paris, made February 10, 1763, it was
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_122'>122</span>settled that Manila should be restored to Spain. The
-British commander made ready to turn over the city
-to the Spanish and go home, but at once a new difficulty
-arose.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Simon de Anda was in command of whatever Spanish
-army there was in the islands at this time. Therefore,
-when a notice was sent to the archbishop for
-the “Commander-in-Chief of the Spanish forces,” the
-archbishop sent it on to Anda. This notice was to
-the effect that Anda should take over the city from
-the English; but he refused to receive the notice. He
-declared that he should have been addressed as “Captain-General,”
-and would recognize no other style of
-address. On this foolish plea he kept up war with the
-English until January, 1764, in spite of the peace between
-his country and England. All that the British
-wished was that Anda should let them hand the city over
-to him and depart. This, however, he would not do.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>On January 30, 1764, Archbishop Rojo died. There
-was still, however, no one to whom to give up Manila,
-for several men at once claimed the right to act as
-governor-general.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>At last the Spanish Government sent out from Mexico
-a new governor-general. As soon as he reached
-Manila he sent word to the British commander that he
-was ready to take over the city, and he arranged that
-Simon de Anda should be the one actually to receive
-the city back. It was turned over to Anda for the
-governor-general, and the English left the country.
-Only $1,000,000 was paid of the $4,000,000 war indemnity
-agreed upon, but the English received a bill
-upon the Madrid treasury for the remainder of that sum.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><span class='pageno' id='Page_123'>123</span><i>Summary.</i>—In the latter part of 1761 war began between
-France and Spain on the one hand, and England on the other.
-In September, 1762, a British fleet came to Manila and took that
-city. Archbishop Rojo, who was acting governor-general, surrendered
-the city. Simon de Anda, a justice of the Supreme
-Court, opposed the surrender of Manila. He fled to Bulacan,
-gathered a native army, and issued a proclamation ordering the
-British to leave the islands. This proclamation was not heeded.
-Several ineffective battles were fought, and strife continued between
-the English and Anda’s forces. The Chinese made a plot
-to kill Anda, and he fought them with his army. When peace
-was declared in Europe, it was decided that Manila should be
-given back to Spain. Simon de Anda, as commander of the
-Spanish army in the Philippines, should have received the
-city from the English. He claimed not to have been properly
-addressed, and refused to accept the notice telling him
-of the treaty of peace. He kept up the war against the British
-until January, 1764. The archbishop died on January 30,
-1764. Several men now claimed the right to act as governor-general.
-At last the home government sent out a new governor-general,
-who took over the city, and the English left the
-islands.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—What countries were at war against England
-in 1761? What did the English do? When and how was
-Manila taken by the British? Who was Simon de Anda?
-On what did he base his claim to a right to act for the country?
-When was peace made? Why did Anda refuse to take
-over the city? How long did he keep up the war? How
-was the matter finally settled?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_124'>124</span>
-<img src='images/i_124.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter XII.<br /> <span class='large'>TO THE END OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_124.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-While the British were in Manila, and for
-several years after they left the country,
-the islands were very unquiet. There were
-many small uprisings among the people, who
-hoped, in this time of unrest, to gain some of the
-rights which they felt were theirs.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>One of these uprisings was led by a native named
-Silan (sē´län). This man was not quite sane, and made
-many pretensions, such as that he was the earthly
-representative of divine power. Many of Simon de
-Anda’s followers deserted him to join Silan’s army,
-and for a time Silan was very successful against the
-Spanish. He turned the vicar-general of Ilocos Sur
-out of his house, and made the Augustine friars pay
-tribute to support the rebel forces. His brain was
-weak, however, and success seemed wholly to destroy
-his reason. He came to think that he was
-more than human, and then, of course, he began to
-make mistakes.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_125'>125</span>At last Silan joined with the British against his own
-country. This opened the eyes of the Filipinos to his
-real nature. They saw that he was ready to betray
-them instead of leading them against their enemies,
-and at once they turned from him. In May, 1763,
-he was killed by a half-caste named Vicos (vē´kōs),
-and the rebellion which he had led died out.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There were other revolts in Luzon, however. Everywhere
-the people were ready, on any pretext, to take
-up arms against authority. They refused to pay tribute,
-and resented all demands of Spain upon them.
-Small riots kept breaking out in the provinces, and the
-loyal troops were constantly marching about the island
-in pursuit of rebels. In all this petty warfare the
-Spanish lost 70 Europeans and 140 native soldiers, and
-fully 10,000 natives were slain. By the year 1765, however,
-the Spanish had the country again under control,
-and some degree of peace settled over the land.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There was still political strife in Manila, even though
-the people were no longer in revolt. This strife at
-last became very serious. A bitter quarrel also existed
-between the Augustine friars on the one hand, and the
-members of the Society of Jesus on the other.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Augustines were the first order of friars to send
-priests to the islands. From earliest times the Augustine
-friars had been concerned in the welfare of the
-people. Like all other leaders in the islands, they
-made many mistakes, but they also did many wise
-and good things. An Augustine friar had first (in
-1595) taught the Filipinos the art of weaving, and as
-early as 1610 the Archbishop of Manila, an Augustine
-friar, had founded the College of Santo Tomas.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_126'>126</span>The Jesuits also had a college in Manila, San José
-College, founded by them in 1601. This Society had
-among its members many fine scholars. It had done
-much for education in the islands, and the Jesuit
-priests were nearly all men learned in law and matters
-of government.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Each party to this quarrel between the orders accused
-the other of cruelty to the natives. Each declared
-that the other was hindering the government in
-its rule, instead of helping to keep the peace. At last
-the trouble became so serious that, in 1768, the Jesuits
-left the archipelago. It was thought best for the peace
-of the country that they should go, and they remained
-away for ninety-one years. In 1859 the Society again
-came to the islands and took up its work among the
-people.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>At the time the Jesuits left, Governor-General José
-Raon (hō sā´ rä ōn´) was accused by the other Orders of
-favoring this Society. He was charged with telling the
-Jesuits state secrets, and on this charge was disgraced
-and sent home. Soon afterwards Simon de Anda,
-who was in Spain during this time, was made governor-general,
-and came back to Manila.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Anda took up the reins of government, confident
-that he was just the man to rule these islands. In
-this, however, he was mistaken. He was headstrong
-and imprudent. He was unwilling to forgive his enemies
-or to be advised by his friends. Indeed, his
-hasty temper and his lack of good sense before long
-turned his friends from him. He quarreled with the
-officers of the State, of the army, and of the Church,
-and his rule was a stormy one. He soon wore himself
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_127'>127</span>out, and in 1776 he died in the hospital of San Juan
-de Dios, at Cavite.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id005'>
-<img src='images/i_127.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>MONUMENT TO SIMON DE ANDA ON THE MALACON, MANILA.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>At this time new ideas of human rights and liberties
-were stirring the whole world. In Europe people were
-growing bolder and freer in their protests against
-tyranny. In America the colonies had begun the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_128'>128</span>eight years’ war that was to free them from England’s
-unjust rule. In Mexico was growing the discontent
-that only ended when Mexico had thrown off the yoke
-of Spain. Everywhere the people were demanding
-freedom; but in the Philippine Islands a plan was
-forming to take from the natives still more of the
-little liberty they had.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In the year 1778 Don José Basco y Vargas (hō sā´
-bäs´ cō ē vär´ gäs) became governor-general of the archipelago.
-He found business at a low ebb, and the country
-very poor. The treasury was nearly empty; the
-people had no money, and the industries of the country
-were almost at a standstill.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Vargas was in some ways a wise man. He saw that
-farming, and not trade, was the work that alone could
-bring prosperity to these islands. Farming, however,
-was neglected. The country could be very rich if the
-people would but give their attention to raising the
-crops that grow so readily here. Rice, cocoanuts,
-hemp, coffee, tea, sugar—all of which are things that
-the whole world uses—could be grown here, so that
-the islands under cultivation would rank with the rich
-countries of the earth.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>All this Vargas understood. He saw that great sums
-of money could be made off the land, and he resolved
-that it should be done. But, like others who had been
-in office before him, his thought was for Spain, instead
-of for the people. He cared nothing that the Filipinos,
-too, should share in whatever good might come to the
-country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There can, however, be no real prosperity in a country
-unless it is shared by all the people in it. One
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_129'>129</span>class cannot always go on getting good things while
-another goes without. This fact Vargas forgot. His
-plan for improving things concerned itself only with
-the good that should result to the royal treasury. He
-gave no thought to the effect the plan might have on
-the people.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Tobacco had been grown in the Visayas from the
-beginning of Spanish rule. The Spaniards brought
-the seed with them from Mexico, and the plant was
-taken into China from these islands. Up to the time
-when Vargas came, the crop had never been a large one
-here, but under the system which he started it soon
-became the most important industry in the country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1781 the growing and selling of tobacco on the
-island of Luzon was made a government monopoly.
-This meant that no man might raise or sell a single
-leaf of tobacco without first having permission from
-the government.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Before this, any man who wished to do so might
-raise as much tobacco as he could, and might sell it
-when and as he pleased. All this was now changed.
-The farmers on Luzon who had good tobacco land
-were compelled to raise this crop, or else forfeit the
-use of their land and its products for a term of years.
-If a man refused to plant tobacco, his land was taken
-from him for three years, and another man might
-cultivate it. A law was also passed compelling the
-tobacco planters and laborers to work on the crop
-whenever labor was needed.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The way in which the plan worked was very simple.
-The government made a contract with a planter for his
-crop. The price to be paid was based upon an estimate
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_130'>130</span>of what the land was likely to yield. If at harvest
-time the crop was less than this estimate, the
-planter had to pay a heavy fine. If, on the other hand,
-it was larger than had been estimated, he could not
-keep a single leaf for his own use; it must all be
-turned over to the officials, and what the government
-did not use was destroyed.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This was very hard, and the power given to tobacco
-inspectors made it harder still. These officers had
-authority to look wherever they saw fit for hidden
-tobacco. They might search the house of a tobacco
-grower, or even the persons of himself and his family,
-if they suspected him of hiding a few leaves for his
-own use. This worked much evil, and more than one
-inspector, in the early days of the system, was killed
-by an angry planter whose home and family he thus
-molested.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The new system of tobacco-growing worked well for
-the authorities. Never before had the treasury been
-so well filled. The royal dues were promptly paid,
-and for the first time in the history of Spain’s rule
-here, the colony seemed likely to become profitable
-to the Crown. The home government was delighted,
-and Vargas was much praised. The tobacco monopoly,
-however, laid a heavy hand upon the most useful
-class of Spain’s Filipino subjects. It oppressed
-the farmers and the land-owners. These are the people,
-in every country, who are most deeply interested
-in good government. They are the mainstay of national
-order and prosperity. When this class in any
-land suffers, no other can long remain prosperous.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It was late in the day, moreover, for such a system
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_131'>131</span>to be inaugurated. It belonged to a less enlightened
-age in the history of mankind, and in the end it cost
-Spain more than it ever profited her. The Filipino
-people were coming out of the darkness in which they
-had so long been kept. They were learning that mere
-blind revolt would help them none, and this knowledge
-was in itself of great worth. It is not in human nature
-to bear patiently such wrongs as they now suffered,
-and the wrath of the people smoldered, ready to
-break out at any moment. Whenever it did blaze up,
-there was trouble for Spaniards and Filipinos alike.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—The presence of the British in the islands was
-a signal for further revolts of the people. There were uprisings
-all over the island of Luzon after the British left, and
-the Spanish forces were kept busy marching after rebels. It
-is estimated that some 10,000 natives lost their lives in these
-uprisings. A bitter quarrel between the Augustine friars and
-the Jesuits resulted in the Jesuits leaving the country in 1768.
-Governor-General Raon fell into disgrace at about the same
-time, and was removed from office. He was succeeded by
-Simon de Anda, whose rule was not successful. In 1778 Don
-José Basco y Vargas became governor-general. He made the
-growing of tobacco in Luzon a government monopoly. This
-system brought money into the royal treasury, but worked
-great hardship for the farmers.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—Give an account of Silan’s revolt. What was
-the cause of the trouble between the Augustine friars and the
-Jesuits? When did the Jesuits leave the country? Who
-succeeded José Raon as governor-general? What system
-of tobacco culture did he introduce? How did this system
-affect the country?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_132'>132</span>
-<img src='images/i_132.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter XIII.<br /> <span class='large'>THE CONSTITUTION OF 1812.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_132.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-In the year 1800, Spain, while still a proud
-nation, was no longer a powerful one. In
-earlier centuries she had led the world in
-commerce, in the arts, and in science. She
-had known wise and far-sighted rulers, and her scholars
-had been among the greatest in the world. Europe,
-when any new enterprise was talked of, waited for
-Spain to take the lead in action regarding it.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But, little by little, Spain fell behind other countries
-in the march of progress. Other nations improved
-their navies and their merchant ships, while Spain still
-clung to the old galleons of hundreds of years ago.
-She made no progress in her merchant service, nor
-much in her naval strength. Other nations were seeking
-trade and new chances for prosperity; Spain still
-kept her markets closed to the outside world. In the
-year 1800 she even passed a law forbidding foreigners
-to live in the Philippine Islands. Such a law could
-not be fully enforced at that stage of the world’s
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_133'>133</span>progress, but Spain did succeed in keeping the port of
-Manila closed to outside commerce.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_133.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>A MODERN WAR SHIP.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>Her colonies might not even trade freely with one
-another. Mexico might not send to the Philippines
-for goods, lest the Mexicans should buy less from
-Spain. Merchants in the Peninsula looked with great
-jealousy upon the growing trade between the Philippines
-and America. Foreign merchants could not do
-business in Manila, and every effort was made to limit
-the nature of the trade in that port. Cuba, Porto
-Rico, and other Spanish colonies suffered, as well,
-from the harsh restrictions which the mother country
-put upon their trade.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The government of the Philippine Islands had grown
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_134'>134</span>to be of the very worst sort. Many of the high officials
-were mere adventurers from Spain. They had no
-higher idea of right than their own wills; they neither
-loved nor understood the people, and they could not
-command the good will or the respect of the Filipinos.
-Many of the latter were superior in character
-and in education to the men who ruled the country,
-and the people were held in check by fear rather than
-by loyalty.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The government system of tobacco-growing early
-became a great source of trouble. Constant watching,
-heavy fines, imprisonment, even whipping, came
-to be necessary in order to hold the people to work
-on the tobacco crop, and much evil and injustice
-were done against the people by the officials who enforced
-these measures.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>As was to be expected, the people often rebelled.
-Serious riots happened among the tobacco growers in
-northern Luzon in 1807, and again in 1814. In these
-there was great loss of life among both Spanish and
-Filipinos. Moreover, to add to the evil of forcing the
-people to grow tobacco, the government was very slow
-in paying the planters. Year after year these men
-were compelled either to raise tobacco or to give up
-their land, while they could get scarcely any return for
-their work. When at last the government made payment,
-it paid in treasury notes. These the people
-were forced by necessity to sell for almost nothing, to
-speculators who went about buying them up.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The islands suffered much from all these bad conditions,
-and the people became impatient and rebellious
-over the injustice heaped upon them. The American
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_135'>135</span>Revolution had had a marked effect upon all
-Europe. It had awakened ideas of liberty in the common
-people everywhere, and had set the whole world
-thinking about the rights of man. The freedom of
-this one country helped to insure the liberties of all
-other lands. Even in the far-off Philippines the echo
-was heard of the demand for that justice and decent
-treatment which is every man’s right.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In England, in France, and in Germany, men were
-asking for a voice in their own government, and their
-demand was winning a hearing. Besides this, the
-people of Mexico had now begun the struggle which
-ended at last in their throwing off Spain’s yoke.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>By the year 1810 it was plain that it would no longer
-be possible to carry on the colony’s trade by means of
-the galleons to Mexico. The Spanish Cortes (cor´tās),
-therefore, passed a decree discontinuing these ships,
-and Manila merchants were given permission to fit out
-private ships, under the Spanish flag, for trade with
-America. The last state galleon left Manila for Acapulco
-in 1811. That same year saw the start of the
-first newspaper in the Philippines, and the beginning
-of an effort by the young men of Manila to bring
-about a better understanding between the colony
-and the mother country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>About this time the cause of political liberty began
-to win a hearing in Spain. The Liberal Party was in
-power there, and a strong feeling for popular government
-was winning its way in the country. In 1809
-the Supreme Council in Spain convened the famous
-Cortes de Cadiz, in which were assembled delegates
-from all Spain’s colonies—Cuba, Venezuela, the Philippines,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_136'>136</span>etc. The Cortes some time later passed what
-is known in history as the Act of Constitution of
-1812. It gave to each of the colonies the right to
-send one or more representatives to the Cortes.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Filipino delegate who signed this Act of Constitution
-was Ventura de Los Reyes (ven tö´rä dā los
-rī’es). The Act was sworn to by the proper officials in
-Manila in 1813, but soon afterwards was suspended.
-It came into force again, however, a few years later,
-and in 1820 the Cortes again admitted representatives
-from the Philippines. There were seventeen of these
-representatives, and they took part in the parliamentary
-debates of 1822–1823.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>A short time afterwards the Constitution was again
-suspended by act of Ferdinand VII. A little later
-King Ferdinand died, and again two Filipino deputies
-sat in the Cortes. Filipino members also sat in the
-Cortes during the reign of Isabella II., but upon the
-opening of Parliament in 1837 it was voted to exclude
-them. Thus the dream of the Filipinos, of representation
-in the government, came to naught.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>All this gave the people a taste of political freedom.
-The men who represented the islands in the Spanish
-Cortes came back to Manila full of the idea of equal
-rights for all. They preached this doctrine to the
-people, and their words found ready hearers. Soon,
-on Luzon, a group of young Filipinos and Mestizos
-gathered. Their aim was to bring about real reforms
-in the government, and to secure greater peace, prosperity,
-and liberty to the people. The discontent of
-the Filipinos began to be of a more intelligent sort,
-and to have a definite purpose. The people were coming
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_137'>137</span>to a clearer idea of what they wanted, and of the
-nature of the reforms needed in the country.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_137.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>KING FERDINAND VII.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>At this time, too, foreigners began to do business in
-Manila. England, by force of arms, had gained the
-right to trade with this port, and “the shut door”
-was no longer possible. Mexico had obtained her freedom
-from Spain, and the islands were now governed
-direct from the Peninsula. The independence of Mexico
-had a marked influence on the Filipinos in Luzon.
-They began to feel that they too might strike for
-their rights. They had no idea of winning independence,
-but they felt that they must have greater liberty.
-To meet this growing discontent more troops were asked
-for, and were sent from Spain. The King’s Regiment
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_138'>138</span>was reorganized from these, and a force of 10,000 men
-was kept in and about Manila.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In the Visayas matters were different. The people
-there were farther from the capital. They knew little
-or nothing of the changes and the differences brought
-about by the Constitution of 1812. They had no idea
-of the meaning of the word “equality” as between
-themselves and their rulers. Most of them had never
-heard of the Constitution of 1812. They did not
-dream that political equality had ever been thought of
-for them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The colony was at this time troubled outwardly as
-well as within. Spain and England were at war, and
-the English were a source of danger and anxiety to the
-archipelago. Several expeditions had to be raised to
-fight off the British from various places on the islands,
-where they had set up headquarters. The Moros and
-the wild tribes of Mindanao were also giving trouble.
-They even came as far north as Manila, and carried off
-men and women into captivity in the south.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Nevertheless, during all these troubled years, a number
-of useful works were undertaken and carried out by
-the government. In 1817 a royal decree was issued
-commanding that schools for Filipino boys and girls
-should be opened in all the convents. In 1820 the
-duties were taken off, for ten years, from the natural
-and manufactured products of the islands sent to
-Spain, and an effort was made to revive the dying
-commerce of the country.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id005'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_139'>139</span>
-<img src='images/i_139.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>A STREET IN MANILA.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_140'>140</span>In this same year there was a great cholera epidemic
-in Manila. Many natives, some 30,000, the accounts
-say, died of it; but only one foreigner, an Englishman.
-The people got the idea that the foreigners had caused
-this epidemic by poisoning the water of the wells.
-They rose against the foreign residents, and killed all
-the English and French before the authorities could
-control them. There was a feeling among the Spanish
-in Manila that Governor-General Folgueras (fol gö ër´äs)
-had not been as prompt as he might have been
-in quelling this uprising. It was openly stated that
-he had made no effort to subdue the mob until the
-English and the French residents were killed.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>To defend himself against this accusation the governor-general
-made certain criticisms of the Spanish-American
-forces in the islands. He charged them with
-disloyalty, recommending that they be withdrawn, and
-replaced by a larger force to be sent from Spain. He
-represented to the home government that this was
-necessary, because the Spanish-American troops could
-not be depended upon.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1822 a new governor-general, Señor Juan Antonio
-Martinez (än tō´nē ō mär tē´neth), was sent out. With
-him came many officers and soldiers from the Peninsula.
-Following the advice of Folgueras, Martinez
-sent a number of persons to Spain, on the pretext that
-they had conspired against the government.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>All this provoked a revolt of a part of the King’s
-Regiment, led by Captain Novales (nō väl´ēs), a Spanish-American.
-A fierce battle was fought in the streets
-of Manila on the night of June 1, 1823, and Folgueras
-was slain. However, order was finally restored in the
-regiment. The leaders of the revolt were executed,
-and, as usual, the authorities seemed to think that the
-matter needed no further attention.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><span class='pageno' id='Page_141'>141</span><i>Summary.</i>—At the beginning of the nineteenth century
-Spain was no longer a great world power. The government
-of the Philippines was full of evil, and the people had but
-little justice. The tobacco monopoly had become a source
-of much trouble, and the people were often in rebellion
-because of it. Ideas of liberty were growing among other
-nations, and the Filipinos, too, were becoming restless under
-oppression. In 1811 the last state galleon for Acapulco left
-Manila. The first newspaper in the Philippines was started
-in 1811. In 1812 the Spanish Cortes passed the Constitution
-of 1812, giving Spanish colonies representation in the
-Cortes. The Constitution was sworn to in Manila in 1813.
-It was afterwards suspended, but came again into force a few
-years later, and in 1820 the Cortes again admitted Filipino
-representatives. In 1837, however, these islands were finally
-denied representation. The enemies of Spain gave the islands
-much trouble during these early years of the century, and the
-Moros and wild tribes of Mindanao were also in arms. In
-1817 schools for Filipino boys and girls were ordered to be
-opened in all the convents. In 1820 duties were taken off,
-for ten years, from natural and manufactured products of the
-islands sent to Spain. In that year a great cholera epidemic
-raged in Manila. In 1823 occurred the revolt of a part of the
-King’s Regiment in Manila.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—What were some of the reasons why Spain fell
-from her early position as a great world power? What effect
-had the government monopoly of tobacco-growing upon the
-country? How did the freedom of America affect other peoples
-in the world? Why were the state galleons to Mexico
-discontinued? When did the last galleon leave Manila?
-What was the Constitution of 1812? Give an account of its
-history in the islands. What led up to the revolt headed by
-Captain Novales in 1823?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_142'>142</span>
-<img src='images/i_142.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter XIV.<br /> <span class='large'>CHANGES IN THE ISLANDS.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_142.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-Don Juan Antonio Martinez was
-governor-general of the Philippines from
-1822 to 1825. During his term of office he
-had much to contend with, both from the
-foes of the people and from the foes of Spain. It was
-during his rule that the Constitution of 1812 was done
-away with. The revolt headed by Captain Novales
-was no sooner quelled than danger again threatened
-from the pirates of Sulu. These came against Manila,
-and so daring had they grown that they even captured
-and carried away the Padre-Provincial of the Recoletos
-and a number of other members of that order of friars.
-The captives were taken to Joló, where they were held
-in ransom for the sum of $10,000. This money was
-raised in Manila, and the friars were released.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>After this outrage, Martinez sent Captain Alonzo
-Morgado (ä lon´thō mor gä´dō), with the sea forces of
-the Philippines, to carry on warfare against the southern
-pirates. Morgado succeeded in driving them back
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_143'>143</span>from Manila, and really punished them very severely.
-It was not, however, until the year 1862, when the
-Spanish brought steam gunboats into use against them,
-that these pirates ceased to be a menace to the people
-of Luzon and the Visayas.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id005'>
-<img src='images/i_143.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>THE MAGELLAN MONUMENT, MANILA.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_144'>144</span>Still the desire for greater political freedom grew
-among the young Filipino men. New teachers arose
-among them from time to time, and the spirit of discontent
-spread farther and farther. In the year 1828
-another revolt took place. It was headed by two
-brothers, Spanish-Americans, both officers in the Spanish
-force in the Philippines.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This revolt was put down, as all others had been;
-but it now became clear that, if peace was to be kept,
-the Spanish-American soldiers must go. Most of them
-had come from Mexico, which country was now independent
-of Spain, and they held ideas of liberty that
-were dangerous to Spanish rule in the Philippines.
-A large body of troops was now brought from Spain,
-and Spanish soldiers always after, while Spain ruled,
-made up the foreign force in the islands.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In this same year, 1828, a royal order was issued
-commanding the cultivation and protection of cotton
-in the islands. The seeds of this plant had years before
-been brought over from Mexico, and the friars had
-tried to persuade the people to grow cotton; but they
-had not been very successful. The people did not
-yet know how useful cotton could be to them, or how
-great an industry cotton-growing in the islands might
-become. Now, however, the matter was given careful
-attention. Machinery was brought over for making
-thread and cloth from the cotton fiber, and every effort
-was made to protect and encourage the new venture.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Don Mariano Ricafort (mä rē ä´nō rē´kä fort), the
-governor-general at that time, made a law forbidding
-foreigners to go into the provinces to buy goods or
-land. As early as 1809 an English firm had been
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_145'>145</span>allowed to do business in Manila, and a number of
-foreigners were at this time in the city. The government
-tried to keep them as much as possible within
-the city, and to prevent them from mingling with
-the people in the provinces.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Ricafort also tried to make the Filipinos understand
-that the Spanish were their friends, and that the government
-made laws for their help and protection. But
-the people had become very distrustful. Even the
-Church seemed no longer able to reassure them, or to
-keep peace as it had done in the past. There were
-small revolts, here and there in the islands, which the
-government was forced to put down. A rebellion in
-Bohol was only quelled after serious trouble, and at
-last more troops were sent out from Spain.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It had become necessary for Spain to yield to the
-demands of other countries, and open the port of
-Manila to foreign vessels. These could now enter the
-harbor, but they were compelled to pay double the
-regular port duties. It was growing harder and harder,
-in fact, for Spain to rule the islands in the old despotic
-fashion.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Moreover, in the mother country itself a party had
-risen that was honestly anxious to give the archipelago
-a good government. The leaders of this party
-listened gladly to the reports of educated Filipinos,
-and tried to learn the true state of affairs. These
-leaders, however, were almost powerless to bring about
-reforms, because of dissensions arising among the Filipinos
-themselves.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Few of the natives could read or speak the Spanish
-language. This fact alone made it hard to help them;
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_146'>146</span>for still fewer Spanish ever took the trouble to learn
-the native tongues. The people, therefore, were for
-the most part ignorant even of those laws which gave
-them rights and privileges. There were always those
-in power whose interests were best served by this ignorance,
-and
-they took no
-pains to teach
-the people what
-the laws were.</p>
-
-<div  class='figleft id004'>
-<img src='images/i_146.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>QUEEN CHRISTINA.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>The country
-was now sunk in
-deep poverty,
-and the condition
-of the Filipinos
-was sad indeed.
-In 1836 the greed
-and bad government
-of Queen
-Christina (kristē´na)
-of Spain
-had emptied the
-royal treasury,
-and she greatly
-needed money. She tried to have her officers wring
-more from the Philippines and her other colonies, but
-this they could not do. The colonies, richly as nature
-had gifted them, were almost drained of their wealth.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The queen, therefore, agreed with Louis Philippe
-(lö´ē fil ēp´) of France to hand over Cuba to France for
-the sum of 30,000,000 reals. In the agreement to this
-effect there was also a clause offering to sell Porto
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_147'>147</span>Rico and the Philippine Islands to France for 10,000,000
-reals more. If this agreement had gone through,
-it might have made a great change in the history of
-these islands; but it came to naught.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The queen sent her minister, Comparvano (kom pärvä´nō),
-to France, to confer with the French king and
-his advisers, and there the Spaniard learned for the
-first time of the clause about the Philippine Islands.
-The French king wanted to bargain over this clause.
-He said that in view of all the trouble in the archipelago,
-and for various other reasons, the price named
-was too high. In fact, he refused to pay more than
-7,000,000 reals, and declared that 10,000,000 reals was
-an outrageous price. Rather than pay it he would put
-the contract in the fire.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Spanish minister asked to see the contract.
-After looking at it, he said quietly, “Your Majesty is
-right; it is outrageous.” And taking the king at his
-word, he laid the paper on the fire. He meant that
-the price was outrageously small—not large, as the
-king had declared. He did a daring thing, but his
-courage saved Spain from the disgrace of such a poor
-bargain as the queen would have made.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The following year trouble broke out anew in the
-Philippines. For the first time in the history of the
-Church in the islands the people demanded that the
-Spanish friars should be replaced by native priests.
-They were loyal to the Church; but they were determined
-to have men of their own blood to minister its
-offices to them. This trouble had been growing for
-years, and now that it was given open expression it
-became serious indeed.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_148'>148</span>In 1841 a very grave insurrection broke out in Tayabas
-(tē ä´bäs). It was headed by a native named Apolinario
-de la Cruz (ä pöl ē när´ē ō dā lä kröth), who
-styled himself “king of the Tagals.” He claimed
-supernatural powers, and by false representations succeeded
-in raising a following of some 3,000 Filipinos.
-With these he went to war against the friars. He murdered
-the alcalde of Tayabas Province, and made the
-people believe that when they attacked the Spanish,
-the earth would open and swallow up the foe.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_148.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>MANILA BAY FROM THE CITY WALLS.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Spaniards could muster but about 400 soldiers,
-and as many more coast guards and irregular forces.
-They marched out against Apolinario and his followers,
-however, and defeated them, although there was great
-loss of life on both sides. In Manila at this time was
-a regiment of Tagal soldiers from Tayabas. These
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_149'>149</span>soldiers mutinied, and would have joined Apolinario,
-but were shot down by the Spanish troops before they
-could leave the garrison.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Apolinario himself was of unsound mind, and when
-his followers began to see this, they fell away from him.
-If the revolted Tagal regiment had succeeded in joining
-him, his defeat might have been delayed; but in the
-end he must have been overcome. In all such encounters
-with the Filipinos, the Spaniards had the
-advantage of better organization. The troops were
-well drilled and trained to obey, and their leaders were
-skilled in warfare. With no army organization and no
-outside aid the Filipino people were helpless to maintain
-their rights. Nevertheless, it is not in the nature
-of brave men to submit tamely to injustice or oppression,
-and it is no matter for surprise that though each
-new revolt was promptly put down, the spirit of liberty
-constantly urged the people on to new attempts to
-gain some measure of freedom. From now on, these
-attempts became more frequent and more desperate.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—Trouble continued to increase in the islands.
-There was great danger from the southern pirates, and it had
-become clear that Spanish-American soldiers could no longer
-be used in the army. These soldiers sided with the people
-against the government. Large bodies of troops were brought
-from Spain, and the army was put upon a new footing. In
-1828 a royal order was issued, commanding the growing and
-protection of cotton. Foreigners were forbidden to go into
-the provinces to buy land or to trade with the people. The
-government now tried to make the people understand that
-it was their friend, but the Filipinos had grown very distrustful.
-In 1836 Queen Christina offered to sell the Philippine
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_150'>150</span>Islands to France; but her ambassador, Comparvano,
-whom she sent to arrange the matter, burned the contract
-when he learned its contents. In 1837 the Filipinos demanded
-that native priests should replace the Spanish friars.
-In 1841 an insurrection headed by Apolinario de la Cruz, who
-called himself “king of the Tagals,” broke out. This was
-put down with great loss of life on both sides.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—Why were Spanish-American soldiers no longer
-useful in the army in the Philippines? Whom did the southern
-pirates capture and carry away from Manila? In what year
-was the growing of cotton commanded? To whom did Queen
-Christina offer to sell the islands? Who was the “king of
-the Tagals”? Give an account of the revolt which he
-headed.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_151'>151</span>
-<img src='images/i_151.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter XV.<br /> <span class='large'>EFFORTS TO KEEP PEACE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_151.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-The situation in the archipelago was now very
-grave indeed, and the authorities in Manila
-began to see that something must be done
-to meet the ever-growing discontent of the
-people. A little more liberty given at this time might
-have changed that discontent to gratitude. If the
-people could have believed that the Spaniards desired
-their good, they might have worked with the Europeans
-for the benefit of the whole country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But there was lack of trust and understanding on
-both sides, and because of this still harsher laws were
-made by the Spanish in their efforts to put down rebellion.
-One of these laws provided for a rigid examination
-of all books printed in the native tongues.
-Such books as did not please the authorities were condemned
-and burned. With regard to all books printed
-in the Tagal language, this censorship was kept up
-until the end of Spanish rule.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Efforts were also made to keep the islands from closer
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_152'>152</span>communication with the outside world. In 1849 a royal
-order again forbade foreigners to go into the provinces.
-In this year the governor-general, Narciso de Claveria
-(när sē´sō dā clä vā´rē ä), organized a police force for
-Manila and the provinces. This force was called “The
-Order of Safety for Manila.” During Claveria’s term of
-office a very good reform was made in trading privileges.
-The alcalde of a province had before that had the sole
-right to trade with the people of his province. Under
-the new law, however, any Spaniard or Filipino who
-wished to do so might trade freely in the provinces.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The people in the islands still had serious trouble
-with the pirates from Mindanao and the Sulu archipelago.
-These pirates had regular fleets, and a military
-force as strong as that of the Spaniards themselves,
-and they had become a source of constant danger to
-commerce and to the liberty of the people. So great
-damage did they do, that for four years the government
-was obliged to remit all tribute in the island of Negros,
-one of the richest of the agricultural islands. The
-ravages of these pirates had made the people so poor
-that they were scarcely able to procure the necessaries
-of life.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The danger from this source at last became so great
-that trade between the islands was at a standstill. The
-merchants of Manila therefore took action in self-defense,
-and brought steamboats over from Europe.
-These were safe, as the pirates, in their slower-going
-ships, could not overtake them; but the towns lying
-along the coast were still subject to raids. In 1848
-Governor-General Claveria sent out an expedition to
-the islands of Balanguengui, a group in the Sulu archipelago,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_153'>153</span>where most of the pirates had their homes.
-This expedition destroyed the towns of the pirates,
-burned their ships, and took many captives.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_153.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>PIRATE FLEET ATTACKING A COAST TOWN.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>Two or three years later Governor-General Urbiztondo
-(ur bēth ton´dō) went with an expedition against
-the pirates, and made a strong attack on the city of
-Joló. This expedition consisted of four regiments of
-artillery and a native battalion drawn from among the
-people of Cebu. This island had suffered greatly
-from piratic raids, and it is said that the wives of these
-Cebuans declared that they would not receive their
-husbands back again if they ran away from the foe.
-This threat may have had some effect, for the men
-fought with great bravery and gave the pirates such a
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_154'>154</span>severe punishment that there were no further attacks
-for several years.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Some years later, in 1860, when Don Fernando de
-Norzagaray (nor thä gä´iī) was governor-general, eighteen
-steam gunboats were sent out from Spain. With
-these the Spanish forces in the archipelago were able
-completely to defeat the pirates and to put an end to
-the outrages that had cost the islands so much in
-property and in lives.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1854 there was an uprising in Nueva Ecija (nö ā´vä
-ā thē’hä). This uprising was headed by a Spanish-Mestizo
-named Cuesta (kö ēs´tä), a young man of great
-ability and promise. He had been educated in Spain,
-and while there had been received at court, and had
-even been shown great favor by Queen Isabella. He
-had been much with members of the Liberal Party,
-then gaining strength in Spain, and had caught the
-new ideas of political freedom and human rights.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Cuesta came home with an earnest desire to help his
-people. He was made commandante of carabineros
-in Nueva Ecija, but before he had been long in command
-he incited his troops to rebellion. They attacked
-the Spanish officials in the province, and made war
-upon the friars. The revolt was put down, however,
-and Cuesta, with several others, was executed. Still
-others, who had been concerned in the uprising, were
-banished from the country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>All these things increased the anxiety of the Spanish
-over the situation in the Philippines. Young Filipino
-men were discouraged from going to Spain; students
-in the seminarios who desired to leave these schools
-and finish their education in Spain were refused permission
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_155'>155</span>to do so. The country was poor and was
-overrun with bandits. Natives guilty of minor offenses
-against the law were treated so severely that they took
-to the jungle, becoming outlaws. Everywhere oppression
-and tyranny ruled, with all the evils that these
-bring in their train.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_155.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>THE PARIAN GATE.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>The tobacco monopoly was killing all other agricultural
-enterprise, and the Chinese control of the trades
-and small business industries was keeping the people
-from earning money at these. The Filipinos had for
-some years realized the evil of allowing the Chinese
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_156'>156</span>thus to monopolize the trades and minor occupations,
-but they were powerless at that time to prevent such
-monopoly. They could not conduct this business for
-themselves; the Spanish had never been a trading
-people, and the islanders had had no chance to learn
-business methods from them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Spanish government in the islands had always
-been military, but in 1860 a civil government was
-formed for the province of Manila. Civil government
-is government by laws upheld by civil, or citizen, officials,
-instead of by military force. It punishes offenders
-through the courts, instead of by armed power.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In this same year, by command of the governor-general,
-the Parian, the great building where nearly all
-the Chinese in Manila were quartered, was destroyed.
-This act of the government was bitterly opposed by
-the Chinese and by some others; but it was carried
-out, in spite of great difficulties. The only reminder
-of the Parian now left is the Parian Gate, which gives
-entrance to the walled city near the point where the
-building once stood.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>These years were marked, as well, by numerous severe
-earthquakes and volcanic eruptions. One or two new
-volcanoes were formed, and there were great disturbances
-in Luzon and the islands near by. In 1863 came
-the great earthquake of Manila—the severest that the
-country has ever known. Thousands of people were
-killed in the city and the surrounding country. The
-cathedral was destroyed, and the city was reduced to
-a mere mountain of ruins. Only the great wall, St.
-Augustine Church, and a few other structures withstood
-the shock.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_157'>157</span>After this, trouble deepened for the country. The
-treasury was drained to rebuild the city; the land was
-pinched to the last possible limit to raise tribute for
-the Crown; and the people were nearly desperate. The
-government could not meet its payments, but insisted
-upon the tobacco crop being cultivated each year; and
-great quantities of tobacco had to be sold to raise
-money for the needs of the moment. In 1864 lightning
-set fire to the general storehouse of tobacco and
-caused a loss of $2,000,000 to the colonial treasury.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_157.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>RUINS OF MANILA CATHEDRAL AFTER AN EARTHQUAKE.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1867 the “Guardia Civil” was formed, for the
-purpose of capturing the bandits who overran the country.
-These bandits had come to be as great a source
-of danger as the pirates had been, and in 1869 the
-peril of the situation was increased by a proclamation
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_158'>158</span>made by Governor-General Torre. This proclamation
-offered free pardon to all bandits who should present
-themselves to the government within three months.
-This was a great opportunity for the ill-disposed people
-of the provinces. Hundreds of them became bandits
-and entered upon a three months’ term of robbery and
-outrage, sure of pardon at any time they might present
-themselves before the governor. It became necessary
-to organize a special guard, which was called “Torre’s
-Guard,” to go against this great mob of outlaws.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id005'>
-<img src='images/i_158.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>QUEEN ISABELLA II. AS A CHILD.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_159'>159</span>But in spite of murmurings, discontent, and suffering
-among the people, the work of building up the
-city, and of making improvements in and about Manila,
-went steadily on. The palace was rebuilt, work was
-begun upon the cathedral, and many public works were
-undertaken. In 1865 a municipal school, in charge of
-the Sisters of Charity, was founded, and a normal school
-for teachers was opened in Manila under the charge of
-the Jesuits, who had returned to the country in 1859,
-after an absence of nearly one hundred years. The
-civil government, which had recently been formed in
-Manila Province, supported this school.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1868 Queen Isabella II. of Spain was deposed, and
-the government that followed her was of a revolutionary
-nature, founded on republican principles. While
-this government prevailed, an Assembly of Filipinos
-and Mestizos was formed in Manila. Its members,
-who were persons born in the islands, hoped to bring
-about certain reforms in the local government. They
-had the power of voting reforms for the colony, subject
-to the will of the home government. They outlined
-many reforms which were needed in the islands,
-and tried to gain for them the attention of the home
-government. But the influence of the conservative
-party, both at home and in the colony, prevailed. It
-was not long before the monarchy was again in power,
-and then this Philippine Assembly died.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Filipinos had had a taste of self-government,
-and it was hard for them to go back into bondage.
-It was not possible that they should again submit
-patiently to the oppression which they had borne for
-so many years. The spark which Spain herself had
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_160'>160</span>kindled no power on earth could extinguish, and the
-little fire of liberty burned on, waiting for the moment
-when it should burst into a great flame.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—The situation in the Philippines was becoming
-desperate. There was lack of trust between the Spanish and
-the Filipinos, and this kept them from understanding or helping
-one another. More and more severe measures were taken
-by the rulers to keep down revolt. By the middle of the
-century the ravages of pirates along the coast had nearly killed
-all trade. The merchants of Manila now brought steam trading
-ships from Spain, and these, being swifter than the craft of
-the pirates, escaped capture; but towns along the coast were
-still subject to raids. In 1848 an expedition went against the
-pirates and punished them severely. Other expeditions followed
-up the work of that one, and at last, in 1860, eighteen
-steam gunboats were sent from Spain. With the aid of these
-the Spanish forces were able to put an end to piracy in those
-seas.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In 1854 there was a serious uprising, headed by a young
-Spanish Mestizo named Cuesta. This was put down, and a
-number of Filipinos who had taken part in it were executed.
-This uprising greatly increased the anxiety of the government
-in the islands. In 1860 a civil government was founded for
-Manila Province. In this same year the Parian, the building
-where the Chinese lived within the walled city, was destroyed.
-In 1863 a great earthquake in Manila killed
-thousands of people and reduced the city to ruins. In
-1867 the Guardia Civil was formed, and efforts were made
-to capture and punish the bandits who overran the country.
-Much work was done during this and succeeding years
-toward rebuilding the city. In 1865 a normal school for
-teachers was opened in Manila. In 1868 Queen Isabella II.
-was deposed, and for a time the government in Spain was
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_161'>161</span>revolutionary in character. While this government was in
-power, the more enlightened Filipinos and Mestizos in Manila
-tried hard to bring about reforms at home; but the new order
-was short-lived, and the monarchy was soon restored to power
-in Spain.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—Why were the merchants of Manila forced to
-bring steamships from Spain? Give an account of the different
-expeditions against the pirates. Who was Cuesta? What
-was the result of the revolt which he headed? When was
-the Parian destroyed? When was the great earthquake of
-Manila? For what purpose was the Guardia Civil formed?
-When was Queen Isabella II. deposed? What was the character
-of the government that succeeded her? What effect
-had this government on the Filipino people?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_162'>162</span>
-<img src='images/i_162.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter XVI.<br /> <span class='large'>THE INSURRECTION AT CAVITE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_162.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-In 1872 took place what is now known as
-the Cavite insurrection. This uprising had
-in itself no real importance; it only gained
-importance because of the attention which
-was paid to it. The cause of the revolt was the desire
-of the people for native priests. There was a party
-among the native clergy whose leaders were demanding
-that the friars should be forbidden to act as parish
-priests, and should be made to give up certain benefits
-to which they were not entitled.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The native party had some right on its side in these
-demands. A treaty had been made at Trent, some
-years before, defining the positions and rights of the
-clergy in the islands. Under this treaty the friars were
-not entitled to act as parish priests. They asked this
-privilege from the Pope, however, and it was granted
-them. As a result the Filipino clergy could act only in
-inferior positions, as assistants and lay readers. They enjoyed
-but few of the rights and dignities of their calling.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_163'>163</span>The leader of the clergy who were demanding their
-rights was a priest named José Burgos (hō sā´ bur´gōs).
-He was native born, and a man of great strength and
-dignity of character. It is not believed that he, or the
-priests who were among his followers, really incited
-the revolt at Cavite. He had, however, many enemies,
-and these succeeded in making him appear to be
-guilty.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But whatever the origin of the uprising, it went
-wrong through a mistake about signals. A number of
-the native soldiery were concerned in the affair, and
-were to have aided the plotters in Manila. It was
-agreed that certain men in Manila should get everything
-ready, and send up a rocket, by which signal
-those at Cavite would know that the time had come
-to act. It happened, however, that one night in the
-latter part of January a <i>fiesta</i> was held in one of the
-suburbs of Manila. Fireworks were set off, and these
-the soldiers at Cavite mistook for the signal of attack.
-They therefore seized the arsenal at Cavite, and attacked
-the Europeans living in and about the town.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>When it was too late to undo their action, they discovered
-the mistake. Their friends at Manila had no
-idea what was taking place. They did not come to
-the aid of the revolters at Cavite, and when they
-learned the news, there was no time to gather their
-forces. The loyal troops were called out, and the
-trouble was put down in two days.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>All might even yet have gone well with the country if
-this matter could have been allowed to rest right there.
-The government, however, saw fit to regard this uprising
-as of grave importance. All who were suspected
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_164'>164</span>of a part in it were severely punished; many were shot,
-and three of the native priests were garrotted. These
-priests were Dr. Burgos, Dr. Mariano Gomez (mä rē ä´nō
-gō´meth), and Dr. Jacinto Zamora (hä sēn´tō thä mō´rä).
-As to their guilt, there will always be a doubt, and to
-this day the native clergy declare that these men were
-innocent of planning the revolt.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>These executions made the people desperate. The
-secret societies which had been forming all over Luzon
-had up to this time been merely local lodges of the
-great society of Freemasons. Now they were turned
-into political societies, with a definite aim, and that
-aim was to win greater liberty for the Filipinos. These
-societies afterwards played a very important part in
-the history of the islands.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Shortly after the uprising at Cavite, another revolt
-occurred in Zamboanga; but this was put down with
-the help of the Moros. After the Cavite insurrection,
-the native regiment of artillery was disbanded, and a
-regiment of artillery from the Peninsula was brought
-to the islands.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In spite of all these disturbances, considerable public
-work was done during the next few years. The ports
-of Legaspi, Tacloban, and Leyte were opened to foreign
-commerce in 1873–1874, and in 1875 the famous
-Bridge of Spain across the Pasig River, in Manila, was
-built and thrown open for public use. The opening of
-the Suez Canal was a helpful thing to the commerce of
-the Philippines, and under wise and just government
-there might have been a time of prosperity for the
-country.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_165'>165</span>
-<img src='images/i_165.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>THE GROUNDS OF THE CAVITE ARSENAL.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_166'>166</span>In 1877 Don Domingo Moriones y Morillo (dō min´gō mō rē ō´nās ē mō rēl´yō) became governor-general.
-When he arrived in Manila, the King’s Regiment, the
-mainstay of the Spanish forces in the islands, was in
-revolt. This revolt had been kept a secret by the
-retiring governor-general, for fear of the result if the
-natives should learn the truth. The new governor-general
-caused the regiment to be drawn up in line
-and numbered. When this had been done, every tenth
-man was told off to be shot next morning. Moriones
-was afterwards persuaded to spare many of these men,
-but the ringleaders were all shot; some others were
-put into prison for long terms, and about fifty of them
-were sent back to Spain in disgrace.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The term of office upon which he entered with such
-vigor was marked by a number of very good acts on
-the part of the governor-general. His name should
-be remembered with gratitude in Manila, for it was he
-who caused the public waterworks to be built. Over
-a hundred years before, a patriotic governor-general,
-Don Fernando Carriedo (fer nän´dō cä rē ā´dō), had
-left a fund to provide the city with a suitable water
-supply. This money was to be kept at interest until
-the fund grew large enough for the purpose, and it had
-increased so much that work should have been begun
-a good many years before. But those having the
-money in charge were not willing to give it up, and it
-was only after a bitter struggle that Governor-General
-Moriones was able to get Carriedo’s wishes carried out.
-This enterprise was a great blessing to the city of
-Manila, as the value of a pure water supply cannot
-be over-estimated.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Moriones also did what he could to get appropriations
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_167'>167</span>from the treasury to pay off the tobacco growers,
-whose condition was at this time pitiful indeed. They
-had not been paid for some years, while at the same
-time they were not allowed to grow any other crop
-by which they might maintain themselves. In 1881
-this tobacco monopoly, which had worked such wrong
-to the people, was ended by royal decree of King
-Alfonso XII.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_167.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>PUMPING STATION, CARRIEDO WATERWORKS.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1880 there was a violent earthquake in Manila.
-The disturbances lasted from the 14th of July to the
-25th of the same month, and did a great deal of damage
-in the city, causing loss of property and life.
-The people were reduced to such a state of terror that
-they dared not live in the better class of houses in
-Manila, but took to the nipa huts in the suburbs.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_168'>168</span>These houses were less dangerous because of their
-light structure.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This same year cable communication was set up
-between Spain and Manila.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1881 Governor-General Primo de Rivera (prē´mō
-dā rē vā´rä) came to office. One of the first things he
-did was to organize an expedition against the Igorrotes
-of northern Luzon; but, like all other attempts to subdue
-these people, this expedition was a failure. The
-Spanish soldiers who took part in it left behind them
-among the Igorrotes such a record for cruelty and violence
-that to this day most of these people hate the
-sight of a white man.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There was trouble enough for the people during
-Rivera’s rule. In 1882 a cholera epidemic broke out
-in Manila, and in less than three months 30,000 people
-died in the city and its suburbs and throughout the
-province. There were also several typhoons of unusual
-violence, and a terrifying eruption of Mayon volcano,
-which lasted for many months.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1883 Joaquin Jovellar y Soler (hō ä kēn´ hō vāl´här
-ē sō´lėr), who had won a name for himself as the
-“peacemaker” in Cuba, became governor-general of
-the Philippines. He was well received by the Spanish,
-and made some attempt to bring about reforms in the
-country. The old-time tribute, the cause of so many
-revolts among the people, was replaced by the “cedula
-personal,” or paper of identity, which every inhabitant
-above eighteen years of age was compelled to
-have. During his time, there were small outbreaks
-among the people, and threats of a general insurrection,
-which led to more troops being sent out from
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_169'>169</span>the Peninsula. It became necessary now to have
-Spanish troops almost altogether, as the native soldiers
-could not be depended upon to fire on their
-own people.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>By now there was coming to the front in the islands
-a considerable body of thoughtful young men. These
-were beginning to demand greater liberty for the Filipinos.
-In the Visayas, Graciano Lopez Jaena (grä seä´no
-lō´peth hä ā nä) had become a teacher of the people.
-This man has been called the “John the Baptist
-of the Visayas.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The people in that part of the country were in a
-position even more hopeless than were those in Luzon.
-They knew little or nothing of what was going on in
-the northern islands. They had no leaders of their
-own, but were dominated by different parties among
-their rulers. These parties were constantly quarreling
-among themselves and with the government at home.
-Between these factions the people lay like corn between
-the millstones, crushed almost beyond hope of ever
-attaining the smallest human rights.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Jaena was born in Jaro, near Iloilo, and was a student
-in the seminario there. Like many young men
-of his time, he had the desire to go to Spain and finish
-his studies. The friars had taken alarm at the number
-of young Filipino men who were doing this, and they
-refused Jaena permission to leave his studies at the
-seminario. They claimed that, as he was one of their
-students, they had a right to dictate how he should dispose
-of his life, and where he should pursue his studies.
-An action so arbitrary and unjust as this was not to
-be borne by a young man of any spirit. Jaena left the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_170'>170</span>seminario without the permission of his teachers, went
-to Manila, and from there to Spain.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In Madrid he made the acquaintance of a number of
-members of the Liberal Party, who listened willingly
-to what the young man had to say, and made great
-efforts to get him an audience with the Ministers of
-State. For a time he was well received in Spain, but
-the Liberal Party fell into discredit at court, and Jaena
-was unable to gain a hearing for any of the reforms
-that were so dear to his heart. He lived in great poverty
-in Madrid, forced to do menial work to maintain
-himself. He was never able to get back to his own
-country, for which he suffered so much, but died in
-Madrid while still a comparatively young man. He
-left a great many writings which are well known
-throughout the Visayas. His name is as much honored
-in that part of the country as is the name of
-Rizal everywhere in the Philippines.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Dr. José Rizal y Mercado (rē thäl´ ē mer kä´dō)
-will never be forgotten while there are patriotic Filipinos
-left to keep his memory alive. He was a native
-of Calamba (kä läm´bä), in Laguna Province, and was
-born in the early sixties. He was graduated from the
-Jesuit College in Manila, and from there he went to
-Europe, where he studied medicine. He was graduated
-from Madrid University as Doctor of Medicine
-and Philosophy.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Afterwards he went to Paris and to several German
-universities, from one of which he took another degree.
-In Germany he became greatly interested in the socialistic
-movement of the day. He mingled freely with
-the German students, among whom he was very popular,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_171'>171</span>and shared in their ideas of human rights and
-political liberty. He was a true Catholic, but he
-longed to see his country freed from the narrow rule
-which had made civil government in the Philippines a
-farce.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_171.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>THE BRIDGE OF SPAIN.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>The influence of the Orders in the islands had become
-known even in Spain as a hurtful thing for the country.
-As far back as the year 1870 the Spanish Minister
-of State, in a formal report, had recommended
-that the friars be removed from charge of the schools
-in the islands. Now the demand was becoming general
-that their places should be taken by secular priests
-who were natives of the country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Rizal believed that it would be necessary to send the
-Orders out of the Philippines before the country could
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_172'>172</span>ever be prosperous. While abroad he wrote a novel
-entitled “Nolle me Tangere,” in which he showed
-plainly the attitude of the friars and the people toward
-one another. This novel was written in the Spanish
-language, but was published in Germany. While Rizal
-was living as a student in France, he wrote another
-political novel, “El Filibustero.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Later he returned to the islands, and there did
-notable work in his profession of medicine. He became
-actively interested in the condition of the country,
-as well. In his own town he led a party which
-demanded of the Dominican Order that it show title
-deeds to a large tract of agricultural land of which
-it had possession. This brought down upon him the
-opposition of the friars, and he found it wise to return
-to Europe. In his absence his relatives and many of
-the chief families with whom he had been friendly in
-his town were persecuted, and driven from the lands
-which they had rented from the religious Orders.
-Their holdings were given to Spaniards, and they
-received no compensation for their losses.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1893 Rizal went to Hong-Kong, meaning to settle
-there and practise his profession. A little later he was
-given to understand that it would be safe for him to
-come back to Manila, and he came. When he reached
-the customs house at Manila, his baggage was rigidly
-searched, and it was claimed that among his effects
-were found a number of disloyal pamphlets. Among
-these were some proclamations which it was claimed
-he had written for the purpose of starting a revolt
-among the natives.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It is not common sense to believe that Rizal had
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_173'>173</span>any of these things in his trunk, and it is now generally
-understood that they were placed there by those
-who did the searching. His enemies demanded that
-he should be executed as a traitor, but the governor-general
-would not give him up to them. Instead he
-was banished to northern Mindanao, where for four
-years he lived very quietly. He practised medicine
-there among the people, and many foreigners came
-from over the sea to consult him. He performed several
-remarkable operations upon the eyes during these
-years.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Then the Cuban troubles broke out, and, to prove
-his loyalty to Spain, Dr. Rizal asked permission to go
-to Cuba as an army doctor in the Spanish forces. This
-favor was granted him July 28, 1896. He went up to
-Manila by way of Cebu, just at the time of the outbreak
-of 1896. He was the idol of the people; everywhere
-his countrymen were talking about him, and looking
-to him as a leader; his name brought them hope
-and strengthened their courage. By them he was
-regarded as the future liberator of the race, and to
-them he represented the promise of liberty.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>All this so alarmed his enemies that they declared it
-dangerous to have him in Manila. He was at once
-put on board the Spanish cruiser <i>Castilla</i>, and from
-there transferred to the mail steamer <i>Isla de Panay</i>,
-bound for Barcelona. He carried letters of recommendation
-to the Ministers of War and of the Colonies,
-which were sent to him by General Blanco with a personal
-letter.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>His enemies were determined to have his life, and he
-was cabled at Barcelona to return at once to the islands.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_174'>174</span>Certain accusations were made against him, and he was
-thrown into prison at the Fortress of Montjierat (mont-hē
-ā´rät) in Spain, until a steamer should return to the
-islands. Then he was sent back to Manila, a state
-prisoner, isolated from all but his jailers.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>He was brought to trial for sedition and rebellion
-before a court-martial of eight captains, with a lieutenant-colonel
-presiding; but there was no testimony
-against him. How could there be? The facts show
-that it was quite impossible for Rizal to have had anything
-to do with the revolution of 1896. He had
-been a prisoner of state, in seclusion, for years. He
-had had no communication with the people of Luzon,
-and there was nothing to show that he had taken any
-part in the revolt. But he had been condemned beforehand,
-and of all the cruel acts of Governor-General
-Polavieja (pō lä vē ā´hä), the cruelest was his decree
-for the execution of this man.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There were but a few days between Rizal’s sentence
-and his death. He was engaged to marry Miss Josephine
-Taufer, the adopted daughter of an American
-gentleman who had been a patient of Rizal’s in Hong-Kong,
-and to her he was married on the day of his execution.
-He was shot at six o’clock in the morning
-of December 30, 1896, and an immense crowd gathered
-on the Luneta to witness that terrible sacrifice.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>His widow joined the insurgents. She was present
-at the battle of Silang (sē läng´), and fled with the rest
-before the Spanish, tramping through twenty-three
-villages on her way to the northern provinces. She
-was at last banished from the country by Governor-General
-Polavieja. During the American occupation
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_175'>175</span>she returned for a time to the islands whose welfare
-was so dear to her martyred husband. Later she went
-to Hong-Kong, where she died, in March, 1902.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The name of José Rizal is now hailed with honor.
-The government has made the anniversary of his birth
-a public holiday, and it is observed yearly in the public
-schools of the archipelago. Thus is his memory kept
-alive. His unselfish love for his native country should
-be remembered and shared by the Filipino boys and
-girls now growing up to work for the good of the land
-for which he hoped and dared so much.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—The Cavite insurrection, which took place in
-1872, while not in itself of great importance, was the real
-beginning of the rebellion of 1896. It failed through a mistake
-in regard to signals. The Spanish authorities overrated
-the importance of this uprising, and those whom they accused
-of being concerned in it were punished with great severity.
-This course drove the people to desperation. Other uprisings
-took place, and there was great disturbance in the country.
-Many good public works went on, however. The Carriedo
-waterworks were built and put in operation, and an effort
-was made to raise money to pay off the tobacco growers. In
-1881 the tobacco monopoly was done away with by royal
-decree of Alfonso XII.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>In 1882 came the great cholera epidemic in Manila. During
-the time it raged, 30,000 people died in the city and
-province. During these years, teachers of the people began
-to rise in the Visayas, as well as in Luzon. Jaena, the
-Visayan patriot, was in Spain, trying to obtain justice for his
-people. Later, Dr. José Rizal began writing of the wrongs
-of his country. He came back to Manila, after an absence
-of some years, but was banished to Mindanao. When the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_176'>176</span>trouble in Cuba began, he volunteered to go there as a surgeon
-in the Spanish army. He sailed from Manila to Barcelona,
-expecting to go from there to Cuba. At Barcelona, on the
-strength of despatches from Manila, he was thrown into prison,
-and later was sent back to Manila. His enemies there
-secured his trial on a false charge of sedition, and he was
-sentenced to death and executed.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—What was the main cause of the Cavite insurrection
-of 1872? Who was Don Fernando Carriedo? When
-were the Manila waterworks completed? When was the
-tobacco monopoly ended? Who was Jaena? Give an account
-of Dr. Rizal and his work.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_177'>177</span>
-<img src='images/i_177.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter XVII.<br /> <span class='large'>THE UPRISING OF 1896.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_177.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-When the Jesuits left Manila in 1768, the missions
-which they had founded were given
-to the Recoletos. In 1859 the Jesuits came
-back to the islands. These missions, for
-which the Society had worked so hard in years gone
-by, were returned to it, and other places were made for
-the Recoletos. This was done at the expense of the
-native priests, and the people resented it. The feeling
-was growing among them that the native clergy were
-not fairly treated, and the installing of friars in their
-places increased that feeling.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It would be unjust to the Spanish Orders to overlook
-the good they did in early years in this country.
-They helped the people in many ways. To them
-is due the credit of introducing chocolate, coffee,
-cotton, and tobacco into the islands. They taught the
-people to weave, and to make many things of use.
-But too great power fell into their hands, and they
-did not keep pace with the times. Besides this, the
-people had now come to believe that their spiritual
-leaders should be men of their own race.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_178'>178</span>
-<img src='images/i_178.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>FORT GENERAL WEYLER IN MINDANAO.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_179'>179</span>Moreover, a feeling of national life, such as they had
-never before known, was awakening among the Filipinos.
-The many languages spoken among them, and
-the tribal differences which existed in the country,
-did more than anything else to keep the Filipino
-people in subjection. Not until they are a united
-people, with one language, and with a common desire
-for the welfare of their country, can they take the
-place which they should hold among the peoples of
-the world. This the more enlightened among them
-were coming to see, and were making a steady effort
-to unite the tribes in a demand for reform.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In this effort the secret societies, of which mention
-has been made, played a large part. These societies
-were in the beginning Masonic lodges. The first of
-them in the Philippines was founded at Cavite in 1860.
-Only Spaniards were members at the outset, but in
-time Filipinos and Mestizos were admitted. Later the
-members began to take an interest in politics, and little
-by little the Masonic lodges came to be the gathering
-places of thinkers and reformers. None of these societies
-had as yet any idea of revolt against the mother
-country; but the people were bent upon securing
-reforms in the government of the islands.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It was impossible to get justice in any court in the
-archipelago. Every public officer knew that good service
-and an honorable record would not serve to keep
-him in office if anyone who had more influence than
-he wished his position. Corruption, bribery, and dishonesty
-were the order in the government. All classes
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_180'>180</span>were taxed to the utmost limit, and the country was
-in a state of wretchedness through misrule. The Filipinos
-themselves had no rights which anyone seemed
-bound to respect.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The people remembered with bitterness those noble
-words of the Cortes which declared, in the Constitution
-of 1812: “The countries and provinces of
-America and Asia are and ought always to have been
-an integral part of the Spanish monarchy. Their
-natives and free inhabitants are equal in rights and
-privileges to those of the Peninsula.” What the reformers
-sought was not separation from the mother
-country. They desired only that Filipinos should
-be recognized as among her citizens, and entitled to
-the rights which this declaration of the Cortes said
-were theirs.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>After the revolt at Cavite, a new secret society was
-formed, known as the Katipunan (kä tē pö´nän) or
-Association of the Sons of the Country. One of the
-passwords of this society was “Gom-bur-za.” This
-word is made up of a part of the name of each one of
-the native padres executed because of that trouble at
-Cavite—Gomez, Burgos, and Zamora. The Katipunan
-was composed of the common people. It numbered
-many thousands of members, who stood ready to give
-their lives for the good of the Philippines, and it was
-probably more responsible than any other one thing
-for the great uprising of 1896.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In 1895 trouble broke out among the Moros in the
-south, and in that year the Spanish began what is
-known as the Marauit (mär ä wēt´) campaign in Mindanao.
-This was an expedition against the Moros, under
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_181'>181</span>the command of Governor-General Blanco himself. This
-campaign proved a great surprise to the Moros, who
-were finally overpowered by a division of the Spanish
-troops commanded by Brigadier-General Gonzales Parrado
-(pä rä´dō). The campaign lasted for three months,
-and was a complete success.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>After this, in order that the government might
-keep order there, it was decided to settle the country in
-the Marauit district with families from Luzon and
-the other northern islands. This decision hastened the
-downfall of the Spanish in the Philippines. At first
-the Filipino people were invited to go and live in this
-conquered territory, but no one accepted the invitation.
-It sounded smooth and fair; but it meant leaving
-friends and home and security for peril, hardship,
-and doubtful adventure. So, as the unwillingness of
-the people was seen, the invitation was made more
-urgent, and took the form of an order. This order,
-however, was only sent to provinces where the secret
-societies were supposed to be strongest. It caused
-great dissatisfaction among the Filipinos, who quickly
-understood its meaning. Many left their homes and
-went to live in the mountains to avoid trouble.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The government now made still greater effort, and
-in 1895 and 1896 there was a systematic persecution of
-the people to get them to go south. This persecution
-proved too much for even Filipino patience, and in
-the spring of 1896 the Katipunan sent a petition to
-Japan, asking the Mikado to annex the Philippine
-Islands to Japan. It is said that 5,000 Filipinos
-signed this petition. The emperor of Japan sent the
-petition to Spain, and in this way the names of all
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_182'>182</span>these petitioners became known to the government.
-The powers at Manila, however, did not dare to act
-at once, but waited their time; and the punishment,
-when it came, was all the more severe for the delay.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_182.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>THE BRIDGE OF SAN JUAN DEL MONTE.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>At this time all the Spaniards in Manila knew that
-some great uprising was planned among the people.
-The government, however, realized the mistake that
-had been made in paying too much attention to the
-revolt at Cavite, and it now made the greater mistake
-of not paying enough attention to this trouble.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>On July 5, 1896, an officer of the Guardia Civil
-reported that over 14,000 men in the valley of Pasig
-were pledged to revolt. Still nothing was done about
-this by the Spanish until a month later, when a large
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_183'>183</span>number of revolutionary flags and ammunition were
-found at Taal. Governor-General Blanco then ordered
-some arrests to be made.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>By this time the Katipunan had its plans nearly
-completed. There was to have been an uprising on
-the 20th of August; but, on the night before, the plot
-was discovered by Father Mariano Gil (mä rē ä´nō
-zhēl), an Augustine friar, the parish priest at Tondo.
-The authorities then realized for the first time that
-the Katipunan was a political society, and Governor-General
-Blanco cabled the fact to Madrid.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The garrison at Manila numbered only 1,500 men,
-many of whom were natives and not to be depended
-upon for help; so that General Blanco did not dare
-to take the field against the rebels. Nevertheless,
-arrests were made daily, and the prisons were full
-to overflowing. Among the prisoners were some of
-the leading Filipinos of Luzon, many of whom were
-merely suspected of disloyalty to the government.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Much time was lost by the Spanish because General
-Blanco was unwilling to use force until every honorable
-means of bringing about peace had been exhausted.
-He felt, moreover, that his army was too small to
-justify an advance against the rebels, and so he cabled
-to Madrid for help. In return he got word that 2,000
-men, two gunboats, and large stores of arms and ammunition
-were to be sent at once.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>By August 30 the uprising was in full force. The
-rebels were gathered at San Juan del Monte, a suburb
-of Manila, where the first battle was fought. This
-took place between the Filipinos under command of
-Sancho Valenzuela (sän´kō väl ān thu ā´lä) and three
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_184'>184</span>others, and some native cavalry and members of the
-Guardia Civil. The Filipinos were driven back, and
-on that day martial law was proclaimed in Manila
-and in the provinces about the bay. Later the rebel
-leaders at San Juan were shot on the Luneta. This
-was the first of many executions which took place
-from week to week afterwards, until the green lawn
-of the Luneta was saturated with patriot blood.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Now there was war in earnest between the Spanish
-and the Filipinos. The rebellion was growing daily,
-and the cream of Manila society was in the jails. Governor-General
-Blanco was still inclined to look upon
-the uprising as merely local, and not to regard it seriously;
-but he was constantly urged to severe measures
-by certain of his advisers. They desired that all rebels
-caught should be put to death at once, and there
-seemed no length to which their vindictive spirit was not
-willing to go. The newspapers of Manila were forbidden
-to speak of the uprising, or to use the words “rebellion”
-or “rebel.” The matter was treated as of
-slight importance, and the natives engaged in the insurrection
-were spoken of as bandits. This was also
-the tone which Governor-General Blanco adopted in all
-the despatches which he sent to the home government.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Province after province declared with the rebels, until
-all southern Luzon was in revolt. Cavite Province
-had become the center of the uprising, and Emilio
-Aguinaldo (ä mēl´ē ō äg wē näl´dō), formerly a schoolmaster
-at Cavite, came to the front as a leader. He
-was a native of the city of Cavite, born March 22,
-1869, and at this time was about twenty-seven years
-old.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id005'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_185'>185</span>
-<img src='images/i_185.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>DUNGEON AT CAVITE.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>By the middle of September, troops to the number
-of 6,000 had been sent up from Zamboanga and southern
-stations to aid the government at Manila. Nearly
-two-thirds of these were natives, however, and the
-Spaniards felt that they had good reason to distrust
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_186'>186</span>their loyalty. The rebels were in great force about
-Silang, Imus (ē´ mus), and Novaleta (nō vä lā´tä), and
-there were uprisings in Tarlac (tär´läk), Pangasinan,
-Laguna, Morong, and Tayabas.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>On October 1 a steamer arrived from Spain with a
-battalion of marines, which was warmly welcomed by
-the Spaniards. The next day came another steamer
-with more troops, and after that a large number of
-men came, until, before the trouble was over, there
-were 28,000 Spanish soldiers in the islands. These,
-however, were raw drafts. The trouble in Cuba had
-taken all of Spain’s fighting men, and she had nothing
-to send to the Philippines but boys. These young
-soldiers were undrilled, without uniforms, and but
-poorly armed.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Filipinos were no better off than the Spanish
-troops. They were hardier, but they were even more
-poorly armed. They had some rifles, but most of their
-guns were made of gas or water pipe wrapped with
-telegraph wire. They had cannon made from boiler
-tubes and from old bells and other metal. But they
-were determined and courageous, and were fighting for
-what was dearer to them than life—the decent treatment
-to which every free man is entitled at the hands
-of his government.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Spanish treated all Filipinos captured with great
-cruelty. From time to time suspects were sent in from
-the provinces, bound hand and foot; they were hauled
-up from the holds of vessels with chain and hook, and
-discharged as cargo, like bales of hemp.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The rainy season set in, and General Blanco had
-not the force at his command which his successor
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_187'>187</span>had afterwards. The native troops were not to be
-depended upon, and it was almost impossible for the
-few Spanish soldiers to get about the country. He
-contented himself, therefore, with keeping the rebels
-out of Manila.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In December, 1896, the governor-general went back
-to Spain. At that time the total European force in
-the islands was 10,000 men. They held the arsenals
-at Cavite, and the city of Manila; but the rebels were
-strongly entrenched throughout the peninsula of Cavite
-and in Laguna Province. “At that time,” says Forman,
-the historian, “I was informed by the secretary
-of the military court that there were 4,700 individuals
-awaiting trial by court-martial.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>General Camilo Polavieja was sent out to the Philippines
-as governor-general in Blanco’s stead. He
-arrived in June, 1896, and at once set to work to
-put down the rebellion. He was an energetic military
-leader, a man who had himself risen from the
-ranks. He had been in Cuba, and his experience
-there enabled him to see at once how serious was
-the state of things in the Philippines. On the ship
-with him came 500 troops, under command of General
-Lachambre (lä chäm´brā), and on another ship
-1,500 more. Others quickly followed, so that in a
-short time, as we have stated before, there were 28,000
-fighting Europeans in the islands.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It was now the dry season, and General Lachambre
-at once took the field against the rebels in Cavite
-Province. The Filipinos at this time expressly declared
-that they were fighting, not Spain, but the
-dominion of the Spanish friars. Their battle cry was,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_188'>188</span>“Long live Spain! Down with the priests!” The
-campaign was conducted very well on the part of
-the Spanish. Their troops were better armed than
-the Filipinos, and were well commanded, while the
-rebels had no trained military officers to plan their
-battles. The Filipinos were driven from Imus, and
-later from Silang; and although the Spanish met with
-great losses, in time the rebels, unable to hold any
-one place, were driven up to Laguna Province. By
-the middle of March every rebel band of importance
-had been scattered.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Polavieja cabled for more troops to be sent from
-Spain. He wanted these to garrison the districts which
-he had taken from the rebels, as his army corps was
-needed in the northern provinces, to which the Filipinos
-had been driven back. But there were already
-200,000 Spanish soldiers in Cuba, and more were
-needed there. The Spanish government, therefore,
-refused to send any more troops to the Philippines.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The newspapers at Madrid made light of the trouble
-in the islands, and criticised the governor-general’s
-rule. Polavieja then cabled that he was broken down
-in health and should be obliged to resign. Through
-much of the campaign he was so ill that he could not
-sit his horse, and was obliged to direct the campaign
-from Parañaque (pä rän yä´kē), where he remained
-until after the capture of San Francisco and the driving
-back of the rebels into the mountains.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In April, 1897, he went back to Spain. General
-Lachambre followed, to receive great praise for the
-good work he had done in the Philippines. Polavieja
-himself arrived in Spain blind, physically disabled, and
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_189'>189</span>really ill; but he had accomplished a great deal in the
-islands, and had gotten the rebellion well in hand.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The next governor-general was Primo de Rivera,
-who had held that office before, from the years
-1880 to 1883. He reached Manila on the 23d of
-April, and went to the front on the 29th day of that
-month.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—The growth of secret societies in the islands,
-and the rebellious attitude of many of the people, led Spain to
-adopt a new measure. It was decided to settle the Marauit
-district, in Mindanao, with Filipinos from Luzon. Invitations,
-amounting really to orders, to go and live in this district were
-sent out among the people living in provinces where the secret
-societies were supposed to be strongest. Because of these invitations
-many Filipinos left their homes and went to live in the
-mountains, to avoid trouble. The government then began trying
-to force people to go south to live. In 1896 the Katipunan
-sent a petition to the emperor of Japan, asking him to
-annex the islands to Japan. The emperor sent this petition
-to Spain. The government now awoke to a knowledge of how
-serious was the revolt in the islands. Many arrests were made,
-and soon the jails in Manila were filled with prisoners.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>By August 30 the uprising was in full force, and the first
-battle was fought at San Juan del Monte, on that day. Troops
-were now sent from Spain, while from all over the islands
-fighting men gathered to the aid of the Filipino leaders. By
-December, 1896, there were 10,000 European troops in the
-islands. They held the arsenal at Cavite, and the city of Manila;
-but the Filipinos held strong positions in the Cavite peninsula
-and in Laguna Province. Governor-General Blanco went
-back to Spain, and General Camilo Polavieja was sent out
-in his stead. The new governor-general carried on the war
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_190'>190</span>with great vigor. He sent for more troops, until there were
-28,000 Spanish soldiers in the country. The Spanish succeeded
-in driving the Filipinos back from their strong places, but were
-too few to do more than hold them in check. The home government
-refused to send more troops to the Philippines, as all
-Spain’s armed force was needed in Cuba. Governor-General
-Polavieja was taken very ill, and went back to Spain. General
-Lachambre followed, soon after. The next governor-general
-was Primo de Rivera, who reached Manila April 23, 1897.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—What were the secret societies that now grew up
-in the islands? What plan did the government make for settling
-the Marauit district? Give an account of the petition
-sent by the Katipunan to Japan. When was the first battle
-fought in the uprising of 1896? Outline the progress of this
-uprising.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_191'>191</span>
-<img src='images/i_191.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter XVIII.<br /> <span class='large'>THE END OF SPANISH RULE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_191.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-One of the first things that General Primo de
-Rivera did after his arrival, for the second
-time, in the islands, was to issue a proclamation
-offering amnesty to all who would
-lay down their arms. Many of the Filipinos who were
-in revolt accepted the offer, and pledged allegiance to
-Spain.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>They were driven to this step by their fears. The
-Filipino forces were weakened and discouraged. General
-Polavieja had carried on the campaign against
-them with such savage cruelty that the people were
-filled with terror. No quarter had been given by the
-Spanish, and in Cavite Province alone over 30,000 Filipinos
-had lost their lives. Aguinaldo had left Cavite,
-which province was now cleared of the Filipino forces,
-and had joined General Llaneras (lyän ār´äs), who was
-leading the Filipinos in the north, beyond Pampanga.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The state of the country at this time was pitiful.
-No crops had been planted; there was no food for the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_192'>192</span>people; their young carabaos had been killed; the rice
-and camotes were all gone. War had reduced the
-country to a wilderness. Everywhere the authorities
-were seeking to put down the rebellion, but their cruel
-measures actually made rebels of the people. The
-Filipino priests and curates were put in chains, were
-flogged and tortured, to make them tell what they
-might have learned, through the confessional, of the
-secret societies and the movements of the people.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Spanish campaign in Manila was being conducted
-by General Monet (Mō´nāt), and there, too, no
-mercy was shown to natives so unfortunate as to be
-captured. In Pangasinan General Nuñez (nön´yeth)
-was fighting the rebels. The war was waged with bitterness;
-no quarter was given on either side, and the
-natives lost no opportunity to avenge the punishment
-which the Spaniards visited upon them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>By this time the rainy weather was telling severely
-on the unseasoned Spanish soldiers. There was much
-sickness among them, so that the military hospitals
-were full. The soldiers had not been paid for several
-months, and they were bitterly discontented.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Filipinos, too, were suffering severely. They
-were poorly fed and poorly armed; but they kept up
-a constant petty warfare that was very trying to the
-Spanish, although it was useless, so far as gaining
-any real end was concerned. They now held two
-places, Angat (än´gät) and San Mateo, in Bulacan
-Province. These had been fortified securely, and they
-were by nature such fortresses that it would have been
-almost impossible for the Spanish to dislodge any force
-from them. The Filipinos were not, however, strong
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_193'>193</span>enough to make any effective warfare against the
-enemy, but had to content themselves with holding
-these two places and harassing the Spanish as much
-as they could.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>On the 2d of July, 1897, the governor-general issued
-an edict commanding all who were concerned in the
-rebellion to report themselves to the Spanish authorities
-by July 10. The edict also ordered all officers,
-military and civil, to prevent the people from leaving
-the towns or villages, except to till the fields, to look
-after their farm properties, or do their daily work. All
-who were allowed to go out on such business must be
-provided with passes stating where they were going,
-by what road they should travel, when they should
-return, and what was their errand. Any Filipino staying
-out over time, or found on any road or in any place
-not mentioned in the pass, was to be treated as a rebel.
-The edict also declared that after July 10 all persons
-would be obliged to prove their identity by “cedula personal,”
-together with the pass. Anyone who failed to
-observe these orders, it was declared, would be tried
-by court-martial.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This measure was so outrageous and so unnecessary
-that it had an effect on the people exactly opposite to
-what the governor-general hoped for. Those Filipinos
-who had been neutral were made angry by it. It enraged
-the rebels and drove many others into the insurgent
-camp.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The rebels themselves responded by a document
-calling upon all Filipinos to rise in defense of the country.
-This document demanded that the friars should
-be expelled, and that land seized by them should be
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_194'>194</span>returned to the towns to which it belonged; that all
-livings and parishes should be divided equally between
-the Spanish and the native priests. It asked for representation
-by Filipinos in Parliament; for freedom of
-the press; for religious toleration; and for more just
-laws in the islands. It demanded that there should
-be equal terms and pay for Spanish and native civil
-servants; that no citizen should be banished from the
-Philippines; and that there should be equal punishment
-for Spaniards and Filipinos who should offend
-against the laws of the land. It declared that the war
-would be prolonged until Spain was compelled to grant
-the demands of the people. To these demands Aguinaldo
-added an appeal to the people to join the rebellion.
-Many Filipinos responded, and the force of the
-rebels was greatly increased.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>General Primo de Rivera now began to urge the home
-government to grant some of the demands made by the
-Filipinos. The authorities at Madrid were coming to
-see that something must be done. The war in Cuba
-had so drained the resources of Spain that she had
-neither men nor money to expend in punishing the
-rebel Filipinos, and it was therefore decided to make
-some concessions to their demands.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In August, 1897, Señor Pedro Alisandro Paterno
-(äl ē sän´drō pä ter´nō), a Filipino, educated in Europe,
-a man of means and position in Manila, was made
-the agent of Spain to try to arrange terms of peace
-with the rebel leaders. He visited Aguinaldo in the
-mountains of Bulacan Province. There he talked with
-the Filipino leader, and was given power to act in his
-name. Aguinaldo stated to Señor Paterno the terms
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_195'>195</span>on which peace could be made. It must always be
-a matter of regret that these terms were never made
-public, either by the Filipinos or by the Spaniards.
-In the disputes that afterwards arose, the Spanish government
-denied the claims made by the Filipinos, and
-declared that the terms of peace had included nothing
-of what the Filipinos stated had been agreed upon. It
-will, therefore, never be certainly known what these
-terms were.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_195.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>BIAC-NA-’BATO, WHERE THE TREATY WAS MADE.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>Certain reforms in the government were demanded.
-These reforms were opposed by the friars, whose power
-was lessened by them. The friars endeavored to prevent
-the government from yielding the terms, whatever
-they may have been, and succeeded in prolonging the
-trouble for several months.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>At last, however, Señor Paterno was given authority
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_196'>196</span>to act for the captain-general of the forces in the
-islands, representing the Spanish government. On
-September 19 he had a meeting with Aguinaldo and
-his generals, and an agreement was entered into. This
-conference took place at Biac-na-’bato (bē äk´nä´bä tō),
-a mountain fastness not far from the famous sulphur
-springs, near Angat, in the province of Bulacan.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Here was made what is now known to history as the
-treaty of Biac-na-’bato. It was made between Aguinaldo
-and the other Filipino generals on the one hand,
-and Señor Paterno, acting for the Spanish government,
-on the other. By its terms the Filipinos agreed
-to deliver up their arms, all ammunition, etc., to the
-Spaniards. They were to give up all places held by
-them, and to cease, for three years, all plotting against
-the Spanish authority. These three years the government
-should have for bringing about the reforms
-demanded and promised. Aguinaldo and thirty-four
-others of the insurgent leaders promised to leave the
-country, not to return until they were given permission
-by the Spanish government.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The government, on its side, agreed to pay the rebels
-$1,000,000, Mexican, as indemnity, and to reimburse
-the Filipinos not in arms, but who had suffered by the
-war, in the sum of $700,000, Mexican. This latter
-sum was to be paid in three equal installments, the last
-one to be paid in six months after the <cite>Te Deum</cite> should
-be sung in token that peace was secured.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>After this treaty had been signed, Aguinaldo and his
-thirty-four companions were taken to Sual (sö´äl), on
-the coast, under an escort of Spanish officers. Here
-they and their escort had a feast, and great good feeling
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_197'>197</span>towards Spain was expressed by the Filipino military
-leaders. Then the exiles were taken on board the
-steamship <i>Uranus</i> (ö rä´nus), for Hong-Kong. They
-sailed on December 27, 1897, with an escort of Spaniards
-of high rank. When they reached port, they
-were handed a draft on the Bank of Hong-Kong for
-$400,000, Mexican, the first installment on the sum
-agreed to be paid them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In the meantime there was rejoicing in Manila and
-in Madrid. General Primo de Rivera received great
-commendation, and was publicly thanked by the government.
-On every side were words of praise for his
-success as a peacemaker. The Queen Regent presented
-him with the Grand Cross of San Fernando
-and a pension of 10,000 pesetas a year.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The people now looked to see the promised reforms
-carried out; but, instead, the government seemed to
-forget that any promises had been made. The Filipinos
-had laid down their arms, and there were about
-two months of quiet. Seven thousand of the troops
-were sent back to Spain, and General Primo de Rivera
-evidently thought that he had broken the back of the
-revolt. Business was resumed in Manila. The Spaniards
-went on with their pleasures, and matters in
-Luzon seemed, on the surface, to be as usual; but
-trouble was still in store for the islands.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Persons who had taken part in the rebellion were
-arrested, on slight charges, from time to time, and
-put into prison; others were openly insulted and regarded
-with suspicion, as rebels against the country.
-There were many executions, and instead of the general
-pardon which was taken for granted as a part of
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_198'>198</span>the treaty of peace, only a few pardons were bestowed.
-Time went on. No steps were taken toward making
-the reforms, and the Filipinos began to see that the
-government had once more deceived them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>At this time the Seventy-fourth Regiment of native
-infantry was in garrison at Cavite. This was a very
-old regiment in the Philippines. For many years it
-had been known as the First Regiment of the Visayas.
-In 1886 it was thought that by making the native
-regiments a part of the Spanish army another tie
-would be formed between the islands and Spain. So
-these were all numbered in line with the Spanish regiments,
-and the First Visayas became the Seventy-fourth
-Regiment of infantry.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Early in 1898, companies of armed men, whom the
-government called ladrones, were infesting the province.
-The country was in an unsettled state, and
-some of these companies—really insurgents who had
-taken up arms again—came into Cavite Province. On
-March 24, the Seventy-fourth Regiment was ordered
-out against them; but, to the surprise of everybody, it
-refused to go. The soldiers declared that they were
-ready to fight the enemies of Spain or of the islands,
-but that they would not march against their own people.
-Eight corporals were called out of the regiment,
-and the men were again ordered to advance, on penalty
-of death to all. All refused, and the entire regiment
-was sent to the barracks to await sentence. By morning
-it had deserted in a body. On the following day
-another regiment joined them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>On March 25 occurred in Manila one of the most
-senseless of the many tragedies which marked Spanish
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_199'>199</span>rule in the islands. This is known as the massacre
-of Calle de Camba (käl´yā dā käm´bä). A number of
-Visayan soldiers, in a public house on this street, fell
-into a discussion of matters of no especial importance;
-but they got to talking loudly, and became excited
-over their talk. Some one overheard them and reported
-to the police.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id005'>
-<img src='images/i_199.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>EMILIO AGUINALDO.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>Without stopping to ask any questions, a band of
-the Guardia Civil came and raided the place. They
-shot down a large number of the people, and made
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_200'>200</span>between sixty and seventy of them prisoners. Some
-of these latter were men who had not been in the building
-at all, but were merely passing in the street and
-were taken along with the rest. Next morning the
-whole company of sixty-two were taken out to the
-cemetery and shot. The rebellion now flamed up
-again, and among the insurgents were two battalions
-of well-trained veteran soldiers.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>On the 3d of April, 1898, a party of 5,000 natives
-made a raid on the city of Cebu. The leaders were
-armed with rifles, but the rank and file had only bolos.
-The Spanish fled before them, and the natives cut
-the cable to Manila, so that the refugees could not
-communicate with the garrison there. A gunboat
-came in from Mindanao that afternoon, however, and
-two small boats were sent to Iligan (ē lē gän´) and
-Iloilo for troops. These arrived two or three days
-later, and were followed by reënforcements from Manila.
-The rebels were forced out of the city on the
-8th of April, and sustained a crushing defeat. After
-that the Spanish chased them back into the mountains,
-where they took refuge.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This new movement was more serious than any that
-had gone before. All trust in Spain was swept away.
-The earlier leaders had desired reform, but the Filipinos
-now in the field sought first of all vengeance for
-the wrongs which had been heaped upon them.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It had been understood in connection with the treaty
-of Biac-na-’bato that General Primo de Rivera would
-stay in the islands and see that the reforms were carried
-out. Instead of his doing this, however, the home
-government recalled him early in 1898, and appointed
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_201'>201</span>in his place General Basilio Augusti (bä sē´li ō au gus´tē),
-a stranger to the Philippines. He arrived in the islands
-early in April, and in the second week of that month
-Primo de Rivera left Manila for Spain. Before he
-reached Madrid, Spain’s disaster in Manila had taken
-place, and the islands were fated never again to come
-under Spain’s rule.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—One of Primo de Rivera’s first acts was to offer
-amnesty to all Filipinos who would lay down their arms and
-pledge their allegiance to Spain. This was a good move, and
-many accepted the offer. Later, however, another edict was
-issued, which forbade people to leave their towns or villages
-without passes stating their business, the roads they might
-travel, and the time when they should return. All persons were
-also required to prove identity by “cedula personal.” This
-measure was so unreasonable and so severe that it enraged the
-people, and the rebellion blazed up anew. The rebels issued a
-proclamation calling upon the people to join them, and stating
-their grievances and demands. The governor-general advised
-the authorities in Spain to grant some of these demands. In
-August, 1897, Pedro A. Paterno, a Filipino, was sent in behalf
-of Spain to confer with the Filipino leaders. He met them at
-Biac-na-’bato, and there a treaty was arranged. War was to
-cease; and the rebel leaders would leave the country and give up
-all plotting against Spanish authority. The government agreed
-to pay certain sums to the revolutionists; to reimburse Filipinos
-not in rebellion, who had suffered from the war; and to grant
-the reforms demanded by the rebels.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>When this treaty had been signed, the thirty-five rebel leaders
-were escorted to Sual, whence they sailed for Hong-Kong, on
-December 27, 1897, with an escort of Spaniards of high rank.
-At Hong-Kong they were handed a draft for $400,000, Mexican,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_202'>202</span>the first installment of a sum agreed to be paid them. Business
-now went on in Manila. Many of the Spanish troops were
-sent home; but no steps were taken toward the promised
-reforms, and the people began to see that they had again been
-deceived. On March 24, 1898, the Seventy-fourth Regiment
-of native infantry revolted when ordered to go against certain
-Filipinos who had taken up arms in Cavite Province. Next day
-this regiment deserted in a body, and on the following day
-another regiment joined them. On March 25 occurred the
-massacre of Calle de Camba. All trust in Spain was now at an
-end, and the people again began arming themselves. Contrary
-to the understanding claimed under the treaty of Biac-na-’bato,
-a new governor-general, Basilio Augusti, was sent out, and
-Primo de Rivera left Manila in April, 1898.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—What was the edict that caused the rebellion to
-break out afresh? What proclamation did the patriot leaders
-issue? What did Rivera advise the government to do? What
-was the treaty of Biac-na-’bato? How was this treaty kept on
-the part of Spain?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_203'>203</span>
-<img src='images/i_203.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter XIX.<br /> <span class='large'>THE BEGINNING OF AMERICAN OCCUPATION.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_203.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-In the month of April, 1898, war was declared
-between the United States and Spain. The
-cause of this war was the feeling of the people
-of the United States in regard to the
-way in which Spain was treating the people of Cuba
-and Porto Rico. These were the only colonies left of
-the many Spain had once possessed in the New World.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>For years Spain had oppressed and ill-treated the
-Cubans until human nature could no longer bear such
-bitter injustice, and the people rose against it. Spain
-poured her armies into the island, and the means which
-she used to put down the rebellion were contrary to
-humane ideas among civilized people. The United
-States more than once protested against them. Spain,
-however, paid no attention to these protests. She did
-not show in any way what the American Declaration
-of Independence calls “a decent respect for the opinions
-of mankind.” Instead, she continued her barbarous
-course in Cuba until other nations began to feel
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_204'>204</span>that the United States, as the nearest neighbor of that
-unhappy country, should interfere.</p>
-
-<div  class='figleft id004'>
-<img src='images/i_204.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>ADMIRAL MONTOJO.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>At last, during the night of February 15, 1898, the
-United States battle-ship <i>Maine</i>, while lying in Havana
-harbor, was blown up. A mine had been placed in the
-harbor exactly where the battle-ship was allowed to
-anchor. This mine had exploded, and, as a result, 266
-lives were lost of the 353
-officers and men who
-were on the ship.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>A court was held to
-inquire into this awful
-event, but it was not
-possible to say where
-the blame for the catastrophe
-belonged. It was
-evident, however, that
-the state of affairs in
-Cuba was becoming dangerous
-to other nations,
-and was no longer to be
-borne. The President of
-the United States, in a
-special message to Congress, stated plainly that the war
-in Cuba must end. Congress then passed a resolution
-to declare war against Spain if that nation did not at
-once take her army out of Cuba and restore peace there.
-As Spain refused to do this, war was declared, first by
-the United States, and then by Spain.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>At this time Commodore George Dewey was in
-command of the South Pacific squadron of the United
-States. This fleet, which numbered ten ships, was
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_205'>205</span>lying in the harbor of Hong-Kong. As that harbor
-is under English control, and as Great Britain was
-friendly to both Spain and the United States, she was
-compelled to treat both nations fairly. To allow the
-fleet of one of these nations to remain in the harbor
-would have been unfair to the other one; so Commodore
-Dewey was notified that his ships must leave
-Hong-Kong. At the same time he received orders
-from his own government to go in search of the Spanish
-fleet and to capture or destroy it.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This fleet, as Dewey knew, was in Manila harbor;
-and, obeying orders, he at once set out for Manila.
-The Spanish ships, seven in number, with ten small gunboats,
-were anchored off Cavite. Commodore Dewey
-entered Manila harbor under cover of the night, and
-when day broke on Sunday, May 1, 1898, his ships lay
-at anchor in front of Manila.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>At six o’clock that morning began the famous battle
-of Manila Bay. By half-past seven the Spanish flagship
-was in flames, and the commander of the fleet,
-Admiral Montojo (mon tō´hō) was forced to take refuge
-on another ship of the fleet, the <i>Isla de Cuba</i>. By
-noon of that day the Spanish fleet was wholly destroyed,
-and the admiral and all survivors had fled into
-Manila. The Americans had sustained no loss of life,
-and only a slight injury to one of the ships, the <i>Boston</i>.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>They next opened fire on the arsenal and fort at
-Cavite, and kept this up until a flag of truce was shown.
-By sunset Cavite was under control of the United
-States, and the Stars and Stripes floated over the town
-and the forts at Cañcao (kän kä´ō), Punta (pön´tä), and
-Sangley (säng´li).</p>
-
-<div  class='figleft id004'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_206'>206</span>
-<img src='images/i_206.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>GOVERNOR-GENERAL AUGUSTI.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>Commodore Dewey now demanded the surrender of
-Manila, which was refused by Governor-General Augusti.
-Dewey refrained from taking the city by force,
-but declared the port blockaded. On the following
-day he demanded control of the telegraph station, and
-on this being refused he ordered the cable cut. The
-officials in Manila had just time to send the dire news
-to Spain before this order
-was carried out.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Admiral Dewey—for
-his government at once
-rewarded him by promoting
-him to the rank of
-admiral—now held the
-key to the situation in
-the Philippines. He was
-in possession of the island
-of Corregidor (kōr-räg´ē dör),
-of the arsenal
-at Cavite, the city of
-Cavite, and the surrounding
-country. His fleet
-lay in the harbor, ready
-at any moment to force the surrender of Manila; but
-he was awaiting instructions from home and the arrival
-of land forces, for which he had asked, before completing
-his victory.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Filipinos in arms had taken fresh courage on
-the approach of the Americans, and had closed in about
-Manila, so that the Spaniards were literally prisoners
-within the city limits. Outside, in Manila Bay, the American
-fleet lay, cutting off all chance of escape by sea.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_207'>207</span>In the meantime the Filipino leader, Emilio Aguinaldo,
-had come to Cavite from Hong-Kong, with a
-number of his companions in exile. They had been
-given arms from the arsenal by Admiral Dewey, and
-Aguinaldo had the admiral’s permission to organize
-his countrymen into an army. It was intended that
-this army should act with the American forces, when
-the latter should be ready to take the city and occupy
-the islands. Aguinaldo, however, took advantage of
-this opportunity to attempt to organize a dictatorial
-government, with himself at the head. Out of his
-misguided ambition to rule, great trouble grew, for
-Filipinos and Americans alike. The country, already
-suffering from a long period of misrule and warfare,
-was plunged into still deeper misery. The Americans
-were seriously hampered in their efforts to restore
-order, and the establishment of peace was hindered.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The first reënforcements sent out to Admiral Dewey
-from America reached Manila Bay in June, 1898, and
-were landed on the 30th day of that month. Others
-followed very soon, and on the 25th of July General
-Wesley Merritt (wes´li mer´it), the first American
-governor-general of Manila, joined Admiral Dewey.
-On August 7 these two officers together demanded
-the surrender of the city, and again on August 9;
-but the Spaniards refused both demands.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>On the 13th of August the Americans made a final
-demand, and on receiving a third refusal they sent
-their land forces against Manila. At the same time
-the fleet began the bombardment of the forts and
-trenches south of the city. The walled city and the
-business district of Binondo were purposely spared,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_208'>208</span>as it was not the wish of the Americans to do any
-more damage than was necessary. The battle was
-very short, lasting hardly more than an hour. At
-the end of that time the Spaniards yielded to superior
-force, and a white flag was hoisted in token of their
-capitulation.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>A few hours later the Spanish and the American
-commanders met, terms were arranged, and Manila
-and the Philippine archipelago were surrendered to
-the United States. The Spanish flag, which floated
-over Fort Santiago, was hauled down, and the Stars
-and Stripes took its place.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In the meantime, on the day before, August 12,
-1898, a protocol of peace had been signed between
-Spain and the United States. Such a protocol is an
-agreement between two nations who are at war with
-each other to cease fighting until terms of permanent
-peace can be arranged. By the terms of the protocol
-it was agreed, among other things, that the United
-States government was to occupy and hold Manila
-Bay and the city and harbor of Manila until a treaty
-of peace should be made between that government and
-Spain. It was also agreed that Spain and the United
-States should each appoint not more than five commissioners,
-to meet in Paris at a date not later than October
-1. These commissioners were to arrange terms
-of peace, and in the meantime all fighting between the
-two nations should be suspended.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The commissioners were chosen by the two countries,
-and met in Paris as had been agreed. It was
-not until the 10th of December, however, that they
-succeeded in arranging terms. A treaty of peace was
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_209'>209</span>completed and signed in Paris on that date. It was
-ratified in Washington on the 10th of February, 1899,
-by the President of the United States and a representative
-of the Queen Regent of Spain.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_209.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>THE FIRST AMERICAN FLAG RAISED IN MANILA.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>Under this treaty of peace Spain, as had been
-planned in the protocol, gave up all claim to Cuba;
-she ceded to the United States Porto Rico and all of her
-other islands in the West Indies, and also the island
-of Guam, one of the Ladrone group in the Pacific.
-Besides this, she ceded “the archipelago known by the
-name of the Philippine Islands,” which for over three
-hundred years had been one of her richest colonies.
-The United States was to pay Spain the sum of
-$20,000,000, gold, within three months after this ratified
-treaty was exchanged between the two nations.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_210'>210</span>Other matters were dealt with in the treaty, but
-this transfer of the Philippine archipelago is the point
-which vitally interests us now. It is because of the
-facts which have been set forth in these chapters that
-the United States is now in possession of the Philippines,
-and that this history of the country is written
-in the English language.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But the real history of the Philippine Islands has
-only begun. The events that make up the past record
-of this beautiful land have been but a sad preface to
-the future which we hope may be hers. The Filipino
-people have had much to bear. They have been shut
-away from the rest of the world, and from a knowledge
-of the world’s progress. They have been governed by
-unjust laws until the great mass of the people, left to
-themselves, would scarcely know how to go about to
-rule their own lives. But they have a history; they
-have a country; they have a future. It is not the
-policy of the United States either to forget these things
-or to let the people themselves forget them. As the
-late President McKinley expressed it—the United
-States desires not conquest, but a benevolent assimilation
-of these islands, that they may become one country
-and one united, prosperous, and happy people.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—In April, 1898, war was declared between the
-United States and Spain. Commodore George Dewey, in command
-of the American squadron in the Pacific, being ordered
-to go in search of the Spanish fleet in the Pacific, and capture
-or destroy it, sailed for the Philippine Islands, where he knew
-the fleet to be. He entered Manila Bay under cover of night,
-April 30, and at daybreak on May 1 his ships lay at anchor
-off Cavite. At six o’clock that same morning the battle of
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_211'>211</span>Manila Bay was begun. By noon the Spanish fleet was destroyed,
-and the admiral and all survivors had fled into the city.
-By sunset Cavite was taken. Two months later, American troops
-arrived in Manila Bay, and on August 13 the city of Manila
-surrendered to the Americans. On February 10, 1899, a treaty
-of peace was signed between the United States and Spain.
-Under this treaty, Spain ceded the Philippine Islands to the
-United States.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—When was war declared between the United
-States and Spain? What causes led up to this war? Why
-did Dewey have to leave Hong-Kong harbor? What were his
-orders? How did he carry them out? When did Manila surrender
-to the Americans? When did the first body of American
-troops arrive? When was the treaty of peace signed? What
-were the terms of that treaty relating to the Philippine Islands?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_212'>212</span>
-<img src='images/i_212.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter XX.<br /> <span class='large'>CIVIL GOVERNMENT FOR THE PHILIPPINES.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_212.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-The United States is often spoken of as a
-free country. Its people are free because
-they have a voice in the making and upholding
-of their government. There are
-strong laws in the land to protect their freedom. No
-man and no state can be really free without such laws.
-If a man would enjoy liberty, and freedom from the
-power of evil, he must obey the laws of goodness. So
-a people must honor and uphold the laws of the state,
-if the state is to be strong enough to protect their liberties.
-We can easily see that if there were no laws,
-and each man were free to do as he pleased, no man’s
-life or property would be safe. Every man would have
-to take care of himself, and the land where such a condition
-existed would cease to be a civilized country.
-Laws are made for the protection of a people, and
-without them there would be an end to liberty and
-progress.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>For a great many years the government in the Philippine
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_213'>213</span>Islands was by force of arms. It was not a
-government in which the people had any voice. They
-were ruled by laws made by a power outside of themselves,
-and often these laws were against their interests
-and welfare. It is hard to make a people uphold such
-laws. The government that tries to do this will always,
-in the end, have to call in force to its aid. A government
-cannot long rule, however, by force alone. Even
-a military government, to be successful, must be based
-upon just laws. It must recognize and uphold what is
-just and right.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>At the beginning of American rule in these islands,
-a good many reforms had to be made at once. It was
-necessary to set the country in order, so that business
-might go on, justice might be done, and safety insured
-to the people. Life and property were in danger, and
-even among themselves the people hardly knew who
-were their friends and who were their foes. The country
-needed wise, just laws, strongly upheld, to bring
-about peace, order, and safety. At that time a military
-rule was the best form of government to meet
-this need, and military rule was therefore set up in
-the islands.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This government made many changes in the country.
-Courts were established, and every effort was made to
-carry out the laws with justice to all. Many prisoners
-who had been for years wrongfully imprisoned were
-released from jail. Steps were taken at once to open
-schools where the children might be taught; and many
-other reforms were made that, in time, will show good
-results in the country. They are of a sort that will make
-this a much richer and happier land. This is what the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_214'>214</span>United States wishes to do. It is a great and powerful
-nation, and other nations expect it to build up a good
-government in these islands. The government at
-Washington has declared that the aim of American rule
-in the Philippines is to prepare the people for self-government
-and to teach them what true liberty really is.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In January, 1899, the President of the United States
-appointed a body of men wise in government to come
-to the Philippine Islands from America. These men
-were to learn all that they could about the country and
-its people, in order that they might recommend a just
-form of government for the country. They had to
-find out what were the ideas of the Filipino people in
-regard to government, and to study the needs of the
-country, before they could make any recommendations.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The commissioners came to Manila early in April,
-1899, and began work at once. They traveled about
-the country to see what it was like. They held meetings
-in Manila and elsewhere, and invited leading Filipinos
-to come and meet with them. They did this in
-order to ask them about matters of interest to the
-country and its people. They promised the people
-that just laws should be established in the country,
-and the government is keeping that promise.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The members of the commission saw that good
-schools are a great need in the country. An attempt
-was made to provide these at once, and the commander
-of the army established a great many schools, with soldiers
-as teachers. It was seen, however, that to make
-the schools what the people needed would require
-experienced teachers. These could not be provided
-immediately; but a couple of years later hundreds of
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_215'>215</span>trained American teachers were brought to the islands.
-In time, when there are enough trained Filipino
-teachers to carry on the work, this country will have
-a school system as good as any in the world. The
-American Government has pledged itself to bring education
-to these islands, and to see that the people have
-justice and fair
-treatment in all
-that touches
-their lives. It
-will not cease its
-efforts until the
-Filipinos are as
-able to maintain
-themselves securely
-in their
-rights and liberties
-as are the
-Americans.</p>
-
-<div  class='figright id004'>
-<img src='images/i_215.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>GOVERNOR WILLIAM H. TAFT.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>The president
-of the first Philippine
-commission
-was the Hon.
-Jacob Schurman,
-and this commission is known as the Schurman Commission.
-The members did the work which they were
-sent here to do, and made a full report to Congress.
-This report sets forth all that the commission had
-learned about the country. The views of the Filipinos
-who appeared before the commission are given
-in their own words, which were written down at the
-time. The report was printed, in order that both
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_216'>216</span>Filipinos and Americans might know all that had been
-said and done.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In April, 1900, a new commission was appointed
-to come to the islands and do further work. This
-commission was known as the Taft Commission, its
-president being the Hon. William H. Taft. To its
-members was given the task of forming a government
-for the country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>A central government was set up in Manila in September,
-1900. Central government means the government
-for the whole country. The government of
-provinces, towns, and barrios is called local government.
-The local government is carried on by the provincial
-governors, by presidentes, alcaldes, and lesser officers.
-These have authority in their own districts, subject to
-that of the central government.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The central government at Manila was what is called
-a military government—that is, the commander of
-the army in the islands was governor-general of the
-country. He was the executive, or officer whose business
-it is to execute, or carry out, the laws of a land.
-As we have seen, the government in Spanish times was
-almost wholly a military government. It was a different
-sort of military government, however, from that
-in which Americans believe. Americans believe that
-even armed force is only for upholding the law. It
-can never, justly, be law in itself.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The executive of a country is, as we have said, the
-official who executes the laws. In the United States
-the President is the executive. The laws are framed
-by men whom the people elect to do the work. The
-men thus elected become what is called a legislative,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_217'>217</span>or law-making, body. The chief legislative body
-in the United States is Congress. When the central
-government was set up here in the Philippines, in
-September, 1900, the executive, or governor, was
-Major-General
-MacArthur, commander
-of the
-army. The Taft
-Commission
-acted as the legislative
-body, and
-had, as well, some
-executive powers.</p>
-
-<div  class='figleft id004'>
-<img src='images/i_217.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>GENERAL ADNA R. CHAFFEE.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>This government
-remained
-in force until July
-4, 1901. At that
-time Major-General
-Adna R.
-Chaffee succeeded
-Major-General
-MacArthur as
-commander of the
-army, and Judge
-Taft, president of
-the commission,
-was made governor of the islands. All the authority
-formerly held by the military governor and the commission
-now passed to Governor Taft.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The new government was not military, but civil.
-Under a civil government the law is maintained
-through the courts and police powers. Only when the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_218'>218</span>country, or a section of it, is in a state of rebellion is
-the military power called upon to act. Even then it
-does not act for itself, but as an arm of the civil government,
-to carry out the laws. The civil government
-in the Philippines was set up July 4, 1901, the anniversary
-of American independence. On that day Governor
-Taft was formally inaugurated, or established, in office.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>September 1, 1901, three Filipino members were
-added to the commission. They were Dr. T. H.
-Pardo de Tavera and Señor Benito Legardo, of Manila,
-and Señor José Luzuriaga, of Negros. The American
-members, besides President (now Governor) Taft, were
-Hon. Luke E. Wright, Hon. Henry C. Ide, Hon.
-Bernard Moses, and Hon. Dean Worcester. Besides
-carrying on the present government, the commissioners
-were charged with the task of planning a permanent
-government for the islands. To do this it was necessary
-to have the aid of Filipino members, and the
-gentlemen thus added to the commission were a great
-help to the Americans in drawing up a form of government
-suitable to the country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The plan which has been made and submitted to
-Congress is somewhat as follows:</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There should be a governor and four heads of departments.
-These should be appointed by the President
-of the United States. There should also be a
-body to be called the Executive Council. This council
-would be made up of the governor, the four heads of
-departments, and four other members, to be appointed
-by the President. Members of the council should be
-both Filipinos and Americans. Besides the council
-there should be an assembly, of not more than thirty
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_219'>219</span>representatives, all to be elected by the Filipino people.
-The members of this assembly should serve for
-two years. Under such a government the Executive
-Council and the Assembly would have the power to
-elect two delegates to represent the interests of the
-islands and of the Filipino people before Congress.
-These delegates would be residents of the islands.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Such a system would give the Filipino people what
-is called a representative government—that is, they
-would have a voice in making their own laws. In
-time they would have just as much self-government as
-they could fit themselves for. The report of the commission
-to Congress recommends that such a government
-be begun here January 1, 1904. If this is done,
-the success of the government must depend to a great
-extent upon the efforts and faithfulness of the Filipino
-people themselves.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Summary.</i>—At the beginning of American rule in the Philippines,
-the government was military. The commander of the
-army in the islands was also governor-general. In January,
-1899, the President of the United States appointed a commission
-to come to the archipelago and study the country. This
-commission is known as the Schurman Commission. The commissioners
-came to Manila early in April, 1899. They held
-meetings in Manila and elsewhere, and invited leading Filipinos
-to come and talk with them on matters of government and the
-needs of the country. They spent the year in learning all that
-they could about the islands, and then made a report to Congress.
-During this year, schools were opened in many parts of
-the archipelago, and certain needed reforms were made in the
-courts. In April, 1900, a new commission, known as the Taft
-Commission, was appointed. It was charged with the task of
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_220'>220</span>forming a government for the country. The government continued
-for another year to be military, but on July 4, 1901, civil
-government was set up, and Hon. William H. Taft, president of
-the commission, became the first civil governor. Three Filipino
-members were added to the commission the following September.
-The civil government proceeded to draw up plans for a
-permanent government in the islands, and submitted them to
-the President and Congress.</p>
-
-<p class='c013'><i>Questions.</i>—Why is the United States often called a free
-country? Why can there be no real liberty where there is no
-law? What are some of the changes Americans have made
-in this country? When was the first Philippine commission
-appointed? What did it do? What was the second commission
-called? What sort of government was established here
-in September, 1900? When was the civil government begun?
-Who was made first civil governor? When were the first
-Filipino commissioners appointed? How does the form of
-government recommended by the commission give the Filipinos
-a voice in making their own laws?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_221'>221</span>
-<img src='images/i_221.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter XXI.<br /> <span class='large'>PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY OF THE ARCHIPELAGO.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_221.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-One of the things which history should teach
-us is how to make the future better than
-the past has been. History teaches people
-about the brave deeds done by their ancestors,
-and about what has been suffered for the good of
-the land by those who have passed away. It is well
-for a people to consider from time to time what manner
-of country theirs has been. Only by doing this can
-they know how to serve its interests, and to secure for
-it the best future that is possible.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>For the Philippine Islands a very bright future may
-be hoped. How soon prosperity and happiness will
-come to the country depends, however, more largely
-upon its own people than upon any outside influence.
-The Americans in the Philippines can only advise and
-teach; the actual work of building up the country, and
-of making it a power in the Orient, must be done by
-the Filipinos.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Let us take a look at the country as it is to-day,
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_222'>222</span>and learn something of its nature and of its resources.
-Of all the islands, Luzon is the largest, and, at the
-present time, the most important. It is a delightful
-place, with lofty mountains, fertile plains, and beautiful
-rivers. But beautiful as it is to-day, it possesses possibilities
-which, if developed, will make it indeed what
-the Spanish were wont so proudly to call it, “the Pearl
-of the Orient.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>On the west coast of Luzon are two important bays,
-Lingayen (lin gī ān´) and Manila, with several smaller
-ones, as Subig (sö´big), Balayan (bä lī´än), Batangas,
-and Tyabas, on the west and south. On the northern
-side most of the great mountain ranges sweep down to
-the sea, sending out spurs of land that form little coves
-or harbors; while on the south coast lies the safely
-sheltered harbor of Sorsogon (sȯr sō gōn´).</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The mountains in the western part of the island are
-broken up into practically three ranges, none more
-than thirty or forty miles long, and all known by one
-name, Sierra de Ilocos (sē e´rä dā ē lō´cos). Short
-spurs of hills run out from all these, so that there is
-very little level land in this section. A plain of small
-extent lies about Vigan (vē gän´), and there is also the
-valley of the Abra (ä´brä), which is long and narrow.
-East of the central cordillera and stretching out toward
-the Sierra Madres (mä´drās) hills, is a beautiful valley
-over a hundred miles long, and in some parts very wide.
-Through it runs the Rio Grande de Cagayan (kä gī än´),
-with several smaller streams emptying into it.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Here is some of the best tobacco land in the country,
-and tobacco is about the only crop raised. It was
-made the main crop during the years of government
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_223'>223</span>monopoly, so that the cultivation of rice, of cocoa, and
-of all the native products was driven out. This has
-been a great misfortune to the country. The land is
-adapted to a variety of crops. It is rich and fertile,
-and could be made to raise nearly all the food crops
-needed by its inhabitants. The people have come,
-however, to depend entirely upon one crop, and in
-years when the tobacco crop fails there is great need
-in the country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Another great valley, the finest and richest in Luzon,
-stretches from the bay of Lingayen to Manila Bay. It
-has some 3,000 square miles of fine farming land. The
-provinces of Pangasinan, Tarlac, Nueva Ecija, Pampanga,
-and Manila lie in this valley. It is a well
-watered region. The Rio Grande, the Chico, the
-Agno, and the Dagupan rivers flow through it, besides
-numerous smaller streams.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In the central part of the plain rises Mount Arayat
-(ä rī ät´), a volcanic mountain which in a clear day can
-be seen from Manila. It is claimed that this mountain
-rose suddenly from the plain in a single night, during
-some earthquake disturbance in the year 1700. We
-find this statement made in apparent good faith by
-some scientific authorities. We know that the mountain
-is of volcanic origin, and that it was formed only
-a few hundred years ago; but there is no reliable record
-of when it made its appearance, or of how long it
-was in forming.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Southward, in Batangas Province, is Lake Bombon.
-In the middle of this lake is Taal volcano, whose many
-eruptions have in times past worked destruction in that
-neighborhood. The lake, also, is of volcanic origin.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_224'>224</span>There must once have been a great mountain here,
-which sank during some upheaval, forming the lake
-and the present volcano of Taal.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The country all about the lake is very fertile, and
-under good cultivation. The principal crop there is
-coffee, of which an excellent quality is grown; and formerly
-it was produced in very great quantities. Rice,
-Indian corn, cotton, and all kinds of vegetables common
-to the tropics, grow there in great abundance.
-These can be made a source of profit in supplying the
-markets of Manila. There is a great deal of alum about
-Taal volcano, and it is said that a good quality of iron
-is found in the mountains of this province.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In Laguna Province is Bay (bī) Lake, or Laguna de
-Bay. This is a body of fresh water, with an outlet
-by the Pasig River, which flows down to Manila Bay.
-Light draft steamers run up the Pasig and through the
-lake, and on this beautiful waterway is a constant
-throng of craft, going up and down with produce for
-the different ports.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There is very fine timber in the island of Luzon,
-particularly in Tayabas, Camarines Norte, and Ilocos
-Norte. Some gold has been found in the mountains
-about these provinces, and specimens of many other
-minerals have been brought to Manila.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>In Camarines Sur lies the valley of the Vigan, in
-which are several small lakes. There are large rice
-fields here, and the quality of the rice is very fine.
-Large quantities of it are sent to Manila.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>One of the richest and most fertile parts of the whole
-island is Albay (äl bī´) Province, in the southeastern
-corner. This is a particularly beautiful part of the
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_225'>225</span>island. Here is Mayon volcano, which is called by
-scientists the most beautiful volcano in the world. It
-is the most perfectly formed and symmetrical, but it is
-no more desirable a neighbor than are volcanoes anywhere.
-In past years it has wrought great destruction
-in the country, but of late has been quiet, and seems
-to be on its good behavior.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_225.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>MAYON VOLCANO.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>The rich volcanic soil of this district will produce
-almost anything that can be made to grow in a tropical
-country. Very fine hemp grows here, probably the
-best that the islands produce. Cocoa, coffee, sugar,
-and rice all do well. Cocoanuts, bananas, all the fruits
-and vegetables of the islands, grow in Albay, with
-scarcely any cultivation. The climate is mild, and very
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_226'>226</span>healthful, and near Tibi are hot sulphur springs which
-are said to cure rheumatism and numerous other ills.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The most important of the smaller islands lying out
-from Luzon are Mindoro (mēn dō´rō) and Masbate
-(mäs bä´tā). These are small and very mountainous.
-Mindoro is deeply wooded, but only a little is known
-of the interior of the island.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The great bay of Manila is twenty miles long and
-thirty-two miles wide. It has a depth in some places
-of seventy feet. It is entered by two channels, one on
-either side of Corregidor Island. The main one is called
-the Boca Grande (bō´kä grän´dā); the other, which is
-smaller, the Boca Chica (bō´kä chē´kä). The bay is so
-large that it is more like an inland sea than a bay; in
-fact, it is too large to afford secure anchorage for vessels
-during great storms.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The Visayas form the second large division of the
-Philippine archipelago. This is a group of islands, six
-in number, which lie between Luzon and Mindanao.
-They are very thickly populated. The Visayan people
-seem almost a distinct race—different from those of
-Luzon, and from their neighbors of Mindanao. They
-speak a language of their own, and are inclined to regard
-themselves as a separate people. Now that new
-conditions prevail in the islands, and there is better
-communication between the Visayas and Luzon, much
-of this feeling of separation among the people will
-probably soon be overcome. It is to be hoped that
-it will be. The people of the Philippines must come
-to feel that they are one people, with common interests,
-and that all must work together to develop the
-whole country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_227'>227</span>Iloilo, the principal city of the Visayas, is on the
-island of Panay. It is an open seaport, and will in
-time become a very important city. It was destroyed
-during the insurrection, but is now rapidly building
-up again. Under good management it will some day
-be one of the main shipping centers of the archipelago.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_227.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>WEAVING JUSI.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>Iloilo Province is a great sugar and rice growing
-district. It is, besides, noted for the fine fabrics which
-its people make. This is the center for the manufacture
-of the cloth known as jusi. The women manufacture
-also most exquisite piña cloth. Some of this
-is of so fine a quality that it has to be woven in closed
-rooms, for the slightest breeze would serve to break
-the delicate threads of which it is made. Very beautiful
-silk and cotton goods are also made in this province.
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_228'>228</span>Since the American occupation there has come
-to be a large demand in America for these goods, so
-that the people engaged in the industry are kept very
-busy.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The island of Negros, which lies to the southeast
-of Panay, is an important agricultural island. A great
-deal of sugar is grown here, and there is much wealth
-in the island. Many of the large sugar estates are
-owned by Filipinos. Considerable modern machinery
-has been introduced into the island. Steel plows are
-in use, and in many places sugar is manufactured by
-improved modern methods. All of these things have
-helped to make Negros very prosperous. If the planters
-here would combine and introduce machinery for
-refining their own sugar they would come in time to
-an even greater measure of prosperity and independence
-than they now enjoy. Rice, hemp, and some
-tobacco are raised in Negros, and fine cocoanuts and
-bananas grow wild.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The island of Cebu is little more than the top of a
-mountain rising from the sea. A good deal of historic
-interest centers here, however. The city of Cebu was
-the first seat of Spanish government, and remained
-the capital of the archipelago until Legaspi went to
-Luzon and set up his government in Manila. Cebu
-was made an open seaport by the Spanish, and although
-its exports are not large now, when the resources of
-this island are developed the city will become an important
-shipping center. There is a large Malay population
-in the island. There are no rivers or valleys;
-the land is broken up into small farms, and hemp is
-the principal crop. The island produces also a good
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_229'>229</span>deal of copra and raw sugar, and the people raise most
-of their own foodstuffs.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Bohol, Leyte, and Samar are all volcanic islands.
-They are mountainous, and subject to frequent
-earthquakes and similar disturbances. There is not
-much agricultural land in Bohol, and the soil is poor
-and thin; but a good deal of hemp is raised, and
-some cocoa. The people are fishermen and sailors,
-and earn their living from the sea. Although Bohol
-is much smaller than Cebu, it has a larger population.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Leyte ships more hemp than does any other of the
-Visayan islands. There are several good harbors on
-this island, but Tacloban is the chief shipping point.
-Very little is known of the interior of Leyte, for the
-country has not been developed.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Samar is the largest of the Visayan islands, but has
-the smallest population. It is a very mountainous
-country, wind-swept and beaten upon by the sea. It
-lies directly in the track of the northeast monsoons,
-which visit it with great fury. Its chief port, Catbalogan,
-is well sheltered and a safe harbor.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Between the north of Samar and the southern end
-of Luzon lies the famous Strait of San Bernardino.
-This is one of the principal entrances into the archipelago
-from the Pacific Ocean. It has been the scene
-of many a famous sea battle, for here the Dutch and
-the English ships used to lie in wait for the galleons
-of Spain which brought treasure from Mexico to the
-Philippines and carried out rich freights for Acapulco.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Next in size to Luzon is the island of Mindanao. It
-was on the north coast of this island that Magellan
-made his first landing in the Philippines. There are
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_230'>230</span>four great mountain ranges in Mindanao, with many
-high peaks. The island is rich in vast forests, and
-some day the world will draw its main supply of fine
-building lumber from them.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id005'>
-<img src='images/i_230.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>THE FALLS OF BOTOCAN IN LUZON.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_231'>231</span>Although Mindanao is of volcanic formation, and has
-even within historic times undergone great changes,
-there is only one active volcano in the island. This
-is Mount Apo (ä´pō), a few miles from the coast of
-Davao (dä vä´ō) Gulf. The mountain has three peaks.
-The top is covered with sulphur, which sometimes
-gleams white as snow in the sunshine and at other
-times makes Apo look like a mountain of gold.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>There are a number of fine rivers and lakes on Mindanao.
-The best port in the island is Balanag (bä lä-näg´),
-in the Gulf of Davao. The harbor of Zamboanga
-is very good, and there is a still better harbor at Lindangan
-(lēn dän´gän). Nowhere on the island, however,
-are there such sheltered harbors as are found on
-the southern coast of Luzon.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Very few storms visit this part of the archipelago.
-The typhoons only touch one corner of it in the far
-northeast. The climate of Mindanao is more healthful
-than it has in the past been supposed to be. The
-soil is very rich and fertile, and almost any tropical
-crop can be readily grown there. Hemp, sugar-cane,
-tobacco, coffee, cocoa, rice, Indian corn, and many
-other things are raised, and all do well; but the island
-is backward as regards development. No serious attempt
-has ever been made to build up its agriculture
-or its commerce. There are many tribes living among
-its mountains whose names, even, are not known to the
-civilized people of the archipelago. There are few
-Malays in Mindanao, and their manufactures and industries
-have never been encouraged. Some gold has
-been found in the hills, and silver is plentiful. Coal
-has also been discovered in the mountains.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_232'>232</span>It is likely, however, that when Mindanao is opened
-up and its resources are better known, it will be found
-that its wealth consists less in minerals than in vegetable
-growths. We already know that the vegetation
-of the island, little as it has been developed, surpasses
-that of Luzon and the Visayas. The soil is of
-excellent quality, and the rains are so abundant and
-the climate is so favorable that the entire island is covered
-with vegetation. In the forests are found India
-rubber vines, mahogany, ironwood, teak, ebony, and
-other trees of great value. There are immense tangles
-of bamboo and rattan; hemp and banana trees grow
-well, and cloves, nutmegs, and cinnamon.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>This great island is divided into seven districts—Zamboanga,
-Misamis, Suragao (sö rä gä´ō), Davao,
-Cottabato (kot tä bä´tō), Basilan (bäs ē län´), and Lanay
-(län ī´). Although the population is small in comparison
-with the great extent of the island, seventeen different
-dialects are spoken among its people. Zamboanga
-is the capital town of Mindanao. It has a good
-port, although somewhat open to the sea, and in the
-river Masdong, three miles to the southeast, is safe
-anchorage, protected from all winds.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>South of Mindanao lies the Sulu archipelago. It is
-made up of four groups. The population of this archipelago
-is estimated at between 20,000 and 30,000; but
-so very little is known about it that this estimate is not
-likely to be correct. Joló, the capital city, on the
-island of Sulu, is the residence of the sultans. It is
-a beautiful town, clean and well-kept. It has a good
-port, and a line of steamers runs direct from Joló to
-Singapore, and another to Manila. The vegetation of
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_233'>233</span>this archipelago is very like that of Mindanao. There
-is abundance of teak, mahogany, cedar, and other
-highly prized woods. Horses, cattle, buffaloes, and
-goats are plentiful. The people of Joló manufacture
-fine knives and chisels. The pearl fisheries of the archipelago
-are also very important.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id005'>
-<img src='images/i_233.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>A RIVER SCENE ON THE ISLAND OF LUZON.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_234'>234</span>Lying far off to the west, with the Sulu Sea on one
-side and the China Sea on the other, with Borneo
-on the south and the island of Mindoco to the
-north, is the long, narrow island of Palaúan (päl ä-wän´).
-The Spanish called it Paragua (pär´a gwā).
-This island is inhabited chiefly by the wild tribes.
-There are some 10,000 or more of the native Christian
-population, and perhaps 10,000 Moros.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Palaúan, on account of its geographical position, is
-very important to the archipelago. It will become
-important also from a commercial point of view, as it
-forms, with the island Balabac (bäl´ä bäk), the Strait
-of Balabac. At certain times of the year sailing vessels
-are compelled to pass through this strait to enter
-the archipelago.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The rattan grown in this island is very fine. It is
-the best that comes to Manila, and the trade in it is
-enormous. The tree from which gum mastic is obtained
-grows there in great abundance, as well as other
-trees producing resin. The island has fine pasture
-lands, with large numbers of cattle, carabao, goats,
-and wild hogs; and there are found the famous edible
-birds’ nests so much prized by the Chinese that they
-sometimes pay for them twice their weight in silver.
-The island has not been very well explored, but it is
-said to be rich in minerals.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>South of Palaúan lies the little island of Balabac.
-It is only thirty-six miles long and eight or ten wide,
-with a population of 3,000 or 4,000. Its only town is
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_235'>235</span>Balabac. Its forest growths are like those of Palaúan,
-and there is said to be an abundant deposit of coal
-there.</p>
-
-<p class='c012'><i>Questions.</i>—Name some of the principal rivers of Luzon.
-Where is the best tobacco land in this island? Where does
-the finest hemp grow? What minerals are found on Luzon?
-Where is Laguna de Bay? What is its outlet? Where on
-Luzon is the best timber found? How large is Manila Bay?</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>What are the Visayas? What is the principal city of this
-group? Where is it? What are its manufactures? What
-are the principal products of Negros? Why is Cebu of interest
-historically? What is the principal crop on this island? What
-sort of soil has Bohol? How do the people live there? What
-is the principal crop on Leyte? What is its chief city?
-Which is the largest of the Visayan islands? How does its
-population compare with that of the other islands of the group?
-What sort of country is it? Where is the Strait of San Bernardino?
-Why is it famous?</p>
-
-<p class='c012'>Where is Mindanao? Where, on Mindanao, did Magellan
-first land? Are there any active volcanos on the island?
-What sort of climate has Mindanao? Is it a well watered
-country? What are its products? What is its capital city?
-Has it any good harbors? Where is the Sulu archipelago?
-What is its capital city? What sort of town is it? What do
-the people manufacture? Where is Palaúan? Where is the
-Strait of Balabac? Why is this strait important? Where
-is the island of Balabac?</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_236'>236</span>
-<img src='images/i_236.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <h2 class='c005'>Chapter XXII.<br /> <span class='large'>THE FUTURE.</span></h2>
-</div>
-
-<div class='c006'>
-  <img class='drop-capi' src='images/di_236.jpg' width='100' alt='' />
-</div><p class='drop-capi_8'>
-We have now learned something of the different
-islands of the Philippine archipelago
-and of the possibilities that lie in them.
-Much has been done in the past to make
-this country a source of income to the Spanish crown;
-much, however, remains to be done, to make of the
-islands a country whose prosperity shall help the
-people themselves.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The wealth of a country is not to be estimated by
-the amount of its exports, or by the number of its
-great buildings, fine harbors, or splendid cities. A
-nation may have all of these while the people themselves
-are poor. The United States is a great and rich
-nation, not because of the value of its national possessions,
-but because the great mass of the people are
-fairly well off. There can be no real prosperity in a
-country unless the people themselves share it; there
-can be no just government if that government is considered
-as something apart from the people. The
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_237'>237</span>people must have a part in it before it can be a good
-government.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>But before a people can take any real part in the
-government of a civilized land, they must understand
-something of the principles on which good government
-is based. They must know something of the world’s
-history and of the government of other countries.
-They must have a common language, and must be
-a united people, all ready to work for the common
-good. That country can never prosper which is divided
-by a feeling of race difference, or by jealousies
-that make hard feeling among its people.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>It is because the United States has learned these
-things by experience that it has opened public schools
-in the Philippine Islands. It seeks to have all the
-people learn English, because only by means of a common
-language can the Americans and the Filipinos
-come to understand one another; only by means of
-such a language can the different peoples among the
-Philippines come into real harmony.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The time is coming, too, when English will be the
-language of the whole commercial world. Already the
-people of other great countries know that they must
-learn to speak it for business uses, and it is taught as
-a matter of course in most of the schools of Europe.</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_238'>238</span>
-<img src='images/i_238.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>THE CAGAYAN DE ORO RIVER.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'><span class='pageno' id='Page_239'>239</span>A people must have even more than a common language,
-common interests, and modern education, to
-become a prosperous people. Not only must men be
-wise enough to take part in their own government,
-but they must have control of the trades and industries
-and commercial ventures of their own land. So
-long as the commercial business of a country is almost
-wholly carried on by foreigners, that country will never
-become rich. It is not meant by this that foreigners
-should not be allowed to do business in the country;
-that is an idea which belongs to dark ages of the
-world’s history. But there should be no need for
-them in the country. The people should have such
-patriotic pride in the welfare of their own land as
-to conduct its business themselves.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Nevertheless, wherever there is a demand for anything
-in the commercial world, there will surely, in
-time, be a supply. There must be merchants in the
-Philippine Islands. There must be tradesmen, artisans,
-mechanics, workers in wood, iron, and leather,
-and followers of the arts and crafts known to civilization.
-If the Filipino people do not take up these
-lines of work, and carry them out well and wisely,
-outsiders will come in and monopolize them. They
-have already come to the archipelago. Moreover,
-they will continue to come, from China and Japan,
-from India and Ceylon, and from all the countries of
-Europe, if the people of the country do not themselves
-learn to take their places. So long as the foreigners
-are here, there will be nothing for the native people to
-do but to work as laborers, or as clerks and servants.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The great resource of the Philippine Islands must
-always be agriculture. When modern methods of
-farming are adopted here, and modern machinery has
-taken the place of the wooden implements and the out-of-date
-tools now in use; when we have large sugar
-mills and refineries in place of the small and primitive
-ones now here, we shall see great progress made.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>With peace in the country, and good government
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_240'>240</span>making every man secure in his right to life, liberty,
-and the pursuit of happiness, farm work will be very
-different here. Nearly the entire population of the
-archipelago ought then to draw a good living from
-the land. When all the good land is brought under
-cultivation, the crops raised in the islands ought to
-increase tenfold over what are now grown.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Before much can be accomplished, however, a great
-deal of government work must be carried out. This
-the Americans have in view; already some millions
-of dollars have been set aside by the civil government
-to make roads, harbors, and bridges, and for public
-works of many sorts in the archipelago. A day of
-hope seems opening, not merely for the Americans
-to whom the task has fallen of carrying on the work,
-but for the whole Filipino people. They and the
-Americans must work together to bring the promises
-of this day into full fruitage.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>No word about the islands can be complete unless it
-touches upon the wonderful beauty of this country.
-This is a great part of the good inheritance of the
-people. It ought to quicken the pleasure and pride
-of every Filipino in his beautiful land. Its lofty
-mountains, its lovely plains and noble rivers, the rich
-verdure that clothes the country, all go to make up
-beautiful pictures everywhere. There is much that can
-and must be done to make the cities and towns more
-fit and beautiful places for people to live in; but for
-the outside country nature has done great things.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The banana plants and the nipa and cocoanut palms
-are beautiful as well as useful. So are the great mango
-trees and the fields of growing rice. In all nature there
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_241'>241</span>is nothing more graceful than the giant bamboos that
-grow by every stream. Their beauty is of a very
-perfect sort. This plant does more than delight the
-eye; of all tropical growths it is the most useful to
-man. In a little composition which was written by a
-Chinese schoolboy in his own country, a fine account
-is given of the many uses to which the bamboo can be
-put. He says:</p>
-
-<div  class='figcenter id001'>
-<img src='images/i_241.jpg' alt='' class='ig001' />
-<div class='ic002'>
-<p>MANILA SCHOOLBOYS.</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class='c007'>“We have a bamboo hedge in our grounds, and
-nothing could be better. I am writing with a bamboo-handled
-pencil; I have seen bamboo masts on vessels.
-On the whole, the bamboo is one of the most precious
-possessions of China. Its tapering stalks supply joists
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_242'>242</span>for houses, ribs for sails, shafts for spars, tubes and
-buckets for water, fishing-rods, and the handles and ribs
-of our fans. The great bamboo, split, makes an excellent
-roof. Rafts are made of the bamboo; baskets are
-woven of it. The Chinaman sits in a bamboo chair at
-a bamboo table; and he may rest himself, in the heat
-of the day, beneath the bamboo tree, with a bamboo
-hat upon his head. When I have been all about the
-edges of the world, and have seen all kinds of strange
-people, I ask nothing better than to come back home
-and sit under the shade of a bamboo veranda, and
-when my life is finished, to go to heaven from a bamboo
-bed.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>To how many other uses than even these do the
-Filipino people put bamboo! They make the sails of
-ships from it; they build bridges of it; boats, rafts,
-water-pipes, scaffolds for building houses, and all kinds
-of baskets and furniture. Indeed this plant, with the
-India rubber plant and the bijuca, would enable almost
-any Filipino to build and furnish a house that would
-answer all the needs of the climate.</p>
-
-<hr class='c014' />
-
-<p class='c007'>We have now studied the main facts in the history
-of these islands. The Story of the Philippines has
-many sad chapters, but there need be no more such.
-The Filipino people have been patient under trial.
-They have been forbearing through much injustice
-and misrule. They have been brave and patriotic
-always. Now we may hope that a new day has
-dawned upon the land. What this day will bring
-forth depends, to a great extent, upon the Filipino
-boys and girls who are now growing up. They must
-<span class='pageno' id='Page_243'>243</span>learn to be good citizens. They must be able, when
-they are men and women, to take a wise part in governing
-the country.</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>The night before José Rizal was shot, he said to a
-friend: “What is death to me? I have sown; others
-are left to reap.”</p>
-
-<p class='c007'>Rizal would have been glad to see this new day.
-He would have been glad to see schoolhouses opening
-everywhere in the country, for he knew that knowledge
-is power. The seeds which he helped to sow
-are those of liberty, justice, and peace. The Filipino
-people must be wise enough to cherish these seeds into
-strong, healthy growth. If they do this the country
-will surely reap the harvest which he foresaw, of peaceful
-days, full of hope and happiness.</p>
-
-<div class='chapter'>
-  <span class='pageno' id='Page_245'>245</span>
-  <h2 class='c005'>INDEX.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<ul class='index c004'>
-  <li class='c015'>Acuña, Bravo de, <a href='#Page_71'>71</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Aetas, <a href='#Page_44'>44</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Agriculture, <a href='#Page_239'>239</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Aguinaldo, Emilio, <a href='#Page_184'>184</a>, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a>, <a href='#Page_196'>196</a>, <a href='#Page_207'>207</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Albay Province, <a href='#Page_224'>224</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Alexander VI., Pope, <a href='#Page_33'>33</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Alfonso XII. of Spain, <a href='#Page_167'>167</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Alum, <a href='#Page_224'>224</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>American, fleet, <a href='#Page_204'>204</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>occupation, <a href='#Page_203'>203</a>;</li>
-      <li>Revolution, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a>;</li>
-      <li>teachers, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a>, <a href='#Page_215'>215</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Anda, Simon de, <a href='#Page_120'>120</a>–122, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Apo, Mount, <a href='#Page_231'>231</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Arandia, Pedro de, <a href='#Page_103'>103</a>, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a>, <a href='#Page_109'>109</a>, <a href='#Page_112'>112</a>, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Arayat, Mount, <a href='#Page_223'>223</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Archbishopric of Manila created, <a href='#Page_65'>65</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Arsenal, Cavite, <a href='#Page_165'>165</a>, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a>, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Artillery regiment, Spanish, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Assembly, Filipino, recommended, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a>, <a href='#Page_219'>219</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Augusti, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_201'>201</a>, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Augustines, <a href='#Page_30'>30</a>, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a>, <a href='#Page_125'>125</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Azaldegin, General Lopez, <a href='#Page_85'>85</a>, <a href='#Page_86'>86</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Balabac, <a href='#Page_234'>234</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Balanguengui Islands, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Balboa, <a href='#Page_14'>14</a>, <a href='#Page_17'>17</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Bamboo, <a href='#Page_232'>232</a>, <a href='#Page_241'>241</a>, <a href='#Page_242'>242</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Bandits, <a href='#Page_157'>157</a>, <a href='#Page_158'>158</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Barbosa, Captain Duarte, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Barcelona, <a href='#Page_173'>173</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Bautista, Fray Pedro, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Biac-na-’bato, <a href='#Page_195'>195</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>treaty of, <a href='#Page_196'>196</a>, <a href='#Page_200'>200</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Birds’ nests, edible, <a href='#Page_234'>234</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Bishop of Manila, <a href='#Page_63'>63</a>–65.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Blanco, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_173'>173</a>, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a>, <a href='#Page_183'>183</a>, <a href='#Page_184'>184</a>, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Bohol, <a href='#Page_229'>229</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Bombon, Lake, <a href='#Page_111'>111</a>, <a href='#Page_223'>223</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><i>Boston</i>, U. S. cruiser, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Bridge of Spain, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a>, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>British in Manila, <a href='#Page_117'>117</a>–122.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Burgos, Dr. José, <a href='#Page_163'>163</a>, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>, <a href='#Page_180'>180</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Butuan, chief of, <a href='#Page_19'>19</a>, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a>, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Cabeza de barangay, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Cable cut, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Calle de Camba, massacre of, <a href='#Page_199'>199</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Canary Islands, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Cañcao, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Caraballo, Juan, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Carabaos, <a href='#Page_192'>192</a>, <a href='#Page_234'>234</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Castillo, Captain Gregorio, <a href='#Page_91'>91</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Cathedral, Manila, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a>, <a href='#Page_93'>93</a>, <a href='#Page_156'>156</a>, <a href='#Page_157'>157</a>, <a href='#Page_159'>159</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Cavite Arsenal, <a href='#Page_165'>165</a>, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a>, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='pageno' id='Page_246'>246</span>Cavite, insurrection of, <a href='#Page_162'>162</a>, <a href='#Page_182'>182</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Cebu, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>King Charles I. of, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a>;</li>
-      <li>King Tupas of, <a href='#Page_32'>32</a>, <a href='#Page_37'>37</a>;</li>
-      <li>raid on, <a href='#Page_200'>200</a>;</li>
-      <li>women of, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>“Cedula personal,” <a href='#Page_168'>168</a>, <a href='#Page_193'>193</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Censorship of native books, <a href='#Page_151'>151</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Chaffee, Major-General, <a href='#Page_217'>217</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Charles I., King, <a href='#Page_15'>15</a>, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a>, <a href='#Page_19'>19</a>, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>China, emperor of, <a href='#Page_71'>71</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Chinese in Manila, <a href='#Page_56'>56</a>–59, <a href='#Page_72'>72</a>, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a>, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a>, <a href='#Page_155'>155</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Cholera in Manila, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a>, <a href='#Page_168'>168</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Christina, Queen, <a href='#Page_146'>146</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Church and State, relations between, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a>–65, <a href='#Page_89'>89</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Civil government, American, <a href='#Page_217'>217</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>Spanish, <a href='#Page_156'>156</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Claveria, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Coffee, <a href='#Page_224'>224</a>, <a href='#Page_225'>225</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Columbus, <a href='#Page_13'>13</a>, <a href='#Page_14'>14</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Commission, Schurman, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a>, <a href='#Page_215'>215</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>Taft, <a href='#Page_216'>216</a>, <a href='#Page_217'>217</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Commissioners, Filipino, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Comparvano, Spanish Minister, <a href='#Page_147'>147</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><i>Concepcion</i>, the, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a>, <a href='#Page_25'>25</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Congress, <a href='#Page_217'>217</a>, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Constitution of 1812, <a href='#Page_136'>136</a>, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a>, <a href='#Page_180'>180</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Corregidor Island, <a href='#Page_206'>206</a>, <a href='#Page_226'>226</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Cortes, de Cadiz, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a>, <a href='#Page_180'>180</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>Spanish, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a>, <a href='#Page_136'>136</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Cotton, <a href='#Page_144'>144</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Cuba ceded to United States, <a href='#Page_209'>209</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Cuesta, Filipino leader, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Dattos, <a href='#Page_48'>48</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Davao Gulf, <a href='#Page_231'>231</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Del Cano, Juan Sebastian, <a href='#Page_27'>27</a>, <a href='#Page_29'>29</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Delegates to Congress, Filipino, <a href='#Page_219'>219</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Desmarinas, Gomez Perez, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a>, <a href='#Page_65'>65</a>, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>Luis Perez, <a href='#Page_68'>68</a>, <a href='#Page_73'>73</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Dewey, Admiral George, <a href='#Page_204'>204</a>–207.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Draper, British general, <a href='#Page_117'>117</a>, <a href='#Page_119'>119</a>, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Dutch, the, <a href='#Page_74'>74</a>, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a>, <a href='#Page_76'>76</a>, <a href='#Page_229'>229</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Earthquakes, <a href='#Page_84'>84</a>, <a href='#Page_156'>156</a>, <a href='#Page_167'>167</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Education, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a>, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a>, <a href='#Page_237'>237</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>“El Filibustero,” <a href='#Page_172'>172</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>English language, <a href='#Page_237'>237</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Executive, <a href='#Page_216'>216</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>Council, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c004'>Fajardo, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_84'>84</a>, <a href='#Page_85'>85</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Ferdinand VII., <a href='#Page_136'>136</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Fernate, king of, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Filipino, Assembly, <a href='#Page_159'>159</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>clergy, <a href='#Page_162'>162</a>;</li>
-      <li>commissioners, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a>;</li>
-      <li>people, <a href='#Page_44'>44</a>, <a href='#Page_45'>45</a>, <a href='#Page_48'>48</a>, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Folgueras, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Foreigners in trade, <a href='#Page_103'>103</a>, <a href='#Page_137'>137</a>, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a>, <a href='#Page_239'>239</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Forests, <a href='#Page_232'>232</a>, <a href='#Page_233'>233</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Forman, John, historian, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Freemasons, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Friars, <a href='#Page_64'>64</a>, <a href='#Page_82'>82</a>, <a href='#Page_125'>125</a>, <a href='#Page_147'>147</a>, <a href='#Page_162'>162</a>, <a href='#Page_169'>169</a>, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a>, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a>, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Galleons, <a href='#Page_75'>75</a>, <a href='#Page_76'>76</a>, <a href='#Page_99'>99</a>–103, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Gil, Padre Mariano, <a href='#Page_183'>183</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Goiti, Martin de, <a href='#Page_36'>36</a>, <a href='#Page_39'>39</a>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a>, <a href='#Page_70'>70</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Gold, <a href='#Page_224'>224</a>, <a href='#Page_231'>231</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Gomez, Dr. Mariano, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Government, central, <a href='#Page_216'>216</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>civil, <a href='#Page_156'>156</a>, <a href='#Page_217'>217</a>;</li>
-      <li>form of, recommended, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Guam, <a href='#Page_209'>209</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Guardia Civil, <a href='#Page_157'>157</a>, <a href='#Page_182'>182</a>, <a href='#Page_184'>184</a>, <a href='#Page_199'>199</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Guzman, Don Francisco Tello de, <a href='#Page_68'>68</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Head of a hundred, <a href='#Page_48'>48</a>, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='pageno' id='Page_247'>247</span>Hemp, <a href='#Page_225'>225</a>, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a>, <a href='#Page_229'>229</a>, <a href='#Page_231'>231</a>, <a href='#Page_232'>232</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>History of Philippines, <a href='#Page_210'>210</a>, <a href='#Page_221'>221</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Holland, peace with, <a href='#Page_77'>77</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Hot Springs, <a href='#Page_226'>226</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Ide, Hon. Henry C., <a href='#Page_218'>218</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Igorrote-Chinese, <a href='#Page_59'>59</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Igorrotes, <a href='#Page_45'>45</a>, <a href='#Page_112'>112</a>, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a>, <a href='#Page_168'>168</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Iloilo, <a href='#Page_227'>227</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Insurrection of Cavite, <a href='#Page_162'>162</a>, <a href='#Page_182'>182</a>.
-    <ul>
-      <li><i>See</i> Revolts.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Iron, <a href='#Page_224'>224</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Isabella II., <a href='#Page_158'>158</a>, <a href='#Page_159'>159</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><i>Isla de Cuba</i>, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><i>Isla de Panay</i>, <a href='#Page_173'>173</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Islas Filipinas, named, <a href='#Page_28'>28</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Jaena, Graciano Lopez, <a href='#Page_169'>169</a>, <a href='#Page_170'>170</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Japan, emperor of, <a href='#Page_65'>65</a>, <a href='#Page_82'>82</a>, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Jesuits, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a>, <a href='#Page_159'>159</a>, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Joló, <a href='#Page_114'>114</a>, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a>, <a href='#Page_232'>232</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>a Moro of, <a href='#Page_47'>47</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Jomohol, <a href='#Page_18'>18</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Jusi weaving, <a href='#Page_227'>227</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Katipunan, <a href='#Page_180'>180</a>, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a>, <a href='#Page_183'>183</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Kieman, Farranda, <a href='#Page_65'>65</a>, <a href='#Page_66'>66</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>King of the Tagals, the, <a href='#Page_148'>148</a>, <a href='#Page_149'>149</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>King’s Regiment, the, <a href='#Page_105'>105</a>, <a href='#Page_137'>137</a>, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a>, <a href='#Page_166'>166</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Koxinga, <a href='#Page_92'>92</a>–94.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Lachambre, General, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Lacondola, <a href='#Page_37'>37</a>–39.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Ladrone Islands, <a href='#Page_18'>18</a>, <a href='#Page_209'>209</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Ladrones, bands of, <a href='#Page_198'>198</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Laguna de Bay, <a href='#Page_224'>224</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Lara, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_88'>88</a>, <a href='#Page_90'>90</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><i>La Trinidad</i>, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a>, <a href='#Page_17'>17</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Lavazares, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_52'>52</a>, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Laws, object of, <a href='#Page_212'>212</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Legardo, Sr. Benito, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Legaspi, Miguel Lopez de, <a href='#Page_18'>18</a>, <a href='#Page_28'>28</a>–40, <a href='#Page_52'>52</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Legaspi, port of, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Legislative bodies, <a href='#Page_217'>217</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Leyte, port of, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>, <a href='#Page_229'>229</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Liberal Party, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a>, <a href='#Page_170'>170</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Li-ma-hong, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_56'>56</a>–59.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Lingayen, bay of, <a href='#Page_222'>222</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Llaneras, General, <a href='#Page_191'>191</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Louis Philippe, <a href='#Page_146'>146</a>, <a href='#Page_147'>147</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Luneta, the, <a href='#Page_30'>30</a>, <a href='#Page_184'>184</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Luzon, <a href='#Page_34'>34</a>, <a href='#Page_37'>37</a>, <a href='#Page_136'>136</a>, <a href='#Page_222'>222</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>MacArthur, Major-General, <a href='#Page_217'>217</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Machinery, improved, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Mactan, island of, <a href='#Page_21'>21</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Magellan, Ferdinand, <a href='#Page_14'>14</a>–24, <a href='#Page_229'>229</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>Straits of, <a href='#Page_17'>17</a>, <a href='#Page_19'>19</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'><i>Maine</i>, the, <a href='#Page_204'>204</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Malhon, <a href='#Page_18'>18</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Malong’s revolt, <a href='#Page_91'>91</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Mandarins in Manila, <a href='#Page_71'>71</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Mango trees, <a href='#Page_240'>240</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Manila, <a href='#Page_137'>137</a>, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a>, <a href='#Page_207'>207</a>, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>archbishopric of, <a href='#Page_65'>65</a>;</li>
-      <li>cathedral, <a href='#Page_67'>67</a>, <a href='#Page_93'>93</a>, <a href='#Page_156'>156</a>, <a href='#Page_157'>157</a>, <a href='#Page_159'>159</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Manila Bay, <a href='#Page_207'>207</a>, <a href='#Page_222'>222</a>, <a href='#Page_226'>226</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>battle of, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Marauit campaign, <a href='#Page_180'>180</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Martinez, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a>, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Masbate, <a href='#Page_226'>226</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Matanda, Rajah, <a href='#Page_37'>37</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Maynila, <a href='#Page_34'>34</a>, <a href='#Page_38'>38</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Mayon volcano, <a href='#Page_168'>168</a>, <a href='#Page_225'>225</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>McKinley, President, <a href='#Page_210'>210</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Merritt, Gen. Wesley, <a href='#Page_207'>207</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Mexico, <a href='#Page_79'>79</a>, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a>, <a href='#Page_137'>137</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>High Court of, <a href='#Page_52'>52</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Military government, <a href='#Page_213'>213</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='pageno' id='Page_248'>248</span>Mindanao, <a href='#Page_18'>18</a>, <a href='#Page_70'>70</a>, <a href='#Page_229'>229</a>–232.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Mindoro, <a href='#Page_226'>226</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Monet, General, <a href='#Page_192'>192</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Montjierat, fortress of, <a href='#Page_174'>174</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Montojo, Admiral, <a href='#Page_204'>204</a>, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Morga, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_70'>70</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Morgado, Capt. Alonzo, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Moriones, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>, <a href='#Page_166'>166</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Moro pirates, <a href='#Page_71'>71</a>, <a href='#Page_94'>94</a>, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a>, <a href='#Page_142'>142</a>, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Moros, <a href='#Page_46'>46</a>, <a href='#Page_47'>47</a>, <a href='#Page_70'>70</a>, <a href='#Page_180'>180</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Moses, Hon. Bernard, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Municipal school, <a href='#Page_159'>159</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Native clergy, <a href='#Page_147'>147</a>, <a href='#Page_162'>162</a>, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a>, <a href='#Page_192'>192</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Navidad, <a href='#Page_28'>28</a>, <a href='#Page_30'>30</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Negritos, <a href='#Page_44'>44</a>, <a href='#Page_50'>50</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Negros, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a>, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>“Nolle me Tangere,” <a href='#Page_172'>172</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Normal school, <a href='#Page_159'>159</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Norzagaray, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Novales, Captain, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Nuevo Segovia, Bishop of, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Nuñez, General, <a href='#Page_192'>192</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Order of Safety, the, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Outlaws, <a href='#Page_155'>155</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Palaúan, <a href='#Page_234'>234</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Pampangans, revolt of, <a href='#Page_91'>91</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Parado, General Gonzales, <a href='#Page_181'>181</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Parian, the, <a href='#Page_156'>156</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>gate, <a href='#Page_155'>155</a>, <a href='#Page_156'>156</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Paris, peace of, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Paterno, Sr. Pedro A., <a href='#Page_194'>194</a>–196.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Peace, Commission, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>of Paris, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>;</li>
-      <li>treaty of, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a>–210.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Pearl fisheries, <a href='#Page_234'>234</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Philip II., King, <a href='#Page_28'>28</a>, <a href='#Page_29'>29</a>, <a href='#Page_30'>30</a>, <a href='#Page_63'>63</a>, <a href='#Page_68'>68</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Philip III., King, <a href='#Page_68'>68</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Piña cloth, <a href='#Page_227'>227</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Pirates, Chinese, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>–59; <i>see</i> Moro.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Polavieja, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_174'>174</a>, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a>, <a href='#Page_191'>191</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Pope Alexander VI., <a href='#Page_33'>33</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Porto Rico, <a href='#Page_203'>203</a>, <a href='#Page_209'>209</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>President of U. S., <a href='#Page_204'>204</a>, <a href='#Page_209'>209</a>, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a>, <a href='#Page_216'>216</a>, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Prisoners released by U. S., <a href='#Page_213'>213</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Problete, Archbishop, <a href='#Page_89'>89</a>, <a href='#Page_96'>96</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Protocol of peace, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Punta, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Raon, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>“Real Situado,” <a href='#Page_103'>103</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Recoletos, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Reformers in Spain, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Report of Schurman Commission, <a href='#Page_215'>215</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Representative government, <a href='#Page_219'>219</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Revolts—
-    <ul>
-      <li>Sumoroy’s, <a href='#Page_85'>85</a>, <a href='#Page_86'>86</a>.</li>
-      <li>Malong’s, <a href='#Page_91'>91</a>.</li>
-      <li>Silan’s, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a>.</li>
-      <li>Luzon, <a href='#Page_136'>136</a>.</li>
-      <li>Novales’, <a href='#Page_140'>140</a>.</li>
-      <li>Bohol, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a>.</li>
-      <li>Tayabas, <a href='#Page_148'>148</a>.</li>
-      <li>Tagal regiment, <a href='#Page_148'>148</a>.</li>
-      <li>Cuesta’s, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a>.</li>
-      <li>Cavite, <a href='#Page_162'>162</a>.</li>
-      <li>Zamboanga, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>.</li>
-      <li>Seventy-fourth Regiment, <a href='#Page_198'>198</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Reyes, Ventura de Los, <a href='#Page_136'>136</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Ricafort, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_144'>144</a>, <a href='#Page_145'>145</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Riccio, friar-mandarin, <a href='#Page_92'>92</a>–94.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Rio de Janeiro, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Rivera, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_168'>168</a>, <a href='#Page_189'>189</a>, <a href='#Page_191'>191</a>, <a href='#Page_194'>194</a>, <a href='#Page_197'>197</a>, <a href='#Page_201'>201</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Rizal, Dr. José, <a href='#Page_170'>170</a>–175, <a href='#Page_243'>243</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>his widow, <a href='#Page_174'>174</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'><span class='pageno' id='Page_249'>249</span>Roderigues, Estevan, <a href='#Page_70'>70</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Rojo, Archbishop, <a href='#Page_117'>117</a>, <a href='#Page_120'>120</a>, <a href='#Page_122'>122</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Royal dues, <a href='#Page_106'>106</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>St. Lazarus Hospital, <a href='#Page_83'>83</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Salazar, Archbishop, <a href='#Page_65'>65</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Salazar, Simon de Anda y, <a href='#Page_117'>117</a>, <a href='#Page_120'>120</a>–122, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Salcedo, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_96'>96</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Salcedo, Juan, <a href='#Page_34'>34</a>–37, <a href='#Page_51'>51</a>, <a href='#Page_53'>53</a>, <a href='#Page_54'>54</a>, <a href='#Page_58'>58</a>, <a href='#Page_59'>59</a>, <a href='#Page_61'>61</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><i>San Antonio</i>, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a>, <a href='#Page_17'>17</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>San Bernardino Strait, <a href='#Page_229'>229</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Sanchez, Alonzo, <a href='#Page_63'>63</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Sangley, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>San Fausto Chapel, <a href='#Page_40'>40</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>San José College, <a href='#Page_126'>126</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>San Juan del Monte, <a href='#Page_182'>182</a>, <a href='#Page_183'>183</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>San Lazarus Islands, <a href='#Page_19'>19</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>San Lucar Barrameda, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a>, <a href='#Page_27'>27</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><i>Santiago</i>, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a>, <a href='#Page_17'>17</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Santo Tomos, <a href='#Page_125'>125</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Schools in the Philippines, <a href='#Page_138'>138</a>, <a href='#Page_213'>213</a>, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a>, <a href='#Page_237'>237</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Schurman, Hon. Jacob, <a href='#Page_215'>215</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>Commission, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Secret societies, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>, <a href='#Page_179'>179</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Self-government, <a href='#Page_159'>159</a>, <a href='#Page_213'>213</a>, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Sepoy troops, <a href='#Page_118'>118</a>, <a href='#Page_120'>120</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Serrano, Juan, <a href='#Page_23'>23</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Seventy-fourth Regiment, revolt of the, <a href='#Page_198'>198</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Silan, revolt of, <a href='#Page_124'>124</a>, <a href='#Page_125'>125</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Silang, battle of, <a href='#Page_174'>174</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Sioco, Japanese pirate, <a href='#Page_57'>57</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Soldiers as teachers, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Soler, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_168'>168</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Soliman, chief of Maynila, <a href='#Page_36'>36</a>, <a href='#Page_38'>38</a>, <a href='#Page_39'>39</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>South Pacific squadron, <a href='#Page_204'>204</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Spanish-Americans, <a href='#Page_144'>144</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Spanish Cortes, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a>, <a href='#Page_136'>136</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Spanish, fleet, <a href='#Page_205'>205</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>friars, <a href='#Page_162'>162</a>, <a href='#Page_169'>169</a>, <a href='#Page_171'>171</a>, <a href='#Page_177'>177</a>, <a href='#Page_187'>187</a>;</li>
-      <li>troops, <a href='#Page_186'>186</a>, <a href='#Page_188'>188</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Steam gunboats, <a href='#Page_152'>152</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Steel plows, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Strait, of Balabac, <a href='#Page_234'>234</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>of San Bernardino, <a href='#Page_229'>229</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Students, Filipino, <a href='#Page_154'>154</a>, <a href='#Page_169'>169</a>, <a href='#Page_241'>241</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Study of English, <a href='#Page_237'>237</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Sual, <a href='#Page_196'>196</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Suez canal, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Sultan of Sulu, <a href='#Page_113'>113</a>, <a href='#Page_115'>115</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Sulu archipelago, <a href='#Page_232'>232</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Sumoroy’s revolt, <a href='#Page_85'>85</a>, <a href='#Page_86'>86</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Supreme Court, <a href='#Page_61'>61</a>, <a href='#Page_62'>62</a>, <a href='#Page_68'>68</a>, <a href='#Page_119'>119</a>, <a href='#Page_120'>120</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Suragao, <a href='#Page_18'>18</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>district, <a href='#Page_232'>232</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Taal, town of, destroyed, <a href='#Page_111'>111</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>volcano, <a href='#Page_109'>109</a>, <a href='#Page_223'>223</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Tacloban, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>, <a href='#Page_229'>229</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Tagals, <a href='#Page_48'>48</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>king of the, <a href='#Page_148'>148</a>, <a href='#Page_149'>149</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Taufer, Miss Josephine, <a href='#Page_174'>174</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Tavera, Dr. Pardo de, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><cite>Te Deum</cite> sung in Manila, <a href='#Page_196'>196</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Tibi, <a href='#Page_226'>226</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Tobacco, inspectors, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>land, <a href='#Page_222'>222</a>, <a href='#Page_228'>228</a>;</li>
-      <li>monopoly, <a href='#Page_129'>129</a>, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a>, <a href='#Page_134'>134</a>, <a href='#Page_155'>155</a>, <a href='#Page_167'>167</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Torre, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_158'>158</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Torre’s guard, <a href='#Page_158'>158</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Trade, <a href='#Page_99'>99</a>–107;
-    <ul>
-      <li>control of, <a href='#Page_135'>135</a>;</li>
-      <li>restrictions on, <a href='#Page_74'>74</a>, <a href='#Page_100'>100</a>, <a href='#Page_101'>101</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Treaty of Paris, <a href='#Page_121'>121</a>;
-    <ul>
-      <li>of Peace, <a href='#Page_208'>208</a>;</li>
-      <li>of Trent, <a href='#Page_162'>162</a>.</li>
-    </ul>
-  </li>
-  <li class='c015'>Trent, treaty of, <a href='#Page_162'>162</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><i>Trinidad, La</i>, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><i>Trinidad</i>, galleon captured by British, <a href='#Page_118'>118</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Typhoons, <a href='#Page_231'>231</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'><span class='pageno' id='Page_250'>250</span>United States, <a href='#Page_203'>203</a>–210, <a href='#Page_212'>212</a>, <a href='#Page_214'>214</a>, <a href='#Page_216'>216</a>, <a href='#Page_236'>236</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><i>Uranus</i>, island steamer, <a href='#Page_197'>197</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Urbiztondo, Governor-General, <a href='#Page_153'>153</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Urdaneta, Padre Andres de, <a href='#Page_30'>30</a>, <a href='#Page_33'>33</a>, <a href='#Page_42'>42</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Valenzuela, Sancho, <a href='#Page_183'>183</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Vargas, Don José, Basco y, <a href='#Page_128'>128</a>, <a href='#Page_130'>130</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Venenchillo, Fray Francisco, <a href='#Page_111'>111</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Vicos, <a href='#Page_125'>125</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'><i>Victoria</i>, <a href='#Page_16'>16</a>, <a href='#Page_17'>17</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Vigan, <a href='#Page_222'>222</a>, <a href='#Page_224'>224</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Villalobos, Ruy Lopez de, <a href='#Page_28'>28</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Visayans, <a href='#Page_48'>48</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Visayas, the, <a href='#Page_226'>226</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>War, declaration of, <a href='#Page_203'>203</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Worcester, Hon. Dean, <a href='#Page_218'>218</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Wright, Hon. Luke E., <a href='#Page_218'>218</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c004'>Zamboanga, <a href='#Page_231'>231</a>.</li>
-  <li class='c015'>Zamora, Dr. Jacinto, <a href='#Page_164'>164</a>.</li>
-</ul>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c002' />
-</div>
-
-<div class='chapter ph2'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c001'>
-    <div>The World and Its People</div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
-<p class='c006'>A series of geographical readers that describe the countries and the
-inhabitants of all parts of the world; graded to suit the needs of young
-people from primary to high school age; prepared by well-informed
-writers who combine entertainment with instruction; and filled with a
-wealth of maps and illustrations: a series of recognized value as a
-preparation for the regular text-books, and a supplement to them.</p>
-
-<table class='table1'>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>Book</td>
-    <td class='c008'>I.</td>
-    <td class='c009' colspan='2'>FIRST LESSONS</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>Edited by <span class='sc'>Larkin Dunton</span>, LL.D. 160 pages</td>
-    <td class='c016'>36 cents</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>Book</td>
-    <td class='c008'>II.</td>
-    <td class='c009' colspan='2'>GLIMPSES OF THE WORLD</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>Edited by <span class='sc'>Larkin Dunton</span>, LL.D. 160 pages</td>
-    <td class='c016'>36 cents</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>Book</td>
-    <td class='c008'>III.</td>
-    <td class='c009' colspan='2'>OUR OWN COUNTRY</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>By <span class='sc'>Minna C. Smith</span>. 222 pages</td>
-    <td class='c016'>50 cents</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>Book</td>
-    <td class='c008'>IV.</td>
-    <td class='c009' colspan='2'>OUR AMERICAN NEIGHBORS</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>By <span class='sc'>Fannie E. Coe</span>. 332 pages</td>
-    <td class='c016'>60 cents</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>Book</td>
-    <td class='c008'>V.</td>
-    <td class='c009' colspan='2'>MODERN EUROPE</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>By <span class='sc'>Fannie E. Coe</span>. 404 pages</td>
-    <td class='c016'>60 cents</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>Book</td>
-    <td class='c008'>VI.</td>
-    <td class='c009' colspan='2'>LIFE IN ASIA</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>By <span class='sc'>Mary Cate Smith</span>. 334 pages</td>
-    <td class='c016'>60 cents</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>Book</td>
-    <td class='c008'>VII.</td>
-    <td class='c009' colspan='2'>VIEWS IN AFRICA</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>By <span class='sc'>Anna B. Badlam</span>. 450 pages</td>
-    <td class='c016'>72 cents</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>Book</td>
-    <td class='c008'>VIII.</td>
-    <td class='c009' colspan='2'>AUSTRALIA AND THE ISLANDS OF THE SEA</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>By <span class='sc'>Eva M. C. Kellogg</span>. 450 pages</td>
-    <td class='c016'>68 cents</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>Book</td>
-    <td class='c008'>IX.</td>
-    <td class='c009' colspan='2'>HAWAII AND ITS PEOPLE</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>By <span class='sc'>Alexander S. Twombly</span>. 384 pages</td>
-    <td class='c016'>68 cents</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>Book</td>
-    <td class='c008'>X.</td>
-    <td class='c009' colspan='2'>THE SOUTH AMERICAN REPUBLICS</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>By <span class='sc'>W. Fisher Markwick</span> and <span class='sc'>William A. Smith</span>, M.A. 362 pages</td>
-    <td class='c016'>60 cents</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c008'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c009'>&#160;</td>
-    <td class='c016'>&#160;</td>
-  </tr>
-  <tr><td class='c011' colspan='5'><i>The prices above indicated are for introduction</i></td></tr>
-</table>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c004'>
-    <div><span class='large'>Silver, Burdett &amp; Company</span></div>
-    <div><i><strong>Publishers</strong></i></div>
-    <div><strong>New York</strong>      <strong>Boston</strong>      <strong>Chicago</strong></div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-<div id='Back'  class='figcenter id005'>
-<img src='images/i_252.jpg' alt='PHILIPPINE ISLANDS' class='ig001' />
-</div>
-<div class='pbb'>
- <hr class='pb c002' />
-</div>
-<div class='tnotes x-ebookmaker'>
-
-<div class='chapter ph2'>
-
-<div class='nf-center-c0'>
-<div class='nf-center c001'>
-    <div>TRANSCRIBER’S NOTES</div>
-  </div>
-</div>
-
-</div>
-
- <ol class='ol_1 c004'>
-    <li>Silently corrected obvious typographical errors and variations in spelling.
-
-    </li>
-    <li>Retained archaic, non-standard, and uncertain spellings as printed.
-    </li>
-  </ol>
-
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE STORY OF THE PHILIPPINES ***</div>
-<div style='text-align:left'>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
-be renamed.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away&#8212;you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-top:1em; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE</div>
-<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE</div>
-<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
-or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
-Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
-on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
-phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-</div>
-
-<blockquote>
-  <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-    This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-    other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-    whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-    of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
-    at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
-    are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
-    of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
-  </div>
-</blockquote>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
-Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; License.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
-other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
-Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-provided that:
-</div>
-
-<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
-    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
-        &#8226; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
-        the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
-        you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
-        to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
-        agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
-        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
-        within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
-        legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
-        payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
-        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
-        Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
-        Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
-    </div>
-
-    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
-        &#8226; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
-        you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
-        does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-        License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
-        copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
-        all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-        works.
-    </div>
-
-    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
-        &#8226; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
-        any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
-        electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
-        receipt of the work.
-    </div>
-
-    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
-        &#8226; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
-        distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
-    </div>
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
-of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
-public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
-visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
-</div>
-
-<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-</div>
-
-</div>
-  </body>
-  <!-- created with ppgen.py 3.57c on 2022-07-26 20:17:03 GMT -->
-</html>
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ad20051..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_013.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_013.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 306a29a..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_013.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_027.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_027.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a9dce79..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_027.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_042.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_042.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 26ebc9e..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_042.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_052.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_052.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fd15b3..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_052.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_061.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_061.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 83a53fd..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_061.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_070.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_070.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 47f703d..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_070.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_078.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_078.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bfc5b3..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_078.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_088.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_088.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c45337f..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_088.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_099.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_099.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c08fd3f..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_099.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_109.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_109.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index bab0166..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_109.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_117.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_117.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e347f8f..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_117.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_124.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_124.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 2bf862a..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_124.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_132.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_132.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 24141c6..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_132.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_142.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_142.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d7bf980..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_142.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_151.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_151.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 34195da..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_151.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_162.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_162.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b21dac2..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_162.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_177.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_177.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b16a92..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_177.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_191.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_191.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c17ebc7..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_191.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_203.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_203.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 111ea54..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_203.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_212.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_212.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d886231..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_212.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_221.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_221.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f5e626d..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_221.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/di_236.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/di_236.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 3141ecf..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/di_236.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_001.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_001.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index af1a276..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_001.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_002.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_002.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 96e992c..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_002.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_013.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_013.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6321dff..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_013.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_015.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_015.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e251a3..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_015.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_019.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_019.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a5a09f4..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_019.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_020.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_020.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 029db64..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_020.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_022.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_022.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b94292e..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_022.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_024.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_024.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 042317d..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_024.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_027.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_027.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 10ce71d..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_027.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_029.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_029.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c870a98..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_029.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_032.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_032.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c58d0c..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_032.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_035.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_035.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f0daa32..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_035.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_038.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_038.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ba61b36..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_038.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_042.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_042.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c281f0..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_042.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_044.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_044.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 48542f3..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_044.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_047.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_047.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c00f9e..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_047.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_049.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_049.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index da7b498..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_049.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_050.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_050.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ca8c10d..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_050.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_052.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_052.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f29c888..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_052.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_055.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_055.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 18bfb86..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_055.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_057.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_057.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6237e06..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_057.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_061.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_061.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 709dcb3..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_061.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_063.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_063.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 16de494..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_063.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_066.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_066.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e2e475..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_066.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_070.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_070.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0dd5644..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_070.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_072.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_072.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 12d61b0..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_072.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_073.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_073.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 363e8a1..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_073.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_075.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_075.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index fff0709..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_075.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_078.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_078.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d8fc023..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_078.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_081.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_081.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a783bba..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_081.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_083.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_083.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 8278dc9..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_083.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_088.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_088.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 71718e3..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_088.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_090.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_090.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 3626623..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_090.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_093.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_093.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5ad2e2d..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_093.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_095.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_095.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 117aef4..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_095.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_099.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_099.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e5152a..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_099.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_101.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_101.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ad647b..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_101.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_104.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_104.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 58d9b65..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_104.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_109.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_109.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index fdbb868..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_109.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_110.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_110.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5c76e2e..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_110.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_113.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_113.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ae940a1..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_113.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_114.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_114.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a620c3..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_114.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_117.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_117.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d7ac8d7..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_117.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_119.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_119.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 61b1195..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_119.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_121.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_121.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index cdbe553..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_121.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_124.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_124.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 7cb02b7..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_124.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_127.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_127.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index dc8521f..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_127.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_132.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_132.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d0abee..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_132.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_133.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_133.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 093655a..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_133.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_137.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_137.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c76e028..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_137.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_139.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_139.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f760c77..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_139.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_142.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_142.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index bdf911f..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_142.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_143.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_143.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index bb1e48c..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_143.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_146.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_146.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ce893a..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_146.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_148.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_148.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 802cabf..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_148.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_151.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_151.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a47e47..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_151.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_153.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_153.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d3a73bf..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_153.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_155.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_155.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index dab0b97..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_155.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_157.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_157.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ee289ab..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_157.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_158.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_158.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 27fa496..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_158.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_162.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_162.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 3be39c0..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_162.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_165.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_165.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f673506..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_165.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_167.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_167.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 5bcae4e..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_167.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_171.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_171.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 090ddc5..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_171.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_177.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_177.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 84f8baf..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_177.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_178.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_178.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 47ce833..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_178.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_182.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_182.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index ea49162..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_182.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_185.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_185.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f571f7e..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_185.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_191.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_191.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f31e4a6..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_191.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_195.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_195.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f54f0f1..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_195.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_199.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_199.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index af46ba8..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_199.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_203.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_203.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index e4571f2..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_203.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_204.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_204.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 48acc1b..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_204.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_206.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_206.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index f35ead5..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_206.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_209.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_209.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 321fed9..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_209.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_212.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_212.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 06f880e..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_212.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_215.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_215.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f14b16..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_215.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_217.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_217.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 44ed0e7..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_217.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_221.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_221.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c21e178..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_221.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_225.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_225.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index a77ff81..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_225.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_227.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_227.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 55e59d4..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_227.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_230.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_230.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 4833650..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_230.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_233.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_233.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 6171c99..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_233.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_236.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_236.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 9eb71da..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_236.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_238.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_238.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d5a3462..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_238.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_241.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_241.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index c36a660..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_241.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_252.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_252.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0386f11..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_252.jpg
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/old/68782-h/images/i_title.jpg b/old/68782-h/images/i_title.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index d725164..0000000
--- a/old/68782-h/images/i_title.jpg
+++ /dev/null